December 2017
First Printing
Owner’s Manual
GT
Litho in U.S.A.
JPHJ 19A321 AA
2018 FORD GT OWNER’S MANUAL
owner.ford.com (U.S.)
ford.ca (Canada)
PERFORMANCEFORD
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2017
All rights reserved.
Part Number: 201711 20171113184048
Introduction
About This Manual...........................................5
Symbols Glossary.............................................5
Data Recording..................................................7
California Proposition 65...............................9
Perchlorate..........................................................9
Replacement Parts
Recommendation......................................10
Special Notices................................................10
Mobile Communications
Equipment......................................................11
Ford Performance...........................................12
Environment
Protecting the Environment........................13
At a Glance
Instrument Panel Overview........................14
Unique Features..............................................15
Child Safety
General Information.......................................17
Installing Child Restraints............................18
Booster Seats..................................................22
Child Restraint Positioning.........................24
Seatbelts
Principle of Operation..................................26
Fastening the Seatbelts..............................26
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime.............................................................28
Seatbelt Reminder........................................29
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance.................................................31
Seatbelt Extension.........................................31
Personal Safety System™
Personal Safety System™..........................32
Supplementary Restraints
System
Principle of Operation...................................33
Driver and Passenger Airbags...................34
Front Passenger Sensing System............35
Side Airbags......................................................37
Driver and Passenger Knee Airbags.........37
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.......38
Airbag Disposal...............................................39
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio
Frequencies.................................................40
Remote Control...............................................41
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control...........................................................45
Doors and Locks
Locking and Unlocking................................46
Opening the Doors........................................48
Emergency Door Release............................49
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System........................50
Anti-Theft Alarm.............................................51
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................52
Audio Control...................................................53
Voice Control....................................................53
Cruise Control..................................................53
Information Display Control.......................54
Drive Mode Control.......................................54
Wiper and Washer Control.........................54
Lighting Control..............................................54
Pedals
Adjusting the Pedals.....................................56
1
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Table of Contents
Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers.........................................57
Windshield Washers......................................57
Lighting
General Information.....................................58
Lighting Control..............................................58
Autolamps........................................................59
Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................59
Daytime Running Lamps............................59
Direction Indicators.......................................60
Interior Lamps.................................................60
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows...............................................61
Global Opening................................................61
Exterior Mirrors................................................62
Interior Mirror...................................................62
Instrument Cluster
Gauges...............................................................63
Warning Lamps and Indicators................65
Audible Warnings and Indicators.............69
Information Displays
General Information......................................70
Information Messages..................................73
Climate Control
Manual Climate Control..............................80
Automatic Climate Control.........................81
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate..........................................................83
Cabin Air Filter.................................................85
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position...................86
Manual Seats..................................................86
Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points.................................88
Storage Compartments
Cup Holders.....................................................89
Map Pockets....................................................89
Under Seat Storage......................................89
Starting and Stopping the
Engine
General Information.....................................90
Keyless Starting.............................................90
Steering Wheel Lock......................................91
Starting the Engine.........................................91
Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions........................................94
Fuel Quality......................................................94
Fuel Filler Funnel Location.........................95
Running Out of Fuel......................................95
Refueling...........................................................96
Fuel Consumption.........................................98
Emission Control System...........................99
Engine Emission Control
Emission Law.................................................102
Catalytic Converter......................................103
Transmission
Automatic Transmission...........................106
Brakes
General Information......................................111
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes.............................................................111
Electric Parking Brake...................................112
Hill Start Assist...............................................114
2
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Table of Contents
Stability Control
Principle of Operation..................................115
Using Stability Control................................116
Parking Aids
Rear View Camera........................................119
Cruise Control
Principle of Operation..................................121
Using Cruise Control.....................................121
Driving Aids
Steering.............................................................122
Drive Mode Control......................................122
Load Carrying
Rear Under Hatch Storage........................128
Load Limit........................................................128
Towing
Towing a Trailer..............................................133
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels......133
Driving Hints
Breaking-In......................................................134
Driving Through Water................................134
Floor Mats........................................................135
Roadside Emergencies
Roadside Assistance...................................136
Hazard Flashers............................................136
Fuel Shutoff....................................................136
Jump Starting the Vehicle..........................137
Post-Crash Alert System...........................138
Transporting the Vehicle............................138
Towing Points................................................139
Customer Assistance
Getting the Services You Need...............140
In California (U.S. Only)..............................141
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only).......................141
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only)........................142
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada.........................................................143
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature.....................................................144
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only).............................................................144
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only).............................................................145
Fuses
Fuse Specification Chart...........................146
Changing a Fuse...........................................155
Maintenance
General Information.....................................157
Opening and Closing the Hood...............157
Under Hood Overview................................160
Engine Oil Dipstick........................................161
Engine Oil Check............................................161
Engine Coolant Check................................162
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check............................................................166
Brake Fluid Check.........................................166
Power Steering Fluid Check......................167
Washer Fluid Check.....................................167
Fuel Filter.........................................................167
Changing the 12V Battery..........................168
Checking the Wiper Blades......................169
Changing the Wiper Blades.....................169
Adjusting the Headlamps..........................170
Changing a Bulb.............................................171
Changing the Engine Air Filter...................171
Vehicle Care
General Information.....................................172
Cleaning Products.........................................172
3
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Table of Contents
Cleaning the Exterior....................................172
Waxing..............................................................174
Cleaning the Engine.....................................174
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades...........................................................175
Cleaning the Interior.....................................175
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens.........................176
Cleaning Leather Seats..............................176
Repairing Minor Paint Damage................177
Cleaning the Wheels....................................177
Vehicle Storage..............................................178
Wheels and Tires
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.....................180
Tire Care..........................................................186
Using Summer Tires....................................198
Using Snow Chains.....................................198
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........198
Changing a Road Wheel...........................202
Driving at High Speed................................202
Technical Specifications...........................203
Capacities and Specific-
ations
Engine Specifications................................204
Motorcraft Parts..........................................205
Vehicle Dimensions....................................206
Vehicle Identification Number................207
Vehicle Certification Label.......................208
Transmission Code Designation............208
Capacities and Specifications...............209
Audio System
Audio Unit........................................................212
USB Port...........................................................212
SYNC™ 3
General Information....................................213
Home Screen.................................................223
Using Voice Recognition...........................224
Entertainment..............................................230
Phone...............................................................234
Navigation......................................................239
Apps..................................................................247
Settings...........................................................248
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................259
Accessories
Accessories.....................................................273
Scheduled Maintenance
General Maintenance Information........274
Normal Scheduled Maintenance...........275
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance..............................................276
Scheduled Maintenance Record............277
Appendices
End User License Agreement.................288
4
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Table of Contents
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford Performance.
If you have owned a Ford Performance
vehicle before, welcome back. If this is
your first Ford Performance vehicle,
welcome to the family. We are confident
that our dedication to performance,
quality, craftsmanship and customer
service will provide you with many miles
of exhilarating, safe and comfortable
driving.
We strive to build engaging vehicles that
involve the driver in every aspect of the
driving experience. Although performance
is at the heart of every Ford Performance
vehicle, we go further. Our goal is to deliver
a comprehensive, complete vehicle, paying
close attention to the smallest details such
as the sound of the exhaust, the quality of
the interior materials and the functionality
and the comfort of the seats, to make sure
that you enjoy not only exceptional
performance but an outstanding driving
environment as well. In this vehicle, we
express this philosophy through the use of
lightweight materials, a sophisticated
powertrain and outstanding chassis
dynamics and aerodynamics.
This manual provides information specific
to your Ford GT. By referring to this manual,
you can identify those features, controls
and specifications unique to your new Ford
GT.
To assist you with any questions or
concerns regarding your vehicle, we
established the Ford GT Concierge.
Contact your Ford GT Concierge at the
number listed if you need assistance.
Ford GT Concierge Phone Numbers
Phone numberMarket
0800-802632Austria
0800-795-45Belgium
1-800-210-5795Canada
400-120-9152China
0805-080272France
0800-182-4992Germany
1-800-901-591Ireland
800-789-771Italy
+853-62621460Macau
1-800-210-5795Mexico
0-800-022-2286Netherlands
800-844-7834Saudi Arabia
900-839249Spain
020-889-877Sweden
0800-890-079Switzerland
8000-35703061United Arab Emir-
ates
0800-014-8400United Kingdom
1-800-210-5795United States
All other countries should use
001-313-427-8617.
Note: Please be advised that international
calls may be subject to carrier fees.
SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may
see on your vehicle.
5
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Introduction
E162384
Air conditioning system
Anti-lock braking system
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
Battery
Brake fluid - non petroleum
based
E138644
Brake system
E269429
Carbon Ceramic Brakes
Cabin air filter
Child seat tether anchor
E71340
Cruise control
Do not open when hot
Engine air filter
Engine coolant
Engine coolant temperature
Engine oil
Explosive gas
Fan warning
E71880
Fasten seatbelt
E231160
Flammable
E67017
Front airbag
Fuse compartment
Hazard warning flashers
E161353
Keep out of reach of children
Lighting control
Low tire pressure warning
Maintain correct fluid level
Note operating instructions
Panic alarm
Parking brake
Power steering fluid
6
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Introduction
E231159
Requires registered technician
Safety alert
See Owner's Manual
E231158
See Service Manual
Service engine soon
Side airbag
E167012
Shield the eyes
E236447
Stability control
Windshield wash and wipe
DATA RECORDING
Service Data Recording
Service data recorders in your vehicle are
capable of collecting and storing
diagnostic information about your vehicle.
This potentially includes information about
the performance or status of various
systems and modules in the vehicle, such
as engine, throttle, steering or brake
systems. In order to properly diagnose and
service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company
(Ford of Canada in Canada), and service
and repair facilities may access or share
among them vehicle diagnostic
information received through a direct
connection to your vehicle when
diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.
Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford
of Canada, in Canada) may, where
permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic
information for vehicle improvement or
with other information we may have about
you, (for example, your contact
information), to offer you products or
services that may interest you. Data may
be provided to our service providers such
as part suppliers that may help diagnose
malfunctions, and who are similarly
obligated to protect data. We retain this
data only as long as necessary to perform
these functions or to comply with law. We
may provide information where required
in response to official requests to law
enforcement or other government
authorities or third parties acting with
lawful authority or court order, and such
information may be used in legal
proceedings. For U.S. only (if equipped), if
you choose to use connected apps and
services, such as SYNC Vehicle Health
Report or MyFord Mobile App, you consent
that certain diagnostic information may
also be accessed electronically by Ford
Motor Company and Ford authorized
service facilities, and that the diagnostic
information may be used to provide
services to you, personalizing your
experience, troubleshoot, and to improve
products and services and offer you
products and services that may interest
you, where permitted by law. For Canada
only, for more information, please review
the Ford of Canada privacy policy at
www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data
storage and use of service providers in
other jurisdictions who may be subject to
legal requirements in Canada, the United
States and other countries applicable to
them, for example, lawful requirements to
disclose personal information to
governmental authorities in those
countries. See SYNC™ 3 (page 213).
7
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Introduction
Event Data Recording
This vehicle is equipped with an event
data recorder. The main purpose of an
event data recorder is to record, in
certain crash or near crash-like
situations, such as an airbag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle;
this data will assist in understanding
how a vehicle’s systems performed.
The event data recorder is designed to
record data related to vehicle dynamics
and safety systems for a short period
of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The event data recorder in this vehicle
is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle
were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
the brake pedal; and
• How fast the vehicle was traveling;
and
• Where the driver was positioning
the steering wheel.
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data
is recorded by the event data recorder
under normal driving conditions and no
personal data or information (e.g., name,
gender, age, and crash location) is
recorded (see limitations regarding 911
Assist and Traffic, directions and
Information privacy below). However,
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the event data recorder data
with the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data
recorder, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the event
data recorder is needed. In addition to
the vehicle manufacturer, other
parties, such as law enforcement, that
have such special equipment, can read
the information if they have access to
the vehicle or the event data recorder.
Ford Motor Company and Ford of
Canada do not access event data
recorder information without obtaining
consent, unless pursuant to court order
or where required by law enforcement,
other government authorities or other
third parties acting with lawful
authority. Other parties may seek to
access the information independently
of Ford Motor Company and Ford of
Canada.
8
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Introduction
Note: Including to the extent that any
law pertaining to Event Data Recorders
applies to SYNC or its features, please
note the following: Once 911 Assist (if
equipped) is enabled (set ON), 911 Assist
may, through any paired and connected
cell phone, disclose to emergency
services that the vehicle has been in a
crash involving the deployment of an
airbag or, in certain vehicles, the
activation of the fuel pump shut-off.
Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist
may also be capable of being used to
electronically or verbally provide to 911
operators the vehicle location (such as
latitude and longitude), and/or other
details about the vehicle or crash or
personal information about the
occupants to assist 911 operators to
provide the most appropriate emergency
services. If you do not want to disclose
this information, do not activate the 911
Assist feature. See SYNC™ 3 (page 213).
Additionally, when you connect to
Traffic, Directions and Information (if
equipped, U.S. only), the service uses
GPS technology and advanced vehicle
sensors to collect the vehicle’s current
location, travel direction, and speed
(“vehicle travel information”), only to
help provide you with the directions,
traffic reports, or business searches
that you request. If you do not want
Ford or its vendors to receive this
information, do not activate the
service. For more information, see
Traffic, Directions and Information,
Terms and Conditions. See SYNC™ 3
(page 213).
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNINGS
Some constituents of engine
exhaust, certain vehicle components,
certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear
contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Batteries also contain
other chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer. Wash your
hands after handling.
PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such
as airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners
and remote control batteries may contain
perchlorate material. Special handling
may apply for service or vehicle end of life
disposal.
9
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Introduction
For more information visit:
Web Address
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazard-
ouswaste/perchlorate
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
We have built your vehicle to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that
conform to the specifications detailed in
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these
specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents do happen.
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts
meet our stringent requirements for fit,
finish, structural integrity, corrosion
protection and dent resistance. During
vehicle development we validate that
these parts deliver the intended level of
protection as a whole system. A great way
to know for sure you are getting this level
of protection is to use genuine Ford
replacement collision parts.
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty. The Ford
Warranty may not cover damage caused
to your vehicle as a result of failed
non-Ford parts. For additional information,
refer to the terms and conditions of the
Ford Warranty.
SPECIAL NOTICES
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
For a detailed description of what your
vehicle’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty
covers, see the Ford GT Warranty Guide
provided to you along with your Owner’s
Manual.
Additional Warranty Information
Your vehicle's warranty information is
covered in its entirety in the Ford GT
Warranty Guide. You can obtain warranty
service for your vehicle at a certified Ford
GT Service dealer. If you need assistance
locating an authorized dealer, please
contact your Ford GT Concierge at
1-800-210-5795.
We design and build our vehicles for our
customers to drive as delivered from the
factory. The Ford GT Warranty Guide
discusses vehicle use and the installation
of aftermarket parts and their effect on
warranty coverage. See the Ford GT
Warranty Guide for complete information.
Special Instructions
WARNINGS
You risk death or serious injury to
yourself and others if you do not
follow the instruction highlighted by
the warning symbol. Failure to follow the
specific warnings and instructions could
result in personal injury.
10
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Introduction
WARNINGS
NEVER use a rearward facing child
restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can
occur.
For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted
with sophisticated electronic controls.
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector
WARNING
Do not connect wireless plug-in
devices to the data link connector.
Unauthorized third parties could gain
access to vehicle data and impair the
performance of safety related systems.
Only allow repair facilities that follow our
service and repair instructions to connect
their equipment to the data link connector.
Your vehicle has an OBD Data Link
Connector (DLC) that is used in
conjunction with a diagnostic scan tool for
vehicle diagnostics, repairs and
reprogramming services. Installing an
aftermarket device that uses the DLC
during normal driving for purposes such as
remote insurance company monitoring,
transmission of vehicle data to other
devices or entities, or altering the
performance of the vehicle, may cause
interference with or even damage to
vehicle systems. We do not recommend
or endorse the use of aftermarket plug-in
devices unless approved by Ford. The
vehicle Warranty will not cover damage
caused by an aftermarket plug-in device.
Certified Ford GT Service Dealer
All occurrences of authorized dealer in this
manual are references to dealers who are
certified to work on the Ford GT. Not all
dealers have this certification. To locate a
certified Ford GT Service dealer, contact
your Ford GT Concierge at
1-800-210-5795.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Using mobile communications equipment
is becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
emergency situations. Safety must be
paramount when using mobile
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
11
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Introduction
FORD PERFORMANCE
Welcome to the Ford Performance family!
Performance and racing are deeply
embedded in Ford’s DNA, dating back to
October 10, 1901 when Henry Ford won his
first race against Alexander Winton,
America’ s greatest racer at the time. Henry
Ford founded Ford Motor Company 18
months later with capital raised on the
back of this remarkable upset victory.
Today, that spirit of passion, innovation
and performance lives on through Ford
Performance. Established in 2015, the
company’s performance teams -- Ford
Special Vehicle Team (United States),
Team RS (Europe), Ford Performance
(Australia) and Ford Racing (United
States) – have unified under the mission
to create the world’ s leading performance
vehicles, parts, accessories and
experiences for enthusiasts. This includes
accelerating the development of advanced
aerodynamics, lightweighting, electronics,
powertrain performance, fuel efficiency
and other technologies that can be applied
across Ford’s product portfolio.
We are proud and passionate about what
we do and we look forward to a long and
exciting relationship with you. Thank you
for choosing Ford Performance!
E211570
12
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Introduction
PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
You should play your part in protecting the
environment. Correct vehicle usage and
the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning
and lubrication materials are significant
steps toward this aim.
For details about Ford Motor
Company's sustainability progress and
initiatives visit:
Web Address
www.sustainability.ford.com
13
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Environment
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
E243664
Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 58).A
Left direction indicator. See Direction Indicators (page 60).B
Left paddle shifter. See Automatic Transmission (page 106).C
Drive mode control. See Drive Mode Control (page 122).D
High beam switch. See Lighting Control (page 58).E
Instrument cluster. See Gauges (page 63).F
Windshield washers. See Windshield Washers (page 57).G
Windshield wipers. See Windshield Wipers (page 57).H
Right paddle shifter. See Automatic Transmission (page 106).I
Right direction indicator. See Direction Indicators (page 60).J
Audio on and off button. See Audio Unit (page 212).K
SYNC 3. See General Information (page 213).L
14
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
At a Glance
Climate controls. See Automatic Climate Control (page 81). See Manual
Climate Control (page 80).
M
Media hub. See USB Port (page 212).N
Menu and voice control. See Voice Control (page 53).O
Audio control. See Audio Control (page 53).P
Horn.Q
Audio control. See Audio Control (page 53).R
Cruise control. See Using Cruise Control (page 121).S
UNIQUE FEATURES
E236793
Vehicle Structure
• Carbon fiber tub and body shell.
• Aluminum structure fore and aft of tub.
• Steel roll cage integrated into the tub.
Powertrain
• Mid-engine 3.5L Twin Turbo EcoBoost
V6.
• 7-speed dual clutch automated
manual transmission.
Chassis
• Electronic/hydraulic controlled torsion
bar front and rear suspension systems
with ride height varied depending on
drive mode.
• Front end lift feature for driveway
approaches and speed bumps.
• Independent front and rear suspension
with unequal length upper and lower
control arms.
• Carbon ceramic brake discs.
• Brembo 6-piston front and 4-piston
rear calipers.
15
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
At a Glance
• 20 in. x 8.5 in. forged alloy front wheels
with 245/35R20 Michelin Pilot Sport
Cup 2 tires.
• 20 in. x 11.5 in. forged alloy rear wheels
with 325/30R20 Michelin Pilot Sport
Cup 2 tires.
• Carbon fiber wheels available as an
option.
Electronics and Vehicle Controls
• Vehicle drive mode control with five
settings.
• Full LCD instrument cluster with
customer selectable features.
• Race inspired steering wheel with
stalkless steering column.
• Paddle shifters.
• SYNC 3 including navigation system.
• Single zone automatic temperature
control.
• ABS, ESC (electronic stability control)
and launch control.
• Passive entry/passive start key system.
Exterior
• Carbon fiber body panels including
undertrays.
• Active aerodynamic rear wing and front
splitter.
• LED headlamps and tail lamps.
Interior
• Fixed seating positions.
• Independently adjustable steering
column and pedals.
• Carbon fiber, leather, and Alcantara
interior surfaces.
16
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
At a Glance
GENERAL INFORMATION
See the following sections for directions
on how to properly use safety restraints
for children.
WARNINGS
Always make sure your child is
secured properly in a device that is
appropriate for their height, age and
weight. Child safety restraints must be
bought separately from your vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions and
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child.
All children are shaped differently.
The recommendations for safety
restraints are based on probable
child height, age and weight thresholds
from the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and other safety
organizations, or are the minimum
requirements of law. We recommend
checking with a NHTSA Certified Child
WARNINGS
Passenger Safety Technician (CPST) and
consult your pediatrician to make sure your
child seat is appropriate for your child, and
is compatible with and properly installed
in your vehicle. To locate a child seat fitting
station and CPST, contact NHTSA toll free
at 1-888-327-4236 or go to
http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada,
contact Transport Canada toll free at
1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca to
find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your area.
Failure to properly restrain children in
safety seats made especially for their
height, age, and weight may result in an
increased risk of serious injury or death to
your child.
On hot days, the temperature inside
the vehicle can rise very quickly.
Exposure of people or animals to
these high temperatures for even a short
time can cause death or serious heat
related injuries, including brain damage.
Small children are particularly at risk.
17
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Child Safety
Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children
Recommended restraint
type
Child size, height, weight, or ageChild
Use a child safety seat
(sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible
seat, or toddler seat).
Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less
(generally age four or younger).
Infants or
toddlers
Use a belt-positioning
booster seat.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety seat (gener-
ally children who are less than 4 ft. 9 in.
(1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four
and less than age 12, and between 40 lb
(18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to
100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your
child restraint manufacturer).
Small children
Use a vehicle seatbelt
having the lap belt snug
and low across the hips,
shoulder belt centered
across the shoulder and
chest, and seat back
upright.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a belt-positioning booster
seat (generally children who are at least
4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80
lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recom-
mended by child restraint manufacturer).
Larger children
• You are required by law to properly use
safety seats for infants and toddlers in
the United States and Canada.
• Many states and provinces require that
small children use approved booster
seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters)
tall, or 80 pounds (36 kilograms).
Check your local and state or provincial
laws for specific requirements about
the safety of children in your vehicle.
INSTALLING CHILD
RESTRAINTS
Child Seats
E142594
18
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Child Safety
Use a child safety seat (sometimes called
an infant carrier, convertible seat, or
toddler seat) for infants, toddlers, or
children weighing 35 lb (16 kg) or less
(generally age four or younger).
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts
WARNINGS
NEVER use a rearward facing child
restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can
occur.
Depending on where you secure a
child restraint, and depending on the
child restraint design, you may block
access to certain seatbelt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure
occupants only use seating positions
where they are able to be properly
restrained.
When installing a child safety seat with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
• Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that
seating position.
• Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle until you hear a snap and feel it
latch. Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
• Keep the buckle release button
pointing up and away from the safety
seat, with the tongue between the child
restraint and the release button, to
prevent accidental unbuckling.
• Place the vehicle seat upon which the
child restraint will be installed in the
upright position.
• Put the seatbelt in the automatic
locking mode. See Step 5. This vehicle
does not require the use of a locking
clip.
Perform the following steps when
installing the child restraint with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
Note: Although the child restraint
illustrated is a forward facing child restraint,
the steps are the same for installing a rear
facing child restraint.
E142528
1. Position the child safety seat in a seat
with a combination lap and shoulder
belt.
E142529
2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and
then grasp the shoulder belt and lap
belt together.
19
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Child Safety
E142530
3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt
portions together, route the tongue
through the child restraint according
to the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions. Be sure the belt webbing
is not twisted.
E142531
4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
for that seating position until you hear
a snap and feel the latch engage. Make
sure the tongue is latched securely by
pulling on it.
E142875
5. To put the retractor in the automatic
locking mode, grasp the shoulder
portion of the belt and pull downward
until you pull the entire belt out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is
available on the front passenger seat. This
vehicle does not require the use of a locking
clip.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove
slack. The belt clicks as it retracts to
indicate it is in the automatic locking
mode.
7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is in the
automatic locking mode (you should
not be able to pull more belt out). If the
retractor is not locked, unbuckle the
belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6.
E142533
20
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Child Safety
8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.
Force the seat down with extra weight,
for example, by pressing down or
kneeling on the child restraint while
pulling up on the shoulder belt in order
to force slack from the belt. This is
necessary to remove the remaining
slack that will exist once the extra
weight of the child is added to the child
restraint. It also helps to achieve the
proper snugness of the child restraint
to your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight
lean toward the buckle will additionally
help to remove remaining slack from
the belt.
9. Attach the tether strap (if the child
restraint is equipped).
E142534
10. Before placing the child in the seat,
forcibly move the seat forward and
back to make sure the seat is securely
held in place. To check this, grab the
seat at the belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and forward and
back. There should be no more than
1 in (2.5 cm) of movement for proper
installation.
We recommend checking with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
Technician to make certain the child
restraint is properly installed. In Canada,
check with Transport Canada for referral
to a Child Car Seat Clinic.
Using Tether Straps
Many forward-facing child safety
seats include a tether strap
which extends from the back of
the child safety seat and hooks to an
anchoring point called the top tether
anchor. Tether straps are available as an
accessory for many older safety seats.
Contact the manufacturer of your child
restraint for information about ordering a
tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether
strap if the tether strap on your safety seat
does not reach the appropriate top tether
anchor in your vehicle.
Once the child safety seat has been
installed using the seatbelt, you can attach
the top tether strap.
The tether strap anchor in your vehicle is
in the following position (shown from top
view):
E226496
Perform the following steps to install a
child safety seat with tether anchors:
21
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Child Safety
E225883
1. Route the tether strap through either
opening in the seatback as shown.
2. Locate the anchor behind the
passenger seat on the floor.
3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor.
4. Tighten the child safety seat tether
strap according to the manufacturer's
instructions. If your child restraint
system has a tether strap, and the child
restraint manufacturer recommends
its use, we also recommend its use.
If the safety seat is not anchored properly,
the risk of a child being injured in a crash
greatly increases.
BOOSTER SEATS
WARNING
Do not put the shoulder section of
the seatbelt or allow the child to put
the shoulder section of the seatbelt
under their arm or behind their back. Failure
to follow this instruction could reduce the
effectiveness of the seatbelt and increase
the risk of injury or death in a crash.
Use a belt-positioning booster seat for
children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety restraint
(generally children who are less than 57 in
(1.45 m) tall, are greater than age 4 and
less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg)
and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb
(45 kg) if recommended by your child
restraint manufacturer). Many state and
provincial laws require that children use
approved booster seats until they reach
age eight, a height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or
80 lb (36 kg).
Booster seats should be used until you can
answer YES to ALL of these questions
when seated without a booster seat:
E142595
• Can the child sit all the way back
against their vehicle seat backrest with
knees bent comfortably at the edge of
the seat cushion?
• Can the child sit without slouching?
22
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Child Safety
• Does the lap belt rest low across the
hips?
• Is the shoulder belt centered on the
shoulder and chest?
• Can the child stay seated like this for
the whole trip?
Always use booster seats in conjunction
with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.
Types of Booster Seats
E68924
• Backless booster seats
If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the shield. If a
vehicle seating position has a low seat
backrest or no head restraint, a backless
booster seat may place your child's head
(as measured at the tops of the ears)
above the top of the seat. In this case,
move the backless booster to another
seating position with a higher seat backrest
or head restraint and lap and shoulder
belts, or consider using a high back booster
seat.
E70710
• High back booster seats
If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot
find a seating position that adequately
supports your child's head, a high back
booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and
shape. Choose a booster that keeps the
lap belt low and snug across the hips,
never up across the stomach, and lets you
adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest
and rest snugly near the center of the
shoulder. The following drawings compare
the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt
uncomfortably close to the neck and a
shoulder belt that could slip off the
shoulder. The drawings also show how the
lap belt should be low and snug across the
child's hips.
23
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Child Safety
E142596
E142597
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle
seat upon which it is being used, placing a
rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet
liner under the booster seat may improve
this condition. Do not introduce any item
thicker than this under the booster seat.
Check with the booster seat
manufacturer's instructions.
CHILD RESTRAINT
POSITIONING
WARNINGS
NEVER use a rearward facing child
restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can
occur.
WARNINGS
Always carefully follow the
instructions and warnings provided
by the manufacturer of any child
restraint to determine if the restraint device
is appropriate for your child's size, height,
weight, or age. Follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions and warnings
provided for installation and use in
conjunction with the instructions and
warnings provided by your vehicle
manufacturer. A safety seat that is
improperly installed or utilized, is
inappropriate for your child's height, age,
or weight or does not properly fit the child
may increase the risk of serious injury or
death.
24
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Child Safety
WARNINGS
Never let a passenger hold a child on
his or her lap while the vehicle is
moving. The passenger cannot
protect the child from injury in a crash.
Do not use pillows, books or towels
to boost your child's height.
Always restrain an unoccupied child
seat or booster seat. They may
become projectiles in a crash or
sudden stop, which may increase the risk
of serious injury.
WARNINGS
Do not put the seatbelt under your
child's arm or behind its back.
Do not leave children or pets
unattended in your vehicle. Failure
to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children
Use any attachment method as indicated
below by X
Combined weight of
child and child
restraint
Restraint Type
Seatbelt onlySeatbelt and top
tether anchor
XUp to 65 lb (29.5 kg)
Forward facing child
restraint
XOver 65 lb (29.5 kg)
Forward facing child
restraint
Note: The child restraint must rest tightly
against the vehicle seat upon which it is
installed.
25
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Child Safety
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Always drive and ride with your
seatback upright and the lap belt
snug and low across the hips.
Children must always be properly
restrained.
Never let a passenger hold a child on
his or her lap while the vehicle is
moving. The passenger cannot
protect the child from injury in a crash.
All occupants of your vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their seatbelts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided. Failure to properly wear
your seatbelt could seriously increase the
risk of injury or death.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted
person is significantly more likely to
die than a person wearing a seatbelt.
Each seating position in your vehicle
has a specific seatbelt assembly
made up of one buckle and one
tongue designed to be used as a pair. Use
the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder
only. Never wear the shoulder belt under
the arm. Never use a single seatbelt for
more than one person.
Seatbelts and seats may be hot in a
vehicle that is in the sunshine. The
hot seatbelts or seats may burn a
small child. Check seat covers and buckles
before you place a child anywhere near
them.
All seating positions in your vehicle have
lap and shoulder seatbelts. All occupants
of the vehicle should always properly wear
their seatbelts, even when an airbag
supplemental restraint system is provided.
The seatbelt system consists of:
• Lap and shoulder seatbelts.
• Seatbelt pretensioner at the front
outboard seating positions.
• Belt tension sensor at the front
outboard passenger seating position.
E71880
· Seatbelt warning light and
chime.
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
The seatbelt pretensioners at the front
seating positions are designed to tighten
the seatbelts when activated. In frontal
and near-frontal crashes, the seatbelt
pretensioners may be activated alone or,
if the crash is of sufficient severity, together
with the front airbags.
FASTENING THE SEATBELTS
The safety restraints in the vehicle are
combination lap and shoulder belts.
E224747
26
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Seatbelts
E142587
1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
until you hear a click and feel it latch.
Make sure you securely fasten the
tongue in the buckle.
E142588
2. To unfasten, press the release button
and remove the tongue from the
buckle.
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy
WARNING
Always ride and drive with your
seatback upright and properly fasten
your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of
the seatbelt snugly and low across the
hips. Position the shoulder portion of the
seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant
women must follow this practice. See the
following figure.
E142590
Pregnant women should always wear their
seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt low
across the hips below the belly and worn
as tight as comfort allows. Position the
shoulder belt to cross the middle of the
shoulder and the center of the chest.
Seatbelt Locking Modes
WARNING
If your vehicle is involved in a crash,
have the seatbelts and associated
components inspected as soon as
possible. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
All safety restraints in the vehicle are
combination lap and shoulder belts and
have vehicle sensitive locking mode. In
addition, the front outboard passenger
seatbelts have the automatic locking
mode.
27
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Seatbelts
Vehicle Sensitive Mode
This is the normal retractor mode, which
allows free shoulder belt length
adjustment to your movements and
locking in response to vehicle movement.
For example, if the driver brakes suddenly
or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle
receives an impact of about 5 mph
(8 km/h) or more, the combination
seatbelts lock to help reduce forward
movement of the driver and passenger.
In addition, the retractor is designed to lock
if you pull the webbing out too quickly. If
the seatbelt retractor locks, slowly lower
the height adjuster to allow the seatbelt
to retract. If the retractor does not unlock,
pull the seatbelt out slowly then feed a
small length of webbing back toward the
stowed position.
Automatic Locking Mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt
automatically pre-locks. The belt still
retracts to remove any slack in the
shoulder belt. The automatic locking mode
is not available on the driver seatbelt.
When to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
Use this mode any time a child safety seat,
except a booster, is installed in the
passenger front seating position. See
Child Safety (page 17).
How to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
E243129
1. Buckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull
downward until you pull the entire belt
out.
3. Allow the belt to retract. As the belt
retracts, you will hear a clicking sound.
This indicates the seatbelt is now in the
automatic locking mode.
How to Disengage the Automatic
Locking Mode
Unbuckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt and allow it to retract
completely to disengage the automatic
locking mode and activate the vehicle
sensitive (emergency) locking mode.
SEATBELT WARNING LAMP
AND INDICATOR CHIME
E71880
This lamp illuminates and an
audible warning will sound if the
driver seatbelt has not been
fastened when the vehicle's ignition is
turned on.
28
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Seatbelts
Conditions of operation
ThenIf
The seatbelt warning light illuminates and
the warning chime sounds for a few
seconds.
The driver seatbelt is not buckled before
the ignition switch is turned to the on posi-
tion...
The seatbelt warning light and warning
chime turn off.
The driver seatbelt is buckled while the
indicator light is illuminated and the
warning chime is sounding...
The seatbelt warning light and indicator
chime remain off.
The driver seatbelt is buckled before the
ignition switch is turned to the on position...
SEATBELT REMINDER
Belt-Minder™
This feature supplements the seatbelt
warning function by providing additional
reminders that intermittently sound a tone
and illuminate the seatbelt warning light
when you are in the driver seat or you have
a front seat passenger and a seatbelt is
unbuckled.
The system uses information from the
front passenger sensing system to
determine if a front seat passenger is
present and therefore potentially in need
of a warning. To avoid activating the
Belt-Minder feature for objects you place
in the front passenger seat, only the front
seat passengers receive warnings as
determined by the front passenger sensing
system.
If the Belt-Minder warnings expire
(warnings for about five minutes) for one
passenger (driver or front passenger), the
other passenger can still cause the
Belt-Minder feature to turn on.
29
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Seatbelts
ThenIf
The Belt-Minder feature will not activate.
You and the front seat passenger buckle
your seatbelts before you switch the igni-
tion on or less than 1-2 minutes elapse after
you switch the ignition on...
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
seatbelt warning light illuminates and a
warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your seatbelts.
You or the front seat passenger do not
buckle your seatbelts before your vehicle
reaches at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1-2
minutes elapse after you switch the ignition
on...
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
seatbelt warning light illuminates and a
warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your seatbelts.
The seatbelt for the driver or front
passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute
while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph
(9.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes
elapse after you switch the ignition on...
Deactivating and Activating the
Belt-Minder Feature
WARNING
While the system allows you to
switch it off, this system is designed
to improve your chances of being
safely belted and surviving a crash. We
recommend you leave the system
switched on. To reduce the risk of injury,
do not switch the system on or off while
driving your vehicle.
Note: The driver and front passenger
warnings switch on and off independently.
When you perform this procedure for one
seating position, do not buckle the other
position as this terminates the process.
Read Steps 1 - 4 thoroughly before
proceeding with the programming
procedure.
Before following the procedure, make sure
that:
• The parking brake is set.
• The transmission is in park (P).
• The ignition is off.
• The driver and front passenger
seatbelts are unbuckled.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
vehicle.
2. Wait until the seatbelt warning light
turns off (about one minute). After
Step 2, wait an additional 5 seconds
before proceeding with Step 3. Once
you start Step 3, you must complete
the procedure within 30 seconds.
3. For the seating position you are
switching off, buckle then unbuckle the
seatbelt three times at a moderate
speed, ending in the unbuckled state.
After Step 3, the seatbelt warning light
turns on.
30
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Seatbelts
4. While the seatbelt warning light is on,
buckle and then unbuckle the seatbelt.
After Step 4, the seatbelt warning light
flashes for confirmation.
• This will switch the feature off for that
seating position if it is currently on.
• This will switch the feature on for that
seating position if it is currently off.
CHILD RESTRAINT AND
SEATBELT MAINTENANCE
Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child
safety seat systems periodically to make
sure they work properly and are not
damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child
seat safety belts to make sure there are no
nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary.
All vehicle safety belt assemblies, including
retractors, buckles, front safety belt buckle
assemblies, buckle support assemblies
(slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt
height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder
belt guide on seat back (if equipped), child
safety seat LATCH and tether anchors, and
attaching hardware, should be inspected
after a crash. Read the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions for additional
inspection and maintenance information
specific to the child restraint.
Ford Motor Company recommends that
all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles
involved in a crash be replaced. However,
if the crash was minor and an authorized
dealer finds that the belts do not show
damage and continue to operate properly,
they do not need to be replaced. Safety
belt assemblies not in use during a crash
should also be inspected and replaced if
either damage or improper operation is
noted.
Properly care for safety belts. See Vehicle
Care (page 172).
SEATBELT EXTENSION
WARNINGS
Persons who fit into the vehicle's
seatbelt should not use an extension.
Unnecessary use could result in
serious personal injury in the event of a
crash.
Only use extensions provided free of
charge by Ford Motor Company
dealers. The dealer will provide an
extension designed specifically for this
vehicle, model year and seating position.
The use of an extension intended for
another vehicle, model year or seating
position may not offer you the full
protection of your vehicle's seatbelt
restraint system.
Never use seatbelt extensions to
install child restraints.
Do not use extensions to change the
way the seatbelt fits across the
torso, over the lap or to make the
seatbelt buckle easier to reach.
If, because of body size or driving position,
it is not possible to properly fasten the
seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an
extension that is compatible with the
seatbelts is available free of charge from
Ford Motor Company dealers. Only Ford
seatbelt extensions made by the original
equipment seatbelts manufacturer should
be used with Ford seatbelts. Ask your
authorized dealer if your extension is
compatible with your Ford vehicle restraint
system.
31
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Seatbelts
The Personal Safety System provides an
improved overall level of frontal crash
protection to front seat occupants and is
designed to help further reduce the risk of
airbag-related injuries. The system
analyzes different occupant conditions and
crash severity before activating the
appropriate safety devices to help better
protect a range of occupants in a variety
of frontal crash situations.
The vehicle Personal Safety System
consists of:
• Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints.
• Seatbelts, energy management
retractors and seatbelt usage sensors.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Passenger airbag off and on indicator
lamp.
• Front crash severity sensors.
• Restraints control module with impact
and safing sensors.
• Restraint system warning light and
backup tone.
• The electrical wiring for the airbags,
crash sensors, front seatbelt usage
sensors, front passenger sensing
system and indicator lights.
How Does the Personal Safety
System Work?
The Personal Safety System can adapt the
deployment strategy of the safety devices
according to crash severity and occupant
conditions. A collection of crash and
occupant sensors provides information to
the restraints control module. During a
crash, the restraints control module may
deploy one or both stages of the
dual-stage airbags based on crash severity
and occupant conditions.
32
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Personal Safety System™
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Airbags do not inflate slowly or
gently, and the risk of injury from a
deploying airbag is the greatest close
to the trim covering the airbag module.
All occupants of your vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their seatbelts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided. Failure to properly wear
your seatbelt could seriously increase the
risk of injury or death.
Always use appropriate child
restraints. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
Never place your arm over the airbag
module as a deploying airbag can
result in serious arm fractures or
other injuries.
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child restraint. Never place a
rear-facing child restraint in front of
an active airbag.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the airbag supplemental
restraint systems or its fuses as you
could be seriously injured or killed. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Several airbag system components
get hot after inflation. To reduce the
risk of injury, do not touch them after
inflation.
If the airbag has deployed, the airbag
will not function again and must be
replaced immediately. If the airbag
is not replaced, the unrepaired area will
increase the risk of injury in a crash.
The airbags are a supplemental restraint
system and are designed to work with the
seatbelts to help protect the driver and
right front passenger from certain upper
body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly;
there is a risk of injury from a deploying
airbag.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly
upon activation. After airbag deployment,
it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
residue or smell the burnt propellant. This
may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder
(to lubricate the bag) or sodium
compounds (for example, baking soda)
that result from the combustion process
that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of
sodium hydroxide may be present which
may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of
the residue is toxic.
Though the system is designed to help
reduce serious injuries, contact with a
deploying airbag may also cause abrasions
or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also
a possibility as a result of the noise
associated with a deploying airbag.
Because airbags must inflate rapidly and
with considerable force, there is the risk of
death or serious injuries such as fractures,
facial and eye injuries or internal injuries,
particularly to occupants who are not
properly restrained or are out of position
at the time of airbag deployment. It is
extremely important that occupants are
properly restrained as far away from the
airbag module as possible while
maintaining vehicle control.
Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
required.
33
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
DRIVER AND PASSENGER
AIRBAGS
WARNINGS
Never place your arm over the airbag
module as a deploying airbag can
result in serious arm fractures or
other injuries.
NEVER use a rearward facing child
restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can
occur.
E151127
The driver and front passenger airbags
deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.
The driver and passenger front airbag
system consists of:
• Driver and passenger airbag modules.
• Front passenger sensing system.
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 38).
Proper Driver and Front Passenger
Seating Adjustment
WARNING
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance
of at least 10 in (25 cm) between an
occupant's chest and the driver airbag
module.
After all occupants put on seatbelts, it is
very important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seatback, and
is centered on the seat cushion, with their
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash greatly
increases.
Children and Airbags
WARNING
NEVER use a rearward facing child
restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can
occur.
E142846
34
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM
WARNINGS
Sitting improperly, out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.
Any alteration or modification to the
front passenger seat may affect the
performance of the front passenger
sensing system. This could seriously
increase the risk of injury or death.
This system works with sensors that are
part of the front passenger seat and
seatbelt to detect the presence of a
properly-seated occupant and determine
if the front passenger frontal airbag should
be enabled (may inflate) or not.
E179527
The front passenger sensing system uses
a passenger airbag off indicator which
illuminates and stays lit to remind you that
the front passenger frontal airbag is
disabled.
The indicator lamp is on the overhead
console.
Note: When you first switch the ignition on,
the indicator lamp illuminates for a short
period of time to confirm it is functional.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to disable (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag when it
detects a rear facing infant seat, a
forward-facing child restraint, or a booster
seat. The sensor turns off the passenger
front airbag and side airbag when the
passenger seat is empty.
• When the front passenger sensing
system disables (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag, the
indicator lamp illuminates and stays lit
to remind you that the front passenger
frontal airbag is disabled.
• If you install the child restraint and the
indicator lamp is not lit, switch the
vehicle off, remove the child restraint
from the vehicle and reinstall the
restraint following the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to enable (may inflate) the front
passenger frontal airbag anytime the
system senses that a person of adult size
is sitting properly in the front passenger
seat.
• When the front passenger sensing
system enables the front passenger
frontal airbag (may inflate), the
indicator lamp will be unlit and stays
unlit.
35
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front
passenger seat, but the airbag off indicator
lamp is lit, it is possible that the person is
not sitting properly in the seat. If this
happens:
• Switch the vehicle off and ask the
person to place the seatback in the full
upright position.
• Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with the
person’s legs comfortably extended.
• Restart the vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for about two
minutes. This allows the system to
detect that person and enable the
passenger front airbag.
Passenger AirbagPassenger Airbag OFF Indic-
ator
Occupant
DisabledLitEmpty
DisabledLitChild
EnabledUnlitAdult
Note: When the passenger airbag off light
illuminates, the passenger side airbag (near
the B-pillar) may be disabled to avoid the
risk of airbag deployment injuries.
After all occupants put on seatbelts, it is
very important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seatback, and
centered on the seat cushion, with their
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash greatly
increases.
If you think that the status of the passenger
airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect, check
for the following:
• Objects between the seat cushion and
the center console.
• Objects hanging off the seatback.
• Objects placed on the occupant's lap.
• Cargo interference with the seat.
The conditions listed above may cause the
weight of a properly seated occupant to
be incorrectly interpreted by the front
passenger sensing system. The person in
the front passenger seat may appear
heavier or lighter due to the conditions
described in the list above.
E67017
Make sure the front passenger
sensing system is operating
properly. See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 38).
If the airbag readiness light is lit, do the
following:
The driver and adult passenger should
check for objects interfering with the seat.
If there are objects interfering with the seat,
take the following steps to remove the
obstruction:
• Pull the vehicle over.
• Switch the ignition off.
• Driver and adult passenger should
check for any objects interfering with
the seat.
• Remove the obstruction(s) (if found).
• Restart the vehicle.
36
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
• Wait at least two minutes and verify
that the airbag readiness light is no
longer illuminated.
• If the airbag readiness light remains
illuminated, this may or may not be a
problem due to the front passenger
sensing system.
Do not attempt to repair or service the
system. Take your vehicle immediately to
an authorized dealer.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced
front airbag system to accommodate a
person with disabilities, contact the Ford
GT Concierge.
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNINGS
To reduce risk of injury, do not
obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
Do not lean your head on the door.
The side airbag could injure you as it
deploys from the B-pillar.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the airbag supplemental
restraint systems or its fuses on a
vehicle containing air bags as you could be
seriously injured or killed. Contact your
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
If the side airbag has deployed, the
airbag will not function again. The
side airbag system (including the
seat) must be inspected as soon as
possible. If the airbag is not replaced, the
unrepaired area will increase the risk of
injury in a crash.
The side airbags are near the B-pillar. In
certain sideways crashes, the airbag on the
side affected by the crash will be inflated.
The airbag was designed to inflate
between the door panel and occupant to
further enhance the protection provided
occupants in side impact crashes.
The system consists of the following:
• An embossed side panel indicating that
side airbags are on your vehicle.
• Side airbags near the B-pillar.
• Front passenger sensing system.
E67017
·Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 38).
Note: The passenger sensing system will
deactivate the passenger side airbag (near
the B-pillar) if it detects an empty,
unbuckled passenger seat.
The design and development of the side
airbag system included recommended
testing procedures that were developed
by a group of automotive safety experts
known as the Side Airbag Technical
Working Group. These recommended
testing procedures help reduce the risk of
injuries related to the deployment of side
airbags.
DRIVER AND PASSENGER
KNEE AIRBAGS
WARNING
To reduce risk of injury, do not
obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the knee airbag.
37
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
The knee airbags are under or within the
instrument panel. During a crash, the
restraints control module may activate the
driver and passenger knee airbags based
on crash severity and occupant conditions.
Under certain crash and occupant
conditions, the driver and passenger knee
airbag may deploy, but the driver front
airbag may not activate. As with front and
side airbags, it is important to be properly
seated and restrained to reduce the risk of
death or serious injury.
E67017
Make sure the knee airbags are
operating properly. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator
(page 38).
CRASH SENSORS AND
AIRBAG INDICATOR
WARNING
Modifying or adding equipment to
the front end of your vehicle
(including hood, bumper system,
frame, front end body structure, tow hooks
and hood pins) may affect the
performance of the airbag system,
increasing the risk of injury. Do not modify
or add equipment to the front end of your
vehicle.
Your vehicle has a collection of crash and
occupant sensors which provide
information to the restraints control
module. The restraints control module
deploys (activates) the front seatbelt
pretensioners, driver airbag, passenger
airbag, knee airbag(s) and side airbags.
Based on the type of crash, the restraints
control module deploys the appropriate
safety devices.
The restraints control module monitors
the readiness of the safety devices and the
crash and occupant sensors. The readiness
of the safety system is indicated by a
warning indicator light in the instrument
cluster or by a backup tone if the warning
light is not working. Routine maintenance
of the airbag is not required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by
one or more of the following:
E67017
The readiness light does not
illuminate immediately after you
switch the ignition on.
• The readiness light either flashes or
stays lit.
• The system has five tones that repeat
periodically until the problem, the light
or both are repaired.
If you experience any of these events, even
intermittently, have a qualified technician
service the supplemental restraint system
immediately. If it is not serviced, the
system may not function properly in a
crash.
The design of the seatbelt pretensioners
and the front airbag supplemental restraint
system is to activate when the vehicle
sustains frontal deceleration sufficient to
cause the restraints control module to
deploy a safety device.
38
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
If the seatbelt pretensioners or front
airbags do not activate for both front seat
occupants in a crash, it does not mean that
something is wrong with the system.
Rather, it means the restraints control
module determined the accident
conditions (crash severity, belt usage)
were not appropriate to activate these
safety devices.
• The design of the front airbags is to
activate only in frontal and near-frontal
crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or
rear impacts unless the crash causes
sufficient frontal deceleration).
• The design of the seatbelt
pretensioners is to activate in frontal,
near-frontal and side crashes and
rollovers.
• The knee airbag(s) may deploy based
on crash severity and occupant
conditions.
• The design of the side airbags is to
inflate in certain side crashes. Side
airbags may activate in other types of
crashes if the vehicle experiences
sufficient sideways motion or
deformation.
AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.
39
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term IC before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m).
One of the following could cause a
decrease in operating range:
• weather conditions
• nearby radio towers
• structures around the vehicle
• other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle
Other short-distance radio transmitters,
such as amateur radios, medical
equipment, wireless headphones, remote
controls and alarm systems may operate
on the same frequency as your remote
control. If other transmitters are operating
on those frequencies, you may not be able
to use your remote control. Using your
remote control near some types of
electronic equipment, such as USB devices,
computers or cell phones can interfere with
remote operation. Operating your remote
control near metal or metallic-finished
purses, bags or clothing can interfere with
remote operation.
Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before
leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
will operate if you press any button
unintentionally.
Intelligent Access
The system uses a radio frequency signal
to communicate with your vehicle and
authorize your vehicle to unlock when one
of the following conditions are met:
• You push the exterior door release
panel within 3 ft (1 m) proximity of an
intelligent access key.
• You press a button on the transmitter.
If excessive radio frequency interference
is present in the area or if the transmitter
battery is low, you may need to
mechanically unlock your door. You can
use the mechanical key blade in your
intelligent access key to open the engine
cover to access a pull strap to manually
unlock the driver door in this situation. See
Remote Control (page 41).
40
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
REMOTE CONTROL
Intelligent Access Key
E234662
Your intelligent access keys operate the
power locks. The key must be in your
vehicle to activate the push-button start
system.
Removable Key Blade
The intelligent access key also contains a
removable mechanical key blade that you
can use to unlock the rear hatch and
release the driver door.
E234661
Slide the release on the back of the remote
control and pivot the cover off to access
the key blade.
E151795
Note: Your vehicle’ s backup keys came with
a security tag that provides important
vehicle key cut information. Keep the tag in
a safe place for future reference.
41
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
Competition Series
E252158
The competition series intelligent access
key does not have a hatch release button
or a removable key. In addition to the
competition series intelligent access key,
a provided separate key unlocks the
competition series hatch.
Using the Key Blade
Intelligent Access Key
A manual driver door release is located in
the engine compartment.
To access the door release:
E229693
1. Open the rear hatch using the key
blade.
E229694
2. Pull the release located on the left side
of the storage box under the rear hatch.
Competition Series
1. Unlock rear hatch using your key.
E251577
2. Push the button to release the handle.
42
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
E251578
3. Pull the handle up until you feel a click.
4. Push down on the hatch until you feel
a click.
E251630
5. Lift the hatch and remove the
two-piece prop rod from the storage
area.
E251629
6. Assemble the prop rod and use it to
prop open rear hatch.
E229694
7. Pull the release located on the left side
of the storage box under the rear hatch.
Replacing the Battery
Note: Refer to local regulations when
disposing of transmitter batteries.
43
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.
Note: Replacing the battery will not delete
the transmitter from the vehicle. The
transmitter should operate normally.
A message will appear in the information
display when the remote control battery
is low. See Information Messages (page
73).
Intelligent Access Transmitter
The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or
equivalent.
E234661
1. Push the release button and pull the
key blade out.
E234660
2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden
behind the key blade head to remove
the battery cover.
44
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
E218402
3. Insert a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver, in the position shown and
carefully remove the battery.
4. Install a new battery with the + facing
upward.
5. Reinstall the battery cover and the key
blade.
Car Finder
E138623
Press the button twice within
three seconds. The horn sounds
and the turn signals flash. We
recommend you use this method to locate
your vehicle, rather than using the panic
alarm.
Sounding a Panic Alarm
Note: The panic alarm will only operate
when the ignition is off.
E138624
Press the button to activate the
alarm. Press the button again or
switch the ignition on to
deactivate.
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
Replacement keys or remote controls can
be purchased from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Passive
Anti-Theft System (page 50).
45
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
You can use the power door lock control
or the remote control to lock and unlock
your vehicle.
Power Door Locks
The power door lock control is on the driver
and front passenger door panels.
E196954
Unlock.A
Lock.B
Door Lock Indicator
An LED in the door lock switch lights when
you lock the door. It remains lit for up to 10
minutes after you switch off the ignition.
Remote Control
You can use the remote control at any
time.
Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage
Unlock)
E138629
Press the button to unlock the
driver door.
Press the button again within
three seconds to unlock all doors. The
directional indicators flash.
Press and hold both the lock and unlock
buttons on the remote control for three
seconds to change between driver-door
or all-door unlock mode. The direction
indicators flash twice to indicate a change
to the unlocking mode. Driver-door unlock
mode only unlocks the driver door when
you press the unlock button once. All-door
unlock mode unlocks all doors with one
press of the unlock button. The unlocking
mode applies to the remote control and
intelligent access. You can also change the
mode in the information display. See
General Information (page 70).
Locking the Doors
E138623
Press the button to lock all the
doors. The direction indicators
flash. Press the button again
within three seconds to confirm that all
the doors are closed and locked. The doors
lock again, the horn sounds and the
direction indicators flash if all the doors
are closed and locked.
Mislock
If any door or engine compartment is open,
or if the hood is open, the horn sounds
twice and the directional indicators do not
flash.
Activating Intelligent Access
You must have the intelligent access key
within 3 ft (1 m) of your vehicle.
At a Door
Push the door release panel to unlock and
release the door. Move your fingers behind
the edge of the door to lift the door open.
Note: Doors open upward and outward.
Make sure there is enough room to open the
door both upward and outward.
46
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Doors and Locks
E269486
Touch and hold the red lock indicator on
the rear quarter window to lock the door.
The indicator behind the quarter window
shows if your vehicle is locked or unlocked.
There is a brief delay before you can unlock
your vehicle again.
Smart Unlocks for Intelligent
Access Keys
This feature helps to prevent you from
locking your intelligent access key inside
your vehicle’s passenger compartment.
If you attempt to lock your vehicle with the
intelligent access key inside, all of the
doors immediately unlock and a tone
sounds, indicating that a key is inside. The
system searches for an intelligent access
key inside the vehicle after you lock the
door, the transmission is in park (P) and
the ignition is off.
You can override the smart unlock feature
and intentionally lock the intelligent access
key inside your vehicle.
To do this, lock your vehicle after you have
closed all the doors by:
• Pressing the lock button on another
intelligent access key.
• Touching the locking area on the door
panel with another intelligent access
key in your hand.
When you open one of the front doors and
lock your vehicle using the power door lock
control, all doors lock then unlock if:
• The ignition is on.
• The ignition is off and your vehicle is
not in park (P).
Autolock (If Equipped)
Autolock locks all the doors when:
• All doors are closed.
• The ignition is on.
• You shift into any gear putting your
vehicle in motion.
• Your vehicle reaches a speed greater
than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Autolock repeats when:
• You open then close any door while the
ignition is on and your vehicle speed is
9 mph (15 km/h) or lower.
• Your vehicle reaches a speed greater
than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Autounlock
Autounlock unlocks all the doors when:
• Your vehicle has been moving at a
speed greater than 12 mph (20 km/h).
• All doors are closed.
• The ignition is on.
• The vehicle comes to a stop and you
switch the ignition off or to the
accessory position.
• You open the driver door within 10
minutes of switching the ignition off or
to accessory.
47
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Doors and Locks
Note: The doors will not autounlock if you
electronically lock your vehicle after you
switch the ignition off and before you open
the driver door.
Enabling or Disabling Autolock and
Autounlock
Note: You can switch autounlock and
autolock on or off independently of each
other.
Autolock is not configurable in all markets.
If the autolock settings are not available
in your information display, then the
system is not configurable. See General
Information (page 70).
Illuminated Entry (If Equipped)
The interior lamp illuminates when you
unlock the doors with the remote entry
system.
The illuminated entry system turns off the
lights if:
• The ignition is on.
• You press the remote control lock
button.
• After 25 seconds of illumination.
The light does not turn off if:
• You switch them on with the lamp
control.
• Any door is open.
Illuminated Exit (If Equipped)
The interior lamp illuminates when all
doors are closed and you switch the
ignition off.
The lamp turns off if all the doors remain
closed and:
• 25 seconds elapse.
• You press the push button ignition
switch.
Battery Saver
If you leave on the courtesy lamps, dome
lamps or headlamps, the battery saver
turns them off 10 minutes after you switch
the ignition off.
Accessory Mode Battery Saver for
Intelligent Access Keys
If you leave your vehicle switched on, it
shuts off when it detects a certain amount
of battery drain, or after 45 minutes.
OPENING THE DOORS
Note: While your vehicle is in motion, the
door release buttons only function if you
press the interior unlock button and door
interior release button within two seconds.
Opening the Doors from Inside
E232417
Press the door release button
located on the arm rest to
release the door. Push the door
out and up to open the door. The hydraulic
lift cylinder assists in the door movement
once you start to open the door.
48
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Doors and Locks
EMERGENCY DOOR RELEASE
E232493
Your doors can be manually opened from
the inside of the car when the door release
button is not functioning or if there is a low
battery or other electrical concerns. Grab
the emergency door release pull strap
located on the B-pillar trim beside the seat
and pull it up and out to release the door.
There is an emergency release pull strap
for each door.
49
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Doors and Locks
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
Note: The system is not compatible with
non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems.
Use of these systems may result in vehicle
starting problems and a loss of security
protection.
Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices
or a second coded key on the same key
chain may cause vehicle starting problems
if they are too close to the key when starting
your vehicle. Prevent these objects from
touching the coded key while starting your
vehicle. Switch the ignition off, move all
objects on the key chain away from the
coded key and restart your vehicle if a
problem occurs.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in your vehicle. Always take your keys and
lock all doors when leaving your vehicle.
SecuriLock
The system helps prevent your vehicle
from starting unless you use a coded key
programmed to your vehicle. Using the
wrong key may prevent your vehicle from
starting. A message may appear in the
information display.
If you are unable to start your vehicle with
a correctly coded key, it is not operating
properly. A message may appear in the
information display.
Automatic Arming
Your vehicle arms immediately after
switching the ignition off.
Automatic Disarming
Switching the ignition on with a coded key
disarms your vehicle.
Replacement Keys
Note: Your vehicle comes equipped with
two intelligent access keys.
The intelligent access key functions as a
programmed key that operates the driver
door lock and activates the intelligent
access with push button start system, as
well as a remote control.
If your programmed transmitters are lost
or stolen and you do not have an extra
coded key, contact the Ford GT concierge
to have your Ford GT transported to your
Certified Ford GT Service Dealership to
erase the key codes from your vehicle and
program new coded keys. See About This
Manual (page 5).
Store an extra programmed key away from
your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent
any inconveniences. See your authorized
dealer to purchase additional spare or
replacement keys.
Programming a Spare Intelligent
Access Key
Note: You can program a maximum of four
intelligent access keys to your vehicle.
You must have two previously
programmed intelligent access keys inside
your vehicle and the new unprogrammed
intelligent access keys readily accessible.
See an authorized dealer to have the spare
key programmed if two previously
programmed keys are not available.
Make sure that your vehicle is off before
beginning this procedure. Make sure that
you close all the doors before beginning
and that they remain closed throughout
the procedure. Perform all steps within 30
seconds of starting the sequence. Stop
and wait for at least one minute before
starting again if you perform any steps out
of sequence.
Read and understand the entire procedure
before you begin.
50
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Security
E228717
1. Remove the rubber mat from the
console. Place the first programmed
key on the flat surface under the mat
where indicated, then press the push
button ignition switch.
2. Wait five seconds and then press the
push button ignition switch again.
3. Remove the intelligent access key.
4. Within 10 seconds, place a second
programmed intelligent access key on
the flat surface under the mat where
indicated. Press the push button
ignition switch.
5. Wait five seconds and then press the
push button ignition switch again.
6. Remove the intelligent access key.
7. Place the unprogrammed intelligent
access key on the flat surface under
the mat where indicated and press the
push button ignition switch.
Programming is now complete. Verify the
remote control functions operate and your
vehicle starts with the new intelligent
access key.
If programming was not successful, wait
10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 7.
If you are still unsuccessful, take your
vehicle to your authorized dealer.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM
The system will warn you of an
unauthorized entry to your vehicle. If a
person opens any door, the rear hatch or
the hood without using the remote, it
triggers the alarm.
The direction indicators will flash and the
horn will sound if unauthorized entry is
attempted while the alarm is armed.
Take all remote controls to an authorized
dealer if there is any potential alarm
problem with your vehicle.
Arming the Alarm
The alarm is ready to arm when there is
not a key in your vehicle. Electronically lock
your vehicle to arm the alarm.
Disarming the Alarm
Disarm the alarm by any of the following
actions:
• Unlock the doors or rear hatch with the
remote control.
• Switch your vehicle on or start your
vehicle.
Note: If your remote control comes
equipped with a panic button, pressing the
panic button on the remote control will stop
the horn and signal indicators, but will not
disarm the system.
51
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Security
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel
when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 86).
Note: There are two steering column
adjustment levers on the steering column.
The left lever is for the telescope
adjustment. The right lever is for the tilt and
small telescope adjustments.
E232042
1. Use the left lever to unlock the steering
column.
Note: You have to hold the lever down to
make adjustments.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
telescope position.
E232043
3. Lock the steering column.
E227122
1. Use the right lever to unlock the
steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
tilt and telescope position.
E227240
3. Lock the steering column.
52
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Steering Wheel
AUDIO CONTROL (If Equipped)
You can operate the following functions
with the control:
E227115
Volume down.A
Volume up.B
E227117
Seek down.A
Seek up.B
Seek, Next or Previous
Press the seek button to:
• Tune the radio to the next or previous
stored preset.
• Play the next or the previous track.
Press and hold the seek button to:
• Tune the radio to the next station up
or down the frequency band.
• Seek or fast forward through a track.
VOICE CONTROL (If Equipped)
E227121
See your SYNC information.
CRUISE CONTROL
E227119
See Cruise Control (page 121).
53
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Steering Wheel
INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONTROL
E227121
See Information Displays (page 70).
DRIVE MODE CONTROL
E227821
See Driving Aids (page 122).
WIPER AND WASHER
CONTROL
E227822
Windshield Washers.A
Windshield Wipers.B
See Wipers and Washers (page 57).
LIGHTING CONTROL
E227823
Highbeam control.A
54
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE PEDALS
WARNING
Never use the pedal adjustment
controls when your feet are on the
accelerator or brake pedal when the
vehicle is moving.
E227825
You can find the adjustment strap on the
left side of the center console.
Note: Adjust the pedals only when your
vehicle is in P (Park) and the engine is off.
E227824
Note: The brake and accelerator pedals will
move together during the adjustment
procedure.
1. Position yourself comfortably in the
seat.
2. Pull the pedal adjustment strap to
release the pedal module. The pedals
will automatically move toward the
drivers feet.
3. Place your foot on the foot rest and
move the pedals to a comfortable
position.
4. Release the adjustment strap to lock
the pedals in position. Reinstall the
strap into the recessed pocket after the
adjustment is complete.
5. Test the application of the brake and
accelerator pedals.
6. If needed perform the pedal
adjustment over until the pedals are at
a distance that is both comfortable and
safe to operate.
56
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Pedals
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. If that does not resolve the
issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass,
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper
motor to burn out. Always use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.
Rotate the knob to switch on the
windshield wipers.
E226966
Off.O
Intermittent - long interval.I
Intermittent - short interval.II
Normal wipe.III
High-speed wipe.IIII
WINDSHIELD WASHERS
E226967
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This may
cause the washer pump to overheat.
Press and hold the button to spray
windshield washer fluid and switch on the
wipers. When you release the button, the
wipers turn on for three additional wipes
and then turn off.
Note: Briefly pressing the washer button
causes a single wipe without washer fluid.
When you use the washers, there is a
courtesy wipe after a short delay to clear
away any drops on the windshield. You can
switch this feature on or off. See
Information Displays (page 70).
57
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wipers and Washers
GENERAL INFORMATION
Condensation in the Exterior Front
Lamps and Rear Lamps
Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have
vents to accommodate normal changes
in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a fine mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
fine mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
drip marks or large droplets).
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
Examples of unacceptable condensation
are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp.
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets
present on the interior of the lens.
If you see any unacceptable condensation,
have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
LIGHTING CONTROL
E252122
Off.A
Parking lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and
rear lamps.
B
Headlamps.C
Autolamps.D
High Beams
E227823
High beam control.A
Press the button briefly to flash the high
beams.
58
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Lighting
Press and hold to switch the high beams
on.
Press and hold again to switch the high
beams off.
AUTOLAMPS
WARNING
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention. You may need to
override the system if it does not turn the
headlamps on in low visibility conditions,
for example daytime fog.
E142451
When the lighting control is in the
autolamps position, the headlamps turn
on in low light situations, or when the
wipers turn on.
The headlamps remain on for a period of
time after you switch the ignition off. Use
the information display controls to adjust
the period of time that the headlamps
remain on.
Note: If you switch on the autolamps, you
cannot switch the high beams on until the
system turns the low beams on.
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
DIMMER
Note: If you disconnect the battery or it
becomes discharged, the illuminated
components turn to the maximum setting.
E236438
Press repeatedly or press and
hold to brighten.
A
Press repeatedly or press and
hold to dim.
B
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
WARNING
The daytime running lamps system
does not activate the rear lamps and
may not provide adequate lighting
during low visibility driving conditions.
Make sure you switch the headlamps on,
as appropriate, during all low visibility
conditions. Failure to do so may result in a
crash.
59
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Lighting
To switch the system on:
• For vehicles sold in the United States,
the lighting control must be in the
autolamps position. The lamps turn on
in daylight and turn the headlamps on
when ambient light is low. You can
enable this feature in the information
display. See Information Displays
(page 70).
• For vehicles sold in Canada, daytime
running lamps turn on in both off and
autolamps position. You cannot
disable this feature.
DIRECTION INDICATORS
E229691
Left direction indicator.A
Right direction indicator.B
Note: The direction indicator buttons are
on the steering wheel.
Press and hold the button briefly to use
the direction indicators.
Press the button briefly to flash the
indicator three times.
INTERIOR LAMPS (If Equipped)
Note: The interior lamp switch is on the
overhead console.
The lamps turn on under the following
conditions:
• You open any door.
• You press the panic button on the
remote control.
• You press the lamp button.
E187345
60
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Lighting
POWER WINDOWS
WARNINGS
Do not leave children unattended in
your vehicle and do not let them play
with the power windows. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
When closing the power windows,
verify they are free of obstruction and
make sure that children and pets are
not in the proximity of the window
openings.
E146043
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when
just one of the windows is open. Lower the
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.
Press the switch to open the window.
Lift the switch to close the window.
One-Touch Down
Press the switch fully and release it. Press
again or lift it to stop the window.
One-Touch Up
Lift the switch fully and release it. Press or
lift it again to stop the window.
Bounce-Back
The window will stop and reverse some
distance if it detects an obstacle while
closing.
Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
If you override bounce-back, the
window does not reverse if it detects
an obstacle. Take care when closing
the windows to avoid personal injury or
damage to your vehicle.
Pull up the window switch and hold within
two seconds of the window reaching the
bounce-back position. The window will
travel up with no bounce-back protection.
The window will stop if you release the
switch before the window is fully closed.
Accessory Delay
You can use the window switches for
several minutes after you switch the
ignition off or until you open either front
door.
GLOBAL OPENING
You can use the remote control to open
the windows with the ignition off.
Note: You can enable or disable this feature
in the information display, or see an
authorized dealer. See General
Information (page 70).
Note: To operate this feature, accessory
delay must not be active.
61
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Remote Control Front Windows
You can open the windows for a short time
after you unlock your vehicle with the
remote control. After you unlock your
vehicle, press and hold the remote control
unlock button to open the windows.
Release the button once movement starts.
Press the lock or unlock button to stop
movement.
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirrors when your
vehicle is moving. This could result
in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
E176804
Left-hand mirrorA
Adjustment controlB
Right-hand mirrorC
To adjust a mirror:
1. Select the mirror you want to adjust.
The control will illuminate.
2. Adjust the position of the mirror.
3. Press the mirror switch again.
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to its
original position.
INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirrors when your
vehicle is moving. This could result
in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of
any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your
preference. This mirror has a second pivot
point, which lets you move the mirror head
up or down and from side to side.
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
to reduce glare at night.
62
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
GAUGES
Note: Cluster shown in standard measure.
Metric clusters are similar.
E227915
Transmission Gear Position.A
Left Information Display.B
Drive Mode.C
Center Information Display.D
Tachometer.E
Right Information Display.F
Odometer.G
Information Display
Left Information Display
Varies depending on drive mode.
Normal, Wet and Sport Mode:
• Fuel Level.
• Engine Coolant Temperature.
Track Mode:
• Speedometer.
V-Max Mode:
• Fuel Level.
Drive Mode
See Drive Mode Control (page 122).
Center Information Display
Varies depending on drive mode.
Normal, Wet and V-Max Mode:
• Speedometer.
Sport and Track Mode:
• Gear.
Right Information Display
Varies depending on drive mode.
63
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Normal and Wet Mode:
• Gear.
Sport Mode:
• Speedometer.
Track Mode:
• Engine Coolant Temperature.
• Engine Oil Temperature.
• Transmission Temperature.
• Fuel Level.
V-Max Mode:
• Engine Coolant Temperature.
• Engine Oil Temperature.
• Engine Oil Pressure.
• Turbo Boost Pressure.
Trip Computer
The trip computer functions only operate
when the engine is running. See General
Information (page 70).
Fuel Gauge
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly
when your vehicle is moving or on a slope.
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will
indicate approximately how much fuel is
left in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to
the fuel pump symbol indicates on which
side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is
located.
The gauge is divided into four segments
and moves towards the right when you
refuel your vehicle. If the gauge remains in
the far left segment after adding fuel, this
indicates your vehicle needs service soon.
After refueling, some variability in gauge
position is normal:
• It may take a short time for the gauge
to reach full after leaving the gas
station. This is normal and depends
upon the slope of pavement at the gas
station.
• The fuel amount dispensed into the
tank is a little less or more than the
gauge indicated. This is normal and
depends upon the slope of pavement
at the gas station.
• If the gas station nozzle shuts off
before the tank is full, try a different
gas pump nozzle.
Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel reminder triggers when the
distance to empty value reaches 50 mi
(80 km) to empty, with additional
warnings at 25 mi (40 km), 10 mi (20 km)
and 0 mi (0 km) to empty if the message
is cleared each time.
In Track Mode, the distance to empty
warnings appear at 10 mi (20 km) and 0 mi
(0 km) to empty if the message is cleared
each time.
After extended periods of performance
driving, your distance to empty value may
display low even after refueling. Drive your
vehicle under normal operating conditions
to recalibrate the distance to empty.
Variations
Note: The low fuel warning and distance-to-empty warning can appear at different fuel
gauge positions depending on fuel economy conditions. This variation is normal.
64
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Fuel Gauge PositionDistance to EmptyDriving Type (Fuel Economy
Conditions)
1/8 tank.50 mi (80 km)Highway driving.
1/4 tank.50 mi (80 km)Performance driving or
extended idle.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
WARNING
Do not remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the cooling system is hot.
Wait 10 minutes for the cooling
system to cool down. Cover the coolant
reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent
the possibility of scalding and slowly
remove the cap. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
At normal operating temperature, the
engine coolant temperature will be in the
middle range of the gauge. If the engine
coolant temperature exceeds the normal
range, the gauge will be highlighted. Stop
your vehicle as soon as safely possible,
switch off the engine and let it cool.
Engine Oil Temperature Gauge
If the engine oil temperature exceeds the
normal range, the engine is overheating.
Reduce engine speed as soon as safely
possible to allow the engine to cool. If you
continue to operate the engine at high
engine speeds, the engine speed reduces
automatically to prevent engine damage.
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
Oil pressure varies with engine speed. The
pressure rises as engine speed rises and
drops as engine speed drops.
If the pressure drops below the normal
range of the gauge, a warning lamp
illuminates and a message appears in the
information display. Stop your vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so and switch the
engine off. Check the engine oil level.
Gauge Mode
On the right side of the instrument cluster,
you can configure which gauges are
displayed.
WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS
The following warning lamps and
indicators alert you to a vehicle condition
that may become serious. Some lamps
illuminate when you start your vehicle to
make sure they work. If any lamps remain
on after starting your vehicle, refer to the
respective system warning lamp for further
information.
Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and operate the
same as a warning lamp but do not
illuminate when you start your vehicle.
Anti-Lock Braking System
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates a
malfunction. You will continue
to have the normal braking system
(without ABS) unless the brake system
warning lamp is also illuminated. Have the
system checked by your authorized dealer.
65
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Battery
If it illuminates while driving, it
indicates a malfunction. Switch
off all unnecessary electrical
equipment and have the system checked
by your authorized dealer immediately.
Brake System
WARNING
Driving your vehicle with the warning
lamp on is dangerous. A significant
decrease in braking performance
may occur. It may take you longer to stop
your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible. Driving extended
distances with the parking brake engaged
can cause brake failure and the risk of
personal injury.
E138644
It will illuminate when you
engage the parking brake with
the ignition on.
If it illuminates when you are driving, check
that the parking brake is not engaged. If
the parking brake is not engaged, this
indicates low brake fluid level or a brake
system malfunction. Have the system
checked immediately by your authorized
dealer.
Carbon Ceramic Brake
E269429
It illuminates when the brake
pads are worn and require
replacement.
Cruise Control
E71340
It illuminates when you switch
the system on.
See Using Cruise Control
(page 121).
Damper Comfort Mode
E234586
It illuminates when you switch
this feature on. See Drive Mode
Control (page 122).
Direction Indicator
Illuminates when the left or right
turn signal or the hazard warning
flasher is turned on. If the
indicators stay on or flash faster, check for
an inoperative bulb. See Maintenance
(page 157).
Door Ajar
E236449
Displays when the ignition is on
and any door is not completely
closed.
Electric Park Brake
E146190
It illuminates or flashes when the
electric parking brake has a
malfunction. See Electric
Parking Brake (page 112).
Engine Coolant Temperature
Illuminates when the engine
coolant temperature is high.
Stop the vehicle as soon as
possible, switch off the engine and let cool.
See Engine Coolant Check (page 162).
Engine Oil
If it illuminates with the engine
running or when you are driving,
this indicates a malfunction.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so and switch the engine off. Check the
engine oil level.
See Engine Oil Check (page 161).
66
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Note: Do not resume your journey if it
illuminates despite the level being correct.
Have the system checked by your authorized
dealer immediately.
Fasten Seatbelt
E71880
It illuminates and a chime
sounds until you fasten the
seatbelts.
Front Airbag
E67017
If it fails to illuminate when you
start your vehicle, continues to
flash or remains on, it indicates
a malfunction. Have the system checked
by your authorized dealer.
Front Lift Mode Active
E234582
Illuminates when you switch this
feature on. See Drive Mode
Control (page 122).
Frost Warning Lamp
WARNING
Even if the temperature rises to
above 39°F (4°C) there is no
guarantee that the road is free of
hazards caused by inclement weather.
It illuminates when the outside
air temperature is 39°F (4°C) or
below.
Hatch Ajar
E236451
Displays when the ignition is on
and the hatch is not completely
closed.
High Beam
It illuminates when you switch
the high beam headlamps on or
use the headlamp flasher.
Hood Ajar
E236450
Displays when the ignition is on
and the hood is not completely
closed.
Hydraulic System Fault
E234584
Illuminates when there is an
issue with your vehicle's
hydraulic system. Have the
system checked by your authorized dealer
immediately.
Launch Control
E234583
Illuminates when you switch this
feature on. See Using Stability
Control (page 116).
Low Beam Malfunction Warning
Lamp
E181350
It illuminates when there is a
malfunction with a low beam
headlamp bulb.
Low Fuel Level
It will illuminate when the fuel
level is low or the fuel tank is
nearly empty. Refuel as soon as
possible.
Low Tire Pressure Warning
It will illuminate when your tire
pressure is low. If the lamp
remains on with the engine
running or when driving, check your tire
pressures as soon as possible.
67
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
It will also illuminate momentarily when
you switch the ignition on to confirm the
lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate
when you switch the ignition on, or begins
to flash at any time, have the system
checked by your authorized dealer.
Parking Lamps
It will illuminate when you switch
the parking lamps on.
Powertrain Fault
Illuminates when a powertrain
fault has been detected. Have
the system checked as soon as
possible.
Rear Fog Lamp (If Equipped)
E67040
It illuminates when you switch
the rear fog lamps on.
Ride Height System Fault
E234585
Illuminates when there is an
issue with the ride height system.
Service Engine Soon
If it illuminates when the engine
is running this indicates a
malfunction. The On Board
Diagnostics system has detected a
malfunction of the vehicle emission control
system.
If it flashes, engine misfire may be
occurring. Increased exhaust gas
temperatures could damage the catalytic
converter or other vehicle components.
Drive in a moderate fashion (avoid heavy
acceleration and deceleration) and have
your vehicle immediately serviced.
It also illuminates momentarily when you
switch the ignition on prior to engine start
to confirm the lamp is functional and to
indicate whether your vehicle is ready for
Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing.
Normally, it illuminates until the engine is
cranked and automatically turns off if no
malfunctions are present. However, if after
15 seconds it flashes eight times, this
indicates that your vehicle is not ready for
Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing.
See Emission Control System (page 99).
Stability Control
E236447
Flashes during operation.
If it does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, or remains
on when the engine is running, this
indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Note: The system automatically turns off
if there is a malfunction.
See Using Stability Control (page 116).
Stability Control Off
E236448
It illuminates when you switch
the system off.
Transmission Fault
Illuminates when there is a
malfunction with your
transmission. Have the system
checked by your authorized dealer
immediately.
68
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS
Keyless Warning Alert
The horn will sound twice when you exit
your vehicle with the intelligent access key
and your vehicle is in ON, indicating your
vehicle is still on. The horn will also sound
twice when you exit your vehicle and
attempt to lock the doors manually while
the intelligent access key is still in the
vehicle. The doors will not lock if the
intelligent access key remains in the
vehicle.
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the
vehicle and you have left the headlamps
or parking lamps on.
69
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Various systems on your vehicle can be
controlled using the information display
controls on the steering wheel.
Corresponding information is displayed in
the information display.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
Information Display Controls
E227121
• Press the return arrow button to enter
the menu.
• Use the center toggle control to scroll
through and highlight the options
within a menu.
• Press the OK button to enter a
sub-menu.
• Press the OK button to choose and
confirm settings or messages.
• Press the return arrow button to exit a
menu.
You can switch some features on or off by
pressing the OK button.
Main Menu
Menu
Launch Control
Information
Navigation - Cancel Route
Rear Wing Deployment
Display Settings
Vehicle Settings
Note: You cannot switch on Launch Control
in Wet Mode.
70
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Information Displays
Information
None
Trip/Fuel Economy
Tire Pressure
Navigation
Speedometer km/h
Gauges
1
Coolant TemperatureConfigure Gauges
2
Oil Temperature
Transmission Temperature
Oil Pressure
Inlet Air Temperature
Turbo Boost Pressure
Voltage
Confirm and Exit
1
In order to provide real-time values, some gauges may display more value fluctuation
than other gauges during normal operation.
2
You can display information for up to four gauges.
Note: The information you select for the on demand screen appears on the right-hand side
of the cluster.
Note: Navigation only appears if you have
a route active in your navigation.
Rear Wing Deployment
Choose your applicable setting.
Note: You cannot switch on Rear Wing Deployment in V-Max or Track Modes.
Note: If you deploy the rear wing, the system cannot lower it until you switch your setting
to Auto and drive over a certain speed. See Drive Mode Control (page 122).
71
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Information Displays
Display Settings
Choose your applicable setting.Distance
Choose your applicable setting.Temperature
Choose your applicable setting.Tire Pressure
Choose your applicable setting.Language
Note: Changing the Distance setting also
affects other gauge values.
Vehicle Settings
Choose your applicable setting.Performance Shift Indic-
ator
Autolamp DelayLighting
Daytime Lights
AutolockLocks
Autounlock
Mislock
Choose your applicable setting.Remote
Unlock
Choose your applicable setting.DurationRemote Start
System
Hold OK to ResetTire Monitor
Remote OpenWindows
Courtesy WipeWipers
72
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Information Displays
INFORMATION MESSAGES
E227121
Press the OK button to acknowledge and
remove some messages from the
information display. The information
display automatically removes other
messages after a short time.
You need to confirm certain messages
before you can access the menus.
AdvanceTrac™
ActionMessage
The system detects a condition that requires service. Have
the system checked as soon as possible.
Service AdvanceTrac
The driver has switched on or switched off the AdvanceTrac
system.
AdvanceTrac OFF
AdvanceTrac ON
Displays if you switch on PERFORMANCE mode. See Using
Stability Control (page 116).
AdvanceTrac
PERFORMANCE
Displays if you switch on PEFORMANCE+ mode. See Using
Stability Control (page 116).
AdvanceTrac
PERFORMANCE +
Displays if the current drive mode does not allow adjustments
to the AdvanceTrac system. See Using Stability Control
(page 116).
AdvanceTrac Change
Request Not Available in
Current Drive Mode
Alarm
ActionMessage
Alarm triggered due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft
Alarm (page 51).
Vehicle Alarm To Stop
Alarm, Start Vehicle.
73
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Information Displays
Battery and Charging System
ActionMessage
The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on
or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
Charging System Service
Soon
The charging system needs servicing. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Charging System Service
Now
The battery management system determines that the battery
is at a low state of charge. Turn your ignition off as soon as
possible to protect the battery. This message clears once you
restart your vehicle and the battery state of charge has
recovered.
Battery State of Charge
Low
Doors and Locks
ActionMessage
The door(s) listed is not completely closed.X Door Ajar
The hood is not completely closed.Hood Ajar
The hatch is not completely closed.Hatch Ajar
Displays when the door lock turns off.Door Unlocked
Indicates a door fault that requires manually opening the door
by the pull strap on the B-pillar. Contact an authorized dealer.
Door Fault Pull Release
Strap Over Shoulder
Indicates a fault with the electronic door system. Contact an
authorized dealer.
Door Fault Service
Required
Engine
ActionMessage
The engine coolant temperature is excessively high.Engine Coolant Over
Temperature
The engine is overheating and the power has been reduced
to assist in lowering the temperature. Stop in a safe place as
soon as it is possible.
Power Reduced to
Lower Engine Temp
The engine is on and a door is open.Vehicle is On
74
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Information Displays
Fuel
ActionMessage
The fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.Check Fuel Fill Inlet
An early reminder of a low fuel condition showing the estim-
ated distance until tank is empty.
Fuel Level Low XX Miles
to Empty
Fuel Level Low XX km to
Empty
Hill Start Assist
ActionMessage
Displays when hill start assist is not available. Contact your
authorized dealer.
Hill Start Assist Not
Available
Keys and Intelligent Access
ActionMessage
The system does not detect a key in your vehicle. See Keyless
Starting (page 90).
No Key Detected
You pressed the start/stop button to switch off the engine
and your vehicle does not detect your intelligent access key
inside your vehicle.
Restart Now or Key is
Needed
There is a problem with your vehicle’s starting system. See
an authorized dealer for service.
Starting System Fault
You have successfully programmed an intelligent access key
to the system.
Key Program Successful
You have failed to program an intelligent access key to the
system.
Key Program Failure
You have programmed the maximum number of keys to the
system.
Max Number of Keys
Learned
You have not programmed enough keys to the system.Not Enough Keys
Learned
The key battery is low. Change the battery as soon as possible.Key Battery Low Replace
Soon
75
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Information Displays
Maintenance
ActionMessage
Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and turn off the
engine. Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues
to come on with your engine running, contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Low Engine Oil Pressure
The brake fluid level is low, inspected the brake system
immediately. See Brake Fluid Check (page 166).
Brake Fluid Level Low
The brake system needs servicing. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place. Contact an authorized dealer.
Check Brake System
The brake pads need replacement. Contact an authorized
dealer.
Ceramic Brakes Replace
All Brake Pads
Your vehicle is still in Transport or Factory mode. This may
not allow some features to operate properly. See an author-
ized dealer.
Transport Mode Contact
Dealer
Factory Mode Contact
Dealer
Park Brake
ActionMessage
Displays if you attempt to release the electric parking brake
manually without pressing the brake pedal.
To Release: Press Brake
and Switch
Displays if you must manually release the electric parking
brake.
Park Brake Use Switch
to Release
Displays if you have not fully applied the electric parking brake.Park Brake Not Applied
Displays if you have not fully released the electric parking
brake.
Park Brake Not Released
Displays if the electric parking brake system enters a special
mode used to allow service of the rear brakes. Contact an
authorized dealer.
Park Brake Maintenance
Mode
76
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
Displays if the electric park brake system detects a condition
that requires service. Some functionality may still be available.
See an authorized dealer.
Park Brake Limited
Function Service
Required
Displays if the electric parking brake system detects a condi-
tion that requires service. See an authorized dealer.
Park Brake Malfunction
Service Now
Displays if the parking brake is set, the engine is running and
you drive the vehicle more than 3 mph (5 km/h). If the warning
stays on after you release the parking brake, contact an
authorized dealer.
Park Brake On
Remote Start
ActionMessage
A reminder to apply the brake and push the start button to
drive your vehicle after a remote start.
To Drive: Press Brake
and Start Button
Starting System
ActionMessage
There is a problem with your vehicle’s starting system. See
an authorized dealer for service.
Starting System Fault
Steering System
ActionMessage
The steering lock system has detected a condition that
requires service. See an authorized dealer.
Steering Lock Malfunc-
tion Service Now
You need to turn your steering wheel when starting your
vehicle to unlock your steering column.
Steering Col. Lock Turn
Wheel while Starting
vehicle
77
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Information Displays
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
ActionMessage
One or more tires on your vehicle has low tire pressure. See
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 198).
Tire Pressure Low
The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. If the
warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an
authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(page 198).
Tire Pressure Monitor
Fault
A tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in
use. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 198). If
the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Tire Pressure Sensor
Fault
Transmission
ActionMessage
The transmission has limited functionality. See an authorized
dealer.
Transmission Limited
Function See Manual
Displays as a reminder to shift into park. This message may
also display after reconnecting or recharging the battery until
you cycle the ignition on. See Changing the 12V Battery
(page 168).
Transmission Not in Park
Stay in neutral mode is engaged. Transmission automatically
shifts into park when timer reaches zero.
Transmission Not in
Park. Park Engages in
xx:xx
Displays when the transmission has adjusted the shift
strategy.
Transmission Adjusted
Displays when the transmission is adjusting the shift strategy.Transmission Adapt-
Mode
Displays when the transmission shift selector is locked and
unable to select gears.
Transmission Indicat-
Mode Lockup On
Displays when the transmission shift selector is unlocked and
free to select gears.
Transmission Indicat-
Mode Lockup Off
Displays if you cannot shift to the selected gear because of
current vehicle conditions.
Invalid Gear Selection
78
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
Displays when neutral hold is active. See Automatic
Transmission (page 106).
Stay in Neutral Mode
Engaged
Displays if the vehicle will shift to park (P) after it reaches a
certain speed or slower.
Park will engage at Low
Speed
Displays when you need to press manual (M) to enter neutral
hold. See Automatic Transmission (page 106).
Select M to Confirm Stay
in Neutral Mode
Displays when there is a fault with the transmission gear
selection. See an authorized dealer.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Confirm Park Brake
Apply Before Exiting the
Vehicle
The transmission clutch fluid temperature is excessively high.Transmission Clutch
Fluid Over Temperature
79
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Information Displays
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL (If Equipped)
E252115
Temperature control: Adjusts the temperature of the air circulated in your
vehicle.
A
Recirculated air: Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air. The
air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates.
B
Air distribution control: Turn to switch airflow from the windshield, instrument
panel or footwell vents on or off. You can distribute air through any combination
of these vents.
C
Fan speed control: Adjusts the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.D
80
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Climate Control
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (If Equipped)
Type One - Standard Measurement
E243068
81
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Climate Control
Type Two - Metric Measurement
E243069
Temperature control: Adjusts the temperature of the air circulated in your
vehicle.
A
AUTO: Press to switch on automatic operation. Turn to select the desired
temperature and air distribution. Fan speed and air conditioning automatically
adjusts to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the desired temperature.
B
Air distribution control: Turn to switch airflow from the windshield, instrument
panel, or footwell vents on or off.
C
Recirculated air: Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air. The
air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the
time needed to cool the interior (when used with A/C) and reduce unwanted
odors from entering your vehicle.
D
82
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Climate Control
A/C: Press to switch the air conditioning on or off. Use A/C with recirculated
air to improve performance and efficiency.
E
Fan speed control: Adjusts the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.F
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
INTERIOR CLIMATE
General Hints
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up.
Note: You may feel a small amount of air
from the footwell air vents regardless of the
air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
your vehicle, do not drive with the system
switched off or with recirculated air always
switched on.
Note: To improve the time to reach a
comfortable temperature in hot weather,
drive with the windows open until you feel
cold air through the air vents.
Manual Climate Control
Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield
during humid weather, adjust the air
distribution control to the windshield air
vents position.
Automatic Climate Control
Note: Adjusting the settings when your
vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is
not necessary.
Note: The system adjusts to heat or cool
the interior to the temperature you select
as quickly as possible.
Note: For the system to function efficiently,
the instrument panel and side air vents
should be fully open.
Note: If you select AUTO during cold
outside temperatures, the fan may run at a
slower speed until the engine warms up.
Quickly Heating the Interior
Automatic climate controlManual climate control
Press AUTO.Adjust the fan speed to the highest
setting.
1
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.
Adjust the temperature control to the
full heat setting.
2
Direct air to the position you desire.Direct air to the footwell using the air
distribution buttons.
3
83
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Climate Control
Recommended Settings for Heating
Automatic climate controlManual climate control
Press AUTO.Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting.
1
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.
Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the hot settings.
2
Direct air to the footwell and windshield
using the air distribution controls.
Direct air to the footwell using the air
distribution buttons.
3
Recommended Settings for Cooling
Automatic climate controlManual climate control
Press AUTO.Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting.
1
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.
Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the cold settings.
2
Direct air to the position you desire.Direct air to the instrument panel using
the air distribution buttons.
3
Defogging the Side Windows in Cold Weather
Automatic climate controlManual climate control
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.
Direct air to the windshield using the air
distribution buttons.
1
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.
2
Adjust the fan speed to the highest
setting.
3
84
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Climate Control
CABIN AIR FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air
filter, which gives you and your passengers
the following benefits:
• It improves your driving comfort by
reducing particle concentration.
• It improves the interior compartment
cleanliness.
• It protects the climate control
components from particle deposits.
You can locate the cabin air filter under the
front hood.
Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter
installed at all times. This prevents foreign
objects from entering the system. Running
the system without a filter in place could
result in degradation or damage to the
system.
Replace the filter at regular intervals. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 274).
For additional cabin air filter information,
or to replace the filter, see a qualified
technician.
85
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Climate Control
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNINGS
Sitting improperly, out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.
Do not place any objects on a folded
seat. Hard objects may become
projectiles in a crash or sudden stop,
which may increase the risk of serious
personal injury.
E68595
When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, seatbelt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in a crash.
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
• Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 in
(25 cm) between your breastbone and
the airbag cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the
seatbelt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
MANUAL SEATS
WARNING
Do not adjust the driver seat when
your vehicle is moving.
86
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Seats
E224746
To adjust the seatback:
1. Lean forward and pull the lever up.
2. With the seatback released, lean back
to a comfortable position while holding
the lever up.
3. Release the lever and let the seat lock
into position.
87
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Seats
12 Volt DC Power Point
WARNING
Incorrect use of the power points can
cause damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty, and can result in
fire or serious injury.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, you
can use the socket to power 12 volt
appliances with a maximum current rating
of 12.5 amps.
Note: You can only use the power supply
with the ignition on.
Note: Do not hang any accessory from the
accessory plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the
vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or
a fuse may blow.
Note: Always keep the power point cap
closed when not in use.
Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point. This
damages the power point and may blow
the fuse.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the
power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the vehicle is not
running.
Location
The power point is on the right side of the
center floor console.
88
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
CUP HOLDERS
Note: Do not place hot drinks in the cup
holders when your vehicle is moving.
E247860
Press the button to access the cup holders.
The cup holders extend independently.
MAP POCKETS
You can access the storage pockets on the
back of the front seats by folding the seats
forward.
UNDER SEAT STORAGE
E227957
1. Press the center of the door to release
the latch.
2. Pull the door down to access the
storage bin.
89
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Storage Compartments
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNINGS
Extended idling at high engine
speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or
other damage.
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle
on dry grass or other dry ground
cover. The emission system heats up
the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
Do not start the engine in a closed
garage or in other enclosed areas.
Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
engine.
Exhaust leaks may result in entry of
harmful and potentially lethal fumes
into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your vehicle inspected
immediately. Do not drive if you smell
exhaust fumes.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 5 mi
(8 km) after you reconnect it. This is
because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You
can disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.
The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.
When you start the engine, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal before and during
operation. Only use the accelerator pedal
when you have difficulty starting the
engine.
KEYLESS STARTING
Note: The keyless starting system may not
function if the key is close to metal objects
or electronic devices such as cellular
phones.
Note: A valid key must be located inside
your vehicle to switch the ignition on and
start the engine.
Ignition Modes
E243665
The keyless starting system has three
modes:
Off: Turns the ignition off.
• Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once
when the ignition is in the on mode, or
when the engine is running but the
vehicle is not moving.
On: All electrical circuits are operational
and the warning lamps and indicators
illuminate.
• Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once.
Start: Starts the engine.
• Press the brake pedal and then press
the button for any length of time.
90
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
STEERING WHEEL LOCK
The steering wheel locks automatically
when you leave your vehicle and take the
intelligent access key with you. The
steering wheel unlocks automatically when
you enter your vehicle with the intelligent
access key.
Note: You may need to turn the steering
wheel left or right if the wheel does not
unlock completely. This may happen in
certain situations, such as parking your
vehicle on a steep grade.
STARTING THE ENGINE
When you start the engine, the idle speed
increases. This helps to warm up the
engine. If the engine idle speed does not
slow down automatically, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
Note: You can crank the engine for a total
of 60 seconds, without the engine starting,
before the starting system temporarily
disables. The 60 seconds does not have to
be all at once. For example, you can crank
the engine three times for 20 seconds each,
without the engine starting, to reach the 60
second time limit. If you exceed the
cranking time, you cannot attempt to start
the engine for at least 15 minutes. After 15
minutes, you have a 15 second time limit to
crank the engine. You need to wait 60
minutes before you crank the engine again
for 60 seconds.
Before starting the engine, check the
following:
• Make sure all occupants fasten their
seatbelts.
• Make sure the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure the parking brake is on.
• Move the transmission selector into
park (P).
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: You must have your intelligent access
key in the vehicle in order to shift the
transmission out of park (P).
E243956
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Press the Engine START/STOP button.
The system does not function if:
• The key frequencies are jammed.
• The key battery has no charge.
If you are unable to start the engine, do the
following:
E228717
1. Place the key fob under the rubber mat
in front of the Engine START/STOP
button.
91
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
2. With the key in this position, press the
brake pedal and then the Engine
START/STOP button to switch the
ignition on and start your vehicle.
Note: If the vehicle fails to start, replace
the key fob battery.
Fast Restart
The fast restart feature allows you to
restart the engine within 20 seconds of
switching it off, even if a valid key is not
present.
Within 20 seconds of switching the engine
off, press the brake pedal and press the
START/STOP button. After 20 seconds
have expired, you can no longer restart the
engine without the key present inside your
vehicle.
Once the engine has started, it remains
running until you press the START/STOP
button, even if the system does not detect
a valid key. If you open and close a door
while the engine is running, the system
searches for a valid key. You cannot restart
the engine if the system does not detect a
valid key within 20 seconds.
Failure to Start
If you cannot start the engine after three
attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow this
procedure:
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Move the transmission selector to the
park (P) position.
3. Fully press the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
4. Press the START/STOP button once.
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Stationary
1. Move the transmission selector to the
park (P) position.
2. Press the START/STOP button once.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Note: This switches off the ignition, all
electrical circuits, warning lamps and
indicators.
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Moving
WARNING
Switching off the engine when your
vehicle is still moving results in a
significant decrease in braking
assistance. Higher effort is required to
apply the brakes and to stop your vehicle.
A significant decrease in steering
assistance could also occur. The steering
does not lock, but higher effort could be
required to steer your vehicle. When you
switch the ignition off, some electrical
circuits, for example airbags, also turn off.
If you unintentionally switch the ignition
off, shift into neutral (N) and restart the
engine.
1. Move the transmission selector to the
neutral position and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, park
(P) will engage automatically.
3. Press and hold the START/STOP
button for one second, or press it three
times within two seconds.
4. Apply the parking brake.
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes
WARNING
Exhaust leaks may result in entry of
harmful and potentially lethal fumes
into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your vehicle inspected
immediately. Do not drive if you smell
exhaust fumes.
92
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Important Ventilating Information
If you stop your vehicle and leave the
engine idling for long periods, we
recommend that you do one of the
following:
• Open the windows at least 1 in
(2.5 cm).
• Set your climate control to outside air.
93
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNINGS
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The
pressure in an overfilled tank may
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
The fuel system may be under
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel
until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may
spray out, which could cause serious
personal injury.
Fuels can cause serious injury or
death if misused or mishandled.
Fuel may contain benzene, which is
a cancer-causing agent.
When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
Follow these guidelines when refueling:
• Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
• Always switch the engine off before
refueling.
• Automotive fuels can be harmful or
fatal if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic
and if swallowed can cause death or
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed
immediately call a physician, even if no
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be
apparent for hours.
• Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel
vapor can lead to eye and respiratory
tract irritation. In severe cases,
excessive or prolonged breathing of
fuel vapor can cause serious illness and
permanent injury.
• Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you
splash fuel in your eyes, immediately
remove contact lenses (if worn), flush
with water for 15 minutes and seek
medical attention. Failure to seek
proper medical attention could lead to
permanent injury.
• Fuels can be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If you splash fuel on
your skin, clothing or both, promptly
remove contaminated clothing and
thoroughly wash your skin with soap
and water. Repeated or prolonged skin
contact causes skin irritation.
• Be particularly careful if you are taking
Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram
for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing fuel vapors could cause an
adverse reaction, serious personal
injury or sickness. Immediately call a
physician if you experience any adverse
reactions.
FUEL QUALITY
Choosing the Right Fuel
Use only premium unleaded gasoline with
a minimum pump (R+M)/2 octane rating
of 91. For optimal performance, use
premium unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating of 93 or higher.
94
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
The use of the correct fuel is an important
part of the proper maintenance of your
vehicle, and a condition of the vehicle
Warranty. For this vehicle, the use of
gasoline with an octane level of 91 or
higher is required. The use of gasoline with
an octane rating lower than 91 will
invalidate the vehicle Warranty. It can
degrade vehicle performance and lead to
severe mechanical damage.
Note: Use of any fuel other than those
recommended can impair the emission
control system and cause a loss of vehicle
performance.
Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
or E85 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based
additives, including manganese-based
compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• Leaded fuel (using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law).
The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known
as MMT), which is a manganese-based
fuel additive, will impair engine
performance and affect the emission
control system.
Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if it
knocks heavily under most driving
conditions while you are using fuel with the
recommended octane rating, contact an
authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.
FUEL FILLER FUNNEL
LOCATION
The fuel filler funnel is located in the
storage compartment under the rear hatch.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Running out of fuel can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
If your vehicle runs out of fuel:
• Add a minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel
to restart the engine.
• You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after
refueling to allow the fuel system to
pump the fuel from the tank to the
engine. When restarting, cranking time
takes a few seconds longer than
normal.
Note: If your vehicle is on a steep slope,
more fuel may be required.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
WARNING
Flow of fuel through a fuel pump
nozzle can produce static electricity.
This can cause a fire if you are filling
an ungrounded fuel container.
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up, which can
produce a spark, when filling an
ungrounded fuel container:
• Only use an approved fuel container to
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling it.
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
95
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container
WARNINGS
Do not insert the nozzle of a fuel
container or an aftermarket funnel
into the fuel filler neck. This may
damage the fuel system filler neck or its
seal and cause fuel to run onto the ground.
Do not try to pry open or push open
the capless fuel system with foreign
objects. This could damage the fuel
system and its seal and cause injury to you
or others.
Do not dispose of fuel in the
household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized
waste disposal facility.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel
included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler
Funnel Location (page 95).
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as
they may not work with the capless fuel
system and can damage it.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, do the following:
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
fuel filler inlet.
E157452
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel
container.
4. Remove the fuel filler funnel.
5. Fully close the fuel filler door.
6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it
back in your vehicle or correctly dispose
of it.
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from
an authorized dealer if you choose to
dispose of the funnel.
REFUELING
WARNINGS
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The
pressure in an overfilled tank may
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
Do not try to pry open or push open
the capless fuel system with foreign
objects. This could damage the fuel
system and its seal and cause injury to you
or others.
Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle
from its fully inserted position when
refueling.
96
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
WARNINGS
When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
Wait at least 10 seconds before
removing the fuel pump nozzle to
allow any residual fuel to drain into
the fuel tank.
Stop refueling when the fuel pump
nozzle automatically shuts off for the
first time. Failure to follow this will
fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and
could lead to fuel overflowing.
Note: Your vehicle does not have a fuel filler
cap.
Note: You must unlock your vehicle before
opening and closing the fuel tank filler door.
E228356
1. Fully open the fuel tank filler door until
it engages.
Note: When you insert the correct size fuel
pump nozzle a spring loaded inhibitor will
open.
2. Insert the fuel pump and keep it resting
on the cover of the fuel tank filler pipe
opening.
E139203
A
B
3. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position
B when refueling. Holding the fuel
nozzle in position A can affect the flow
of fuel and shut off the fuel nozzle
before the fuel tank is full.
E228357
4. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within
the area shown.
97
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
E119081
5. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and
then slowly remove it.
6. Fully close the fuel tank filler door.
Note: Do not attempt to start the engine
if you have filled the fuel tank with incorrect
fuel. Incorrect fuel use can cause damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have
your vehicle checked immediately.
System Warnings (If Equipped)
If the fuel filler inlet does not fully close a
warning message appears in the
information display.
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe
to do so and switch the engine off.
2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N). Apply
the parking brake.
3. Fully open the fuel filler door.
4. Check the fuel filler inlet and the area
around it for any items or debris that
may be obstructing its movement.
5. Fully insert a fuel pump nozzle or the
fuel filler funnel provided with your
vehicle into the fuel filler inlet. This
action should dislodge any debris that
may be preventing the fuel filler inlet
from fully closing.
6. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: If this action corrects the problem
the message may not immediately reset. If
the message remains and a warning lamp
illuminates, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
The advertised capacity is the indicated
capacity and the empty reserve combined.
Indicated capacity is the difference in the
amount of fuel in the fuel tank and when
the fuel gauge indicates empty.
See Capacities and Specifications
(page 204).
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range.
Note: When refueling your vehicle after the
fuel gauge indicates empty, you might not
be able to refuel the full amount of the
advertised capacity due to the empty
reserve still present in the fuel tank.
Filling the Fuel Tank
For consistent results when refueling:
• Always switch the ignition off before
refueling. If you leave the engine
running, you will get an inaccurate
reading.
• Use the same fill rate each time you fill
the tank.
Results are most accurate when the filling
method is consistent.
Calculating Fuel Economy
Do not measure fuel economy during the
first 1,000 mi (1,600 km) of driving (this is
your engine’s break-in period). A more
accurate measurement is obtained after
2,000 mi (3,200 km) to 3,000 mi
(4,800 km). Also, fuel expense, frequency
of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not
accurate ways to measure fuel economy.
1. Fill the fuel tank completely and record
the initial odometer reading.
2. Each time you fill the fuel tank, record
the amount of fuel added.
98
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
3. After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel
tank and record the current odometer
reading.
4. Subtract your initial odometer reading
from the current odometer reading.
5. To calculate L/100 km (liters per 100
kilometers) fuel consumption, multiply
the liters used by 100, then divide by
kilometers traveled. To calculate MPG
(miles per gallon) fuel consumption,
divide miles traveled by gallons used.
Keep a record for at least one month and
record the type of driving (city or highway).
This provides an accurate estimate of your
vehicle's fuel economy under current
driving conditions.
Conditions
• Heavily loading your vehicle reduces
fuel economy.
• Carrying unnecessary weight in your
vehicle may reduce fuel economy.
• Adding certain accessories to your
vehicle may reduce fuel economy.
• Using fuel blended with alcohol may
lower fuel economy.
• Fuel economy may decrease with lower
temperatures.
• Fuel economy may decrease when
driving short distances.
• You will get better fuel economy when
driving on flat terrain than when driving
on hilly terrain.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
WARNINGS
Do not park, idle, or drive your vehicle
in dry grass or other dry ground cover.
The emission system heats up the
engine compartment and exhaust system,
which can start a fire.
WARNINGS
Exhaust leaks may result in entry of
harmful and potentially lethal fumes
into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your dealer inspect your
vehicle immediately. Do not drive if you
smell exhaust fumes.
Your vehicle is equipped with various
emission control components and a
catalytic converter that will enable your
vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust
emission standards.
To make sure that the catalytic converter
and other emission control components
continue to work properly:
• Use only the specified fuel listed.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Do not turn off the ignition while your
vehicle is moving, especially at high
speeds.
• Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.
The scheduled maintenance items listed
in scheduled maintenance information are
essential to the life and performance of
your vehicle and to its emissions system.
If you use anything other than Ford,
Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for
maintenance replacements or for service
of components affecting emission control,
such non-Ford parts should be equivalent
to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in
performance and durability.
Illumination of the service engine soon
indicator, charging system warning light or
the temperature warning light, fluid leaks,
strange odors, smoke or loss of engine
power could indicate that the emission
control system is not working properly.
99
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
An improperly operating or damaged
exhaust system may allow exhaust to
enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or
improperly operating exhaust system
inspected and repaired immediately.
Do not make any unauthorized changes to
your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle
owners and anyone who manufactures,
repairs, services, sells, leases, trades
vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles
are not permitted to intentionally remove
an emission control device or prevent it
from working. Information about your
vehicle’s emission system is on the Vehicle
Emission Control Information Decal
located on or near the engine. This decal
also lists engine displacement.
Please consult your warranty information
for complete details.
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle has a computer known as the
on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that
monitors the engine’s emission control
system. The system protects the
environment by making sure that your
vehicle continues to meet government
emission standards. The OBD-II system
also assists a service technician in properly
servicing your vehicle.
When the service engine soon
indicator illuminates, the OBD-II
system has detected a
malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may
cause the service engine soon indicator to
illuminate. Examples are:
1. Your vehicle has run out of fuel—the
engine may misfire or run poorly.
2. Poor fuel quality or water in the
fuel—the engine may misfire or run
poorly.
3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed
properly. See Refueling (page 96).
4. Driving through deep water—the
electrical system may be wet.
You can correct these temporary
malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with
good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel
fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry
out. After three driving cycles without these
or any other temporary malfunctions
present, the service engine soon indicator
should stay off the next time you start the
engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold
engine startup followed by mixed city and
highway driving. No additional vehicle
service is required.
If the service engine soon indicator remains
on, have your vehicle serviced at the first
available opportunity. Although some
malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may
not have symptoms that are apparent,
continued driving with the service engine
soon indicator on can result in increased
emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced
engine and transmission smoothness and
lead to more costly repairs.
Readiness for Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) Testing
Some state and provincial and local
governments may have
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs
to inspect the emission control equipment
on your vehicle. Failure to pass this
inspection could prevent you from getting
a vehicle registration.
If the service engine soon
indicator is on or the bulb does
not work, your vehicle may need
service. See On-Board Diagnostics.
100
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if
the service engine soon indicator is on or
not working properly (bulb is burned out),
or if the OBD-II system has determined
that some of the emission control systems
have not been properly checked. In this
case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M
testing.
If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has
just been serviced, or the battery has
recently run down or been replaced, the
OBD-II system may indicate that the
vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To
determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M
testing, turn the ignition key to the on
position for 15 seconds without cranking
the engine. If the service engine soon
indicator blinks eight times, it means that
the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if
the service engine soon indicator stays on
solid, it means that your vehicle is ready
for I/M testing.
The OBD-II system checks the emission
control system during normal driving. A
complete check may take several days.
If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing,
you can perform the following driving cycle
consisting of mixed city and highway
driving:
1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an
expressway or highway followed by 20
minutes of stop-and-go driving with at
least four 30-second idle periods.
2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least
eight hours with the ignition off. Then,
start the vehicle and complete the
above driving cycle. The vehicle must
warm up to its normal operating
temperature. Once started, do not turn
off the vehicle until the above driving
cycle is complete.
If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M
testing, you need to repeat the above
driving cycle.
101
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
EMISSION LAW
WARNING
Do not remove or alter the original
equipment floor covering or
insulation between it and the metal
floor of the vehicle. The floor covering and
insulation protect occupants of the vehicle
from the engine and exhaust system heat
and noise. On vehicles with no original
equipment floor covering insulation, do not
carry passengers in a manner that permits
prolonged skin contact with the metal
floor. Failure to follow these instructions
may result in fire or personal injury.
U.S. federal laws and certain state laws
prohibit removing or rendering inoperative
emission control system components.
Similar federal or provincial laws may
apply in Canada. We do not approve of any
vehicle modification without first
determining applicable laws.
Tampering with emissions
control systems including
related sensors or the Diesel
Exhaust Fluid system can result in reduced
engine power and the illumination of the
service engine soon light.
Tampering With a Noise Control
System
Federal laws prohibit the following acts:
• Removal or rendering inoperative by
any person other than for purposes of
maintenance.
• Repair or replacement of any device or
element of the design incorporated into
a new vehicle for the purpose of noise
control prior to its sale or delivery to
the ultimate purchaser or while it is in
use.
• The use of the vehicle after any person
removes or renders inoperative any
device or element of the design.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
may presume to constitute tampering as
follows:
• Removal of hood blanket, fender apron
absorbers, fender apron barriers,
underbody noise shields or acoustically
absorptive material.
• Tampering or rendering inoperative the
engine speed governor, to allow engine
speed to exceed manufacturer
specifications.
If the engine does not start, runs rough,
experiences a decrease in engine
performance, experiences excess fuel
consumption or produces excessive
exhaust smoke, check for the following:
• A plugged or disconnected air inlet
system hose.
• A plugged engine air filter element.
• Water in the fuel filter and water
separator.
• A clogged fuel filter.
• Contaminated fuel.
• Air in the fuel system, due to loose
connections.
• An open or pinched sensor hose.
• Incorrect engine oil level.
102
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Engine Emission Control
• Incorrect fuel for climatic conditions.
• Incorrect engine oil viscosity for
climactic conditions.
Note: Some vehicles have a lifetime fuel
filter that is integrated with the fuel tank.
Regular maintenance or replacement is not
needed.
Note: If these checks do not help you
correct the concern, have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Noise Emissions Warranty,
Prohibited Tampering Acts and
Maintenance
On January 1, 1978, Federal regulation
became effective governing the noise
emission on trucks over 10,000 lb
(4,536 kg) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The preceding statements
concerning prohibited tampering acts and
maintenance, and the noise warranty
found in the Warranty Guide, are
applicable to complete chassis cabs over
10,000 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
WARNINGS
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle
on dry grass or other dry ground
cover. The emission system heats up
the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
The normal operating temperature
of the exhaust system is very high.
Never work around or attempt to
repair any part of the exhaust system until
it has cooled. Use special care when
working around the catalytic converter.
The catalytic converter heats up to a very
high temperature after only a short period
of engine operation and stays hot after the
engine is switched off.
WARNINGS
Exhaust leaks may result in entry of
harmful and potentially lethal fumes
into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your vehicle inspected
immediately. Do not drive if you smell
exhaust fumes.
Your vehicle has various emission control
components and a catalytic converter that
enables it to comply with applicable
exhaust emission standards.
To make sure that the catalytic converter
and other emission control components
continue to work properly:
• Do not crank the engine for more than
10 seconds at a time.
• Do not run the engine with a spark plug
lead disconnected.
• Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 137).
• Use only the specified fuel listed.
• Do not switch the ignition off when your
vehicle is moving.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.
Note: Resulting component damage may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
The scheduled maintenance items listed
in scheduled maintenance information are
essential to the life and performance of
your vehicle and to its emissions system.
If you use anything other than Ford,
Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for
maintenance replacements or for service
of components affecting emission control,
such non-Ford parts should be equivalent
to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in
performance and durability.
103
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Engine Emission Control
Illumination of the service engine soon
indicator, charging system warning light or
the temperature warning light, fluid leaks,
strange odors, smoke or loss of engine
power could indicate that the emission
control system is not working properly.
An improperly operating or damaged
exhaust system may allow exhaust to
enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or
improperly operating exhaust system
inspected and repaired immediately.
Do not make any unauthorized changes to
your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle
owners and anyone who manufactures,
repairs, services, sells, leases, trades
vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles
are not permitted to intentionally remove
an emission control device or prevent it
from working. Information about your
vehicle’s emission system is on the Vehicle
Emission Control Information Decal
located on or near the engine. This decal
also lists engine displacement.
Please consult your warranty information
for complete details.
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle has a computer known as the
on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that
monitors the engine’s emission control
system. The system protects the
environment by making sure that your
vehicle continues to meet government
emission standards. The OBD-II system
also assists a service technician in properly
servicing your vehicle.
When the service engine soon
indicator illuminates, the OBD-II
system has detected a
malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may
cause the service engine soon indicator to
illuminate. Examples are:
1. Your vehicle has run out of fuel—the
engine may misfire or run poorly.
2. Poor fuel quality or water in the
fuel—the engine may misfire or run
poorly.
3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed
properly. See Refueling (page 96).
4. Driving through deep water—the
electrical system may be wet.
You can correct these temporary
malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with
good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel
fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry
out. After three driving cycles without these
or any other temporary malfunctions
present, the service engine soon indicator
should stay off the next time you start the
engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold
engine startup followed by mixed city and
highway driving. No additional vehicle
service is required.
If the service engine soon indicator remains
on, have your vehicle serviced at the first
available opportunity. Although some
malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may
not have symptoms that are apparent,
continued driving with the service engine
soon indicator on can result in increased
emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced
engine and transmission smoothness and
lead to more costly repairs.
Readiness for Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) Testing
Some state and provincial and local
governments may have
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs
to inspect the emission control equipment
on your vehicle. Failure to pass this
inspection could prevent you from getting
a vehicle registration.
If the service engine soon
indicator is on or the bulb does
not work, your vehicle may need
service. See On-Board Diagnostics.
104
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Engine Emission Control
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if
the service engine soon indicator is on or
not working properly (bulb is burned out),
or if the OBD-II system has determined
that some of the emission control systems
have not been properly checked. In this
case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M
testing.
If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has
just been serviced, or the battery has
recently run down or been replaced, the
OBD-II system may indicate that the
vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To
determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M
testing, turn the ignition key to the on
position for 15 seconds without cranking
the engine. If the service engine soon
indicator blinks eight times, it means that
the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if
the service engine soon indicator stays on
solid, it means that your vehicle is ready
for I/M testing.
The OBD-II system checks the emission
control system during normal driving. A
complete check may take several days.
If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing,
you can perform the following driving cycle
consisting of mixed city and highway
driving:
1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an
expressway or highway followed by 20
minutes of stop-and-go driving with at
least four 30-second idle periods.
2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least
eight hours with the ignition off. Then,
start the vehicle and complete the
above driving cycle. The vehicle must
warm up to its normal operating
temperature. Once started, do not turn
off the vehicle until the above driving
cycle is complete.
If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M
testing, you need to repeat the above
driving cycle.
105
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Engine Emission Control
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
WARNINGS
Always fully apply the parking brake.
Make sure you shift into park (P) for
vehicles with an automatic
transmission. Switch the ignition off and
remove the key whenever you leave your
vehicle.
Do not apply the brake pedal and
accelerator pedal simultaneously.
Applying both pedals simultaneously
for more than a few seconds will limit
engine performance, which may result in
difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and
could lead to serious injury.
Your Ford GT vehicle is equipped with a
7-speed, dual clutch automatic
transmission. In drive (D), the transmission
shifts automatically, or you can shift with
the paddle shifters. In manual mode, you
must shift the transmission with the
paddle shifters.
Understanding the Positions of
Your Automatic Transmission
E227917
1. Fully press down the brake pedal.
2. Move the selector to the desired gear.
Park (P)
With the transmission in park (P), your
vehicle locks the transmission and
prevents the wheels from turning. Always
come to a complete stop before putting
your vehicle into park (P).
Automatic Return to Park
Note: This feature does not operate when
your vehicle is in Stay in Neutral mode.
Your vehicle has a feature that
automatically shifts your vehicle into park
(P) when any of the following conditions
occur:
• You turn the vehicle off.
• You open the driver's door with your
seatbelt unlatched.
• Your seatbelt is unlatched when the
driver's door is open.
If you turn your vehicle off when moving,
your vehicle first shifts into neutral (N) until
it slows down enough to shift into park (P)
automatically.
Note: If you have waited an extended
period of time (2-15 minutes) before starting
your vehicle, unlatching your seatbelt causes
this feature to activate, even with the
driver's door closed.
Note: This feature may not work properly
if the door ajar switch is malfunctioning. If
your door ajar indicator does not illuminate
when you open the driver’s door or the
indicator illuminates with the driver’s door
closed, see your authorized dealer.
Reverse (R)
With the selector in reverse (R), your
vehicle moves backward. Always come to
a complete stop before shifting into and
out of reverse (R).
106
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Transmission
Neutral (N)
With the selector in neutral (N), your
vehicle can be started and is free to roll.
Hold the brake pedal down when in this
position.
Stay in Neutral Mode
Stay in Neutral mode allows your vehicle
to stay in neutral when you exit your
vehicle. Your vehicle must be stationary to
enter this mode.
To enter Stay in Neutral mode:
• With the engine running.
• Release the parking brake if applied,
press down the brake pedal and press
the parking brake release switch on the
center console.
• Press down the brake pedal and move
the transmission selector to neutral
(N).
• A message appears in your display
screen.
• Press the manual (M) button to enter
Stay in Neutral mode.
• Another message appears in your
display screen confirming Neutral
mode is engaged.
• Stay in Neutral mode remains engaged
as long as the engine is running. If the
engine is turned off, a 30 minute timer
starts and appears in your display
screen.
To exit Stay in Neutral mode, press down
the brake pedal and select a different gear.
Drive (D)
Drive (D) is the normal driving position for
the best fuel economy. In the drive (D)
position, the transmission automatically
shifts through gears one through seven.
Manual (M)
To select manual (M), place the
transmission selector in drive (D) and press
"M" button in the middle of the selector.
Once you select manual (M), you must use
the paddle shifters to upshift or downshift
the transmission.
To exit manual (M) and return to drive (D),
press the "M" button again.
SelectShift™ Automatic
Transmission
Your vehicle is equipped with a SelectShift
Automatic transmission, which gives you
the ability to change gears up or down as
desired.
In order to prevent the engine from running
at too low an RPM, which may cause it to
stall, SelectShift still automatically makes
some downshifts if it has determined that
you have not downshifted in time.
Although SelectShift makes some
downshifts for you, it still allows you to
downshift at any time as long as
SelectShift determines that no damage
occurs to the engine from over-revving.
Note: Engine damage may occur if you
maintain excessive engine revving without
shifting.
SelectShift does not automatically upshift,
even if the engine is approaching the RPM
limit. It must be shifted manually by use of
the upshift (+) paddle. When using Manual
(M) shift mode, pay attention to the shift
indicator on the top rim of the steering
wheel and the RPM indicator in the
instrument cluster.
Use the paddles on the steering wheel
to shift.
• Pull the right paddle (+) to upshift.
• Pull the left paddle (–) to downshift.
107
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Transmission
E243776
SelectShift in drive (D):
• Provides a temporary manual mode
for performing more demanding
maneuvers where extra control of gear
selection is required (for example,
when overtaking). This mode holds a
selected gear for a temporary period
of time dependent on driver inputs (for
example, steering or accelerator pedal
input).
SelectShift in manual (M):
• Provides a permanent manual gear
selection where full control of gear
selection is required.
The instrument cluster displays your
currently selected gear. If a gear is
requested but not available due to vehicle
conditions (low speed, too high engine
speed for requested gear selection), the
current gear flashes two times.
Upshift to the recommended shift speeds
according to this following chart:
Upshifts When Accelerating (Recom-
mended for Best Fuel Economy)
Shift from:
15 mph (24 km/h)1 - 2
25 mph (40 km/h)2 - 3
40 mph (64 km/h)3 - 4
Upshifts When Accelerating (Recom-
mended for Best Fuel Economy)
45 mph (72 km/h)4 - 5
50 mph (80 km/h)5 - 6
55 mph (88 km/h)6 - 7
Brake-Shift Interlock
WARNINGS
When doing this procedure, you need
to take the transmission out of park
(P) which means your vehicle can
roll freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle
movement, always fully apply the parking
brake prior to doing this procedure. Use
wheels chocks if appropriate.
If the parking brake is fully released,
but the brake warning lamp remains
illuminated, the brakes may not be
working properly. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Note: You should only use this procedure
in the event that your vehicle is disabled and
you cannot start the engine in order to shift
into Neutral (N) to move it. Use the provided
Transmission Park Override tool to release
the transmission park mechanism and allow
the rear tires to roll freely.
Note: See your authorized dealer as soon
as this procedure is used.
Note: Do not drive your vehicle until you
verify that the brake lamps are working.
Your vehicle is equipped with a brake-shift
interlock feature that prevents moving the
selector from park (P) when the ignition is
in the on position and the brake pedal is
not pressed.
108
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Transmission
If you cannot move the selector out of park
(P) position with the ignition in the on
position and the brake pedal pressed, a
malfunction may have occurred. It is
possible that a fuse has blown or your
vehicle’s brake lamps are not operating
properly. See Fuse Specification Chart
(page 146).
If the fuse is good and the brake lamps are
functioning, then there may be a fault in
the system. To roll the car or to allow the
vehicle to be transported for repair, use the
following procedure to place the
transmission into neutral (N) manually. To
place the transmission into neutral (N) in
the event of a battery failure, or other
electrical fault that prevents the shifter
from working, use this procedure.
Manually Placing the Transmission in
Park Override
The transmission park override tool is in
the storage compartment under the rear
hatch.
It requires two people to perform this
procedure properly. One person seated in
the driver's seat, that must remain in
control of vehicle steering, brakes and
parking brake at all times. For instructions
on releasing the parking brake in the event
of a loss of vehicle battery power. See
Electric Parking Brake (page 112). If you
do not have battery power, chock the
wheels so the car does not roll forward or
backward when not intended.
E241995
1. Remove the plug from the bottom right
side of the storage compartment to
access the park override shaft.
E249885
2. Insert the park override tool onto the
shaft. Hold the tool in the rotated
position to maintain park override when
you move the vehicle.
3. To return the transmission to normal
park function, remove the park override
tool.
4. Re-install the plug and return the tool
to the storage position.
109
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Transmission
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud
or Snow
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,
reducing the stability and traction control
may be beneficial as this allows the wheels
to spin. You can reduce the stability and
traction control by switching to Sport
mode and adjusting the AdvanceTrac
setting. See Using Stability Control
(page 116).
110
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Transmission
GENERAL INFORMATION
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out. Have the
system checked by an authorized dealer. If
your vehicle has continuous vibration or
shudder in the steering wheel while braking,
have it checked by an authorized dealer.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and does not contribute to
brake noise. See Cleaning the Wheels
(page 177).
E138644
See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 65).
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times after washing the car.
Carbon Ceramic Brake Discs
Your vehicle has carbon ceramic brake
discs. When cleaning your wheels and tires,
use care not to get any wheel cleaner or
tire dressing on the brake discs.
E269429
This lamp illuminates when your
brakes pads are worn and
require replacement. See an
authorized dealer for replacement.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power.
If you experience this condition, apply the
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe
stop. Move the transmission to park (P),
switch the engine off and apply the parking
brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal for
any interferences. If none are found and
the condition persists, have your vehicle
towed to the nearest authorized dealer.
Brake Assist
Brake assist detects when you brake
rapidly by measuring the rate at which you
press the brake pedal. It provides
maximum braking efficiency as long as you
press the pedal, and can reduce stopping
distances in critical situations.
Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering
control during emergency stops by keeping
the brakes from locking.
This lamp momentarily
illuminates when you switch the
ignition on. If the light does not
illuminate during start up, remains on or
flashes, the system may be disabled. Have
the system checked by an authorized
dealer. If the anti-lock brake system is
disabled, normal braking is still effective.
E269429
If the brake warning lamp
remains illuminated after you
release the parking brake, have
the system checked by an authorized
dealer.
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
The anti-lock braking system does not
eliminate the risks when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
• You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.
111
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Brakes
Note: If the system activates, the brake
pedal may pulse and may travel further.
Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You
may also hear a noise from the system. This
is normal.
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
WARNING
Always set the parking brake and
leave your vehicle with the
transmission in park (P).
The electric parking brake operates with
the switch in the center console.
Note: When you apply the electric parking
brake in certain conditions, for example, on
a steep hill, the electric parking brake may
reapply the brakes within three to ten
minutes.
Note: You may notice various noises when
you apply and release the electric parking
brake. This is normal and no cause for
concern.
Applying the Electric Parking
brake
WARNINGS
Applying the electric parking brake
while moving will result in the
engagement of the anti-lock braking
system. Do not use the electric parking
brake system when the vehicle is moving
unless the normal brake system is unable
to stop the vehicle.
With the exception of emergency
conditions (for example, the brake
pedal is broken or is blocked), do not
apply the electric parking brake while the
vehicle is moving. On bends, or poor road
surfaces or weather conditions, emergency
braking can cause the vehicle to skid out
of control or off the road.
Note: The brake system warning lamp
lights during an electric parking brake apply.
If the brake system warning lamp flashes
and continues to flash, there could be a
problem with your electric parking brake.
See your authorized dealer.
Note: The brake system warning lamp
illuminates for ten seconds if you switch the
ignition off after you apply the electric
parking brake, or you apply the electric
parking brake after you switch the ignition
off.
Note: When you switch the engine off, the
electric parking brake applies.
E227395
Pull the switch up to apply the electric
parking brake.
The brake system warning lamp flashes
for about two seconds and then
illuminates to confirm that you have
applied the electric parking brake. See
Information Displays (page 70).
If you apply the electric parking brake when
your vehicle is moving, the brake system
warning lamp illuminates and a warning
chime sounds. See Information Displays
(page 70).
If your vehicle speed is above 4 mph
(6 km/h), the braking force is applied as
long as you pull the switch. Releasing or
pressing the switch or pressing the
accelerator pedal will stop the braking
force.
112
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Brakes
Releasing the Electric Parking
Brake
E227515
You can release the electric parking brake
either manually by pressing the switch or
automatically by pressing the accelerator
pedal.
Manual release
WARNING
If the brake system warning light
remains illuminated or flashes for
more than four seconds after you
have released the parking brake, there
could be a problem with your braking
system. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
You can manually release the electric
parking brake by:
1. Switching the ignition on.
2. Pressing the brake pedal.
3. Pressing the electric parking brake
switch.
When you release the electric parking
brake, the brake system warning lamp
turns off.
Automatic release - drive away release
Your vehicle automatically releases the
parking brake if all of the following
conditions exist:
• You close the driver door.
• You put on your seatbelt.
• You press the accelerator pedal.
• The system does not detect any faults
in the parking brake system.
Note: If the electric parking brake warning
lamp stays illuminated, the electric parking
brake will not automatically release. You
must release the electric parking brake using
the electric parking brake switch.
The brake system warning lamp turns off
to confirm that you released the electric
parking brake.
Note: The electric parking brake drive away
release makes starting on a hill easier. This
feature releases the parking brake
automatically when the vehicle has
sufficient drive force to move up the hill. To
assure drive away release when starting
uphill, press the accelerator pedal quickly.
Battery With No Charge
WARNING
You will not be able to apply or
release the electric parking brake if
the battery is low or has no charge.
If the battery is low or has no charge, use
jumper cables and a booster battery.
After connecting the booster battery, you
should be able to apply or release the
electric parking brake.
113
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Brakes
HILL START ASSIST
WARNINGS
The system does not replace the
parking brake. When you leave your
vehicle, always apply the parking
brake.
You must remain in your vehicle
when the system turns on. At all
times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening, if required. Failure
to take care may result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, serious personal
injury or death.
The system turns off if there is a
malfunction or if you excessively rev
the engine.
The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.
When the system is active, your vehicle
remains stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows you time to move your
foot from the brake to the accelerator
pedal. The brakes release automatically
once the engine develops sufficient torque
to prevent your vehicle from rolling down
the slope. The system activates
automatically on any slope that causes
significant vehicle rollback.
Note: There is no warning lamp to indicate
the system is either on or off.
Using Hill Start Assist
1. Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system activates
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle will remain
on the slope without rolling away for
about two or three seconds. This hold
time automatically extends if you are
in the process of driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
brakes release automatically.
114
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Brakes
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Vehicle modifications involving
braking system, aftermarket roof
racks, suspension, steering system,
tire construction and wheel and tire size
may change the handling characteristics
of your vehicle and may adversely affect
the performance of the electronic stability
control system. In addition, installing any
stereo loudspeakers may interfere with
and adversely affect the electronic stability
control system. Install any aftermarket
stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from
the front center console, the tunnel, and
the front seats in order to minimize the risk
of interfering with the electronic stability
control sensors. Reducing the
effectiveness of the electronic stability
control system could lead to an increased
risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover, personal injury and death.
Remember that even advanced
technology cannot defy the laws of
physics. It's always possible to lose
control of a vehicle due to inappropriate
driver input for the conditions. Aggressive
driving on any road condition can cause
you to lose control of your vehicle
increasing the risk of personal injury or
property damage. Activation of the
electronic stability control system is an
indication that at least some of the tires
have exceeded their ability to grip the road;
this could reduce the operator's ability to
control the vehicle potentially resulting in
a loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death. If your electronic
stability control system activates, SLOW
DOWN.
WARNINGS
The stability and traction control
light illuminates steadily if the
system detects a failure. Make sure
you did not manually disable the traction
control system using the information
display controls or the switch. If the
stability control and traction control light
is still illuminating steadily, have the
system serviced by an authorized dealer
immediately. Operating your vehicle with
the traction control disabled could lead to
an increased risk of loss of vehicle control,
vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
The stability and traction control systems
help you to avoid drive wheel spin and loss
of traction. The system automatically
turns on each time you switch the ignition
on.
If a fault occurs in either the stability
control or the traction control system, you
may experience the following conditions:
• The stability and traction control light
illuminates steadily.
• The stability control and traction
control systems do not enhance your
vehicle's ability to maintain traction of
the wheels.
If a driving condition activates either the
stability control or the traction control
system you may experience the following
conditions:
• The stability and traction control light
flashes.
• Your vehicle slows down.
• Reduced engine power.
• A vibration in the brake pedal.
• The brake pedal is stiffer than usual.
• If the driving condition is severe and
your foot is not on the brake, the brake
pedal may move as the system applies
higher brake force.
115
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Stability Control
The stability and traction control systems
have several features built into it to help
you maintain control of your vehicle:
AdvanceTrac™ Electronic
Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’ s ability
to prevent skids or lateral slides by
applying brakes to one or more of the
wheels individually and, if necessary,
reducing engine power.
Traction Control
The system enhances your vehicle’ s ability
to maintain traction of the wheels by
detecting and controlling wheel spin.
Traction control settings on your vehicle
are integrated into the AdvanceTrac
Stability Control system.
USING STABILITY CONTROL
AdvanceTrac™ Electronic
Stability Control
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on. You can
also use the stability control button on the
center console to adjust the operation of
the AdvanceTrac stability control system.
AdvanceTrac electronic stability control is
disabled when the transmission is in
reverse (R).
The amount of change you can make to
the AdvanceTrac stability control system
depends on the Drive Mode you have
selected.
The following chart describes how much you can change the functionality of
stability control and traction control in each Drive Mode:
How to SelectOperationAvailable Setting(s)Drive Mode
No input required.Normal.On.
Normal, Wet and
V-Max.
No input required.Normal.On.
Sport and Track.
Press the ESC
button once.
Stability control is
reduced, traction
control remains on.
Performance.
Press the ESC
button twice within
0.5 seconds.
Stability control is
reduced, traction
control is disabled.
Performance+.
Press the ESC
button for 5
seconds.
Stability and traction
control is disabled.
Off.
If the stability or traction control system
has been reduced or disabled, press the
stability and traction control button once
to return to the normal on setting.
Note: Do not use Track or V-Max modes on
public roadways.
Note: Messages appear in the instrument
cluster when you make changes to the
AdvanceTrac system.
116
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Stability Control
Note: When you start your vehicle,
AdvanceTrac turns on for all drive modes.
It does not remember the previous setting.
Traction Control
E72903
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
Vehicle without stability control
skidding off its intended route.
A
Vehicle with stability control
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.
B
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.
System Indicator Lights and Messages
E236447
The stability and traction control
light temporarily illuminates on
engine start-up and flashes:
• When a driving condition activates
either of the systems.
• If a problem occurs in either of the
systems.
E236448
The stability and traction control
off light temporarily illuminates
on engine start-up and stays on
when you adjust the operation of the
AdvanceTrac stability control system. The
amount of change you can make to the
AdvanceTrac stability control system
depends on the drive mode you have
selected. The chart found earlier in this
section shows how much you can change
the stability control and traction control
for each drive mode.
Launch Control
Note: Only use this feature in a controlled
environment, such as a track. Launch control
is not for use in normal driving.
Note: Launch control is not available when
in the Wet drive mode.
Your vehicle has a launch control feature
that uses clutch and engine controls to
reduce wheel spin or slip on a hard
acceleration from a standing start.
To operate launch control, your vehicle
must meet the following conditions:
• You must be in any drive mode other
than Wet drive mode.
• You must close the doors, front hood
and rear hatch.
• Your vehicle should be on a level
surface.
• You must disengage the electric park
brake.
• You must be at a complete stop with
the brake pedal applied and the
transmission selector in drive (D).
117
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Stability Control
• Transmission clutch fluid temperature
must be in the normal operating
temperature range.
• No powertrain or brake system warning
indicators are active.
Launch Control remains active until:
• You switch the feature off through the
display screen.
• Your vehicle no longer meets the
conditions required for launch control
to operate.
Using Launch Control
To use Launch Control:
• Activate the launch control feature
through the display screen. See
General Information (page 70).
• When activated, the LC icon appears
in white inside the information cluster.
• With your vehicle at a complete stop,
hold the brake pedal firmly and press
the accelerator pedal to wide open
throttle.
• When the engine reaches the required
RPM and your vehicle meets all other
system requirements, the LC icon turns
from white to green and the vehicle is
ready to launch.
• Quickly release the brake pedal and
carefully steer your vehicle when it
accelerates from a stop. The launch
control feature controls wheel spin as
you accelerate.
• After completing the run and stopping,
the LC icon returns to white.
• If any operating conditions are not
within specification, the LC icon turns
grey with a strikethrough.
• You can switch launch control off
through the display screen. See
General Information (page 70).
118
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Stability Control
REAR VIEW CAMERA
WARNINGS
The rear view camera system is a
reverse aid supplement device that
still requires the driver to use it in
conjunction with the interior and exterior
mirrors for maximum coverage.
Objects that are close to either
corner of the bumper or under the
bumper, might not be seen on the
screen due to the limited coverage of the
camera system.
Use caution when turning camera
features on or off when the
transmission is not in park (P). Make
sure your vehicle is not moving.
The rear view camera system provides a
video image of the area behind your
vehicle.
During operation, lines appear in the
display which represent your vehicle’s
proximity to objects behind your vehicle.
E236446
The camera is located below the license
plate.
Using the Rear View Camera
System
The rear view camera system displays
what is behind your vehicle when you place
the transmission in reverse (R).
The system uses fixed guidelines to help
you see what is behind your vehicle. Fixed
guidelines show the path your vehicle is
moving while reversing in a straight line.
This can be helpful when backing into a
parking space.
The camera may not operate correctly
under the following conditions:
• Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse
lamps are not operating.
• Mud, water or debris obstructs the
camera's view. Clean the lens with a
soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive
cleaner.
• The camera is misaligned due to
damage to the rear of your vehicle.
Camera Guidelines
Note: Fixed guidelines are only available
when the transmission is in reverse (R).
E243771
CenterlineA
Fixed guideline: Red ZoneB
Fixed guideline: Yellow zoneC
Fixed guideline: Green zoneD
119
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Parking Aids
Always use caution while reversing.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects are getting closer to
your vehicle as they move from the green
zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the
side view mirrors and rear view mirror to
get better coverage on both sides and rear
of the vehicle.
Manual Zoom
WARNING
When manual zoom is on, the full
area behind your vehicle may not
show. Be aware of your surroundings
when using the manual zoom feature.
Note: Manual zoom is only available when
the transmission is in reverse (R).
Selectable settings for this feature are
Zoom in (+) and Zoom out (-). Press the
symbol in the camera screen to change the
view. The default setting is Zoom OFF.
This feature allows you to get a closer view
of an object behind your vehicle. The zoom
is only active while the transmission is in
reverse (R). When the transmission shifts
out of reverse (R), the feature
automatically turns off and must be reset
when it is used again.
Rear Camera Delay
You can select to have the rear camera
continue to display after shifting from
reverse (R). See Settings (page 248).
120
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Parking Aids
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Cruise control lets you maintain a set
speed without keeping your foot on the
accelerator pedal. You can use cruise
control when your vehicle speed is greater
than 20 mph (30 km/h).
USING CRUISE CONTROL
WARNINGS
Do not use cruise control on winding
roads, in heavy traffic or when the
road surface is slippery. This could
result in loss of vehicle control, serious
injury or death.
When you are going downhill, your
vehicle speed could increase above
the set speed. The system does not
apply the brakes.
Note: Cruise control disengages if the
vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph
(16 km/h) below the set speed when driving
uphill.
E227119
The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel.
Switching Cruise Control On
Press ON.
E71340
The indicator appears in the
information display.
Setting the Cruise Speed
1. Drive to desired speed.
2. Toggle SET+ or SET-.
3. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
Note: The indicator changes color.
Changing the Set Speed
Note: If you accelerate by pressing the
accelerator pedal, the set speed will not
change. When you release the accelerator
pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that
you previously set.
• Toggle SET+ or SET- to change the set
speed in small increments.
• Press the accelerator or brake pedal
until you reach the desired speed.
Toggle SET+ or SET-.
• Toggle and hold SET+ or SET-. Release
the control when you reach the desired
speed.
Canceling the Set Speed
Press CAN or tap the brake pedal. The set
speed does not erase.
Resuming the Set Speed
Press RES.
Switching Cruise Control Off
Note: You erase the set speed when you
switch the system off.
Press OFF when the system is in standby
mode, or switch the ignition off.
121
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Cruise Control
STEERING
To help prevent damage to the power
steering system:
• Never hold the steering wheel at its
furthest turning points (until it stops)
for more than three to five seconds
when the engine is running.
• Do not operate the vehicle with a low
hydraulic fluid level. See Power
Steering Fluid Check (page 167).
• Some noise is normal during operation.
If excessive, check for low hydraulic
fluid level before seeking service by
your dealer.
• Heavy or uneven efforts may be caused
by low hydraulic fluid. Check for low
hydraulic fluid level before seeking
service by your dealer.
• Do not over fill the hydraulic fluid as
this may result in leaks from the
reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid
Check (page 167).
If the power steering system breaks down
(or if the engine is off), you can manually
steer the vehicle, but it takes more effort.
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
• An improperly inflated tire.
• Uneven tire wear.
• Loose or worn suspension
components.
• Loose or worn steering components.
• Improper vehicle alignment.
A high crown in the road or high crosswinds
may also make the steering seem to
wander or pull.
DRIVE MODE CONTROL
Drive Mode Selection
Your vehicle has five selectable drive
modes that deliver an enhanced driving
experience through a suite of sophisticated
electronic vehicle systems. In response to
vehicle use and driving conditions, the
selection of the drive mode optimizes
handling and powertrain response. This
provides a single location to control
multiple systems performance settings.
Using Selectable Drive Modes
E227821
To change the drive mode setting, use the
rotary switch on the left side of the steering
wheel.
Note: To engage or disengage Track or
V-Max Drive Modes, the car must be at a
stop with the transmission in park (P) and
the engine running. This is necessary since
the vehicle ride height changes. You can
change between Normal, Wet and Sport
Drive Modes while the vehicle is in motion.
122
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Driving Aids
Modes:
• Normal (N) – Use for normal driving in
dry conditions.
• AdvanceTrac Stability Control is
active and cannot be adjusted.
• Ride height is set to High and
suspension damping is set to
Normal.
• Comfort damping can be selected
with the console switch.
• Launch control is available.
• Transmission automatic shift
calibration is set to Normal.
• Rear wing deploys at speeds above
90 mph (145 km/h) and retracts
when the speed drops below
81 mph (130 km/h).
• Air brake activates at speeds above
75 mph (121 km/h) when the brakes
are applied with moderate force.
• Sport (S) – Use for sport driving in dry
conditions.
• AdvanceTrac Stability Control is
active but can be adjusted by use
of the Stability Control button on
the console.
• Ride height is set to High and
suspension damping is set to Sport.
• Comfort damping cannot be
selected.
• Launch control is available.
• Transmission automatic shift
calibration is set to Sport.
• Turbocharger anti-lag calibration
is active.
• Rear wing deploys at speeds above
70 mph (113 km/h) and retracts
when the speed drops below
45 mph (72 km/h).
• Air brake activates at speeds above
75 mph (121 km/h) when the brakes
are applied with moderate force.
• Wet (W) – Use for driving in wet
conditions.
• AdvanceTrac Stability Control is
active and cannot be adjusted.
• Ride height is set to High and
suspension damping is set to
Normal.
• Comfort damping can be selected
with the console switch.
• Launch control is not available.
• Transmission automatic shift
calibration is set to Normal.
• Rear wing deploys at speeds above
90 mph (145 km/h) and retracts
when the speed drops below
81 mph (130 km/h).
• Air brake activates at speeds above
75 mph (121 km/h) when the brakes
are applied with moderate force.
123
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Driving Aids
• Track (T) – Optimized settings for
track handling performance. The Track
drive mode should only be used in a
track environment, not on the street,
due to the low ride height. This setting
can only be selected while your vehicle
is in park (P) with the engine running,
and you need to confirm the selection.
• AdvanceTrac Stability Control is
active but can be adjusted by use
of the Stability Control button on
the console.
• Ride height is set to Low and
suspension damping is set to Track.
• Comfort damping cannot be
selected due to low ride height.
• Launch control is available.
• Transmission automatic shift
calibration is set to Sport.
• Turbocharger anti-lag calibration
is active.
• Rear wing deploys and remains
deployed while in Track mode.
When you change to another mode,
the wing lowers once you start to
drive your vehicle, not while it is
stopped.
• Air brake activates at speeds above
75 mph (121 km/h) when the brakes
are applied with moderate force.
• V-Max (V) – Optimized settings for
achieving maximum velocity (top
speed). The V-Max mode should only
be used in a controlled track
environment, not on the street, due to
the low ride height. This setting can
only be selected while your vehicle is
in park (P) with the engine running, and
you need to confirm the selection.
• AdvanceTrac Stability Control is
active and cannot be adjusted.
• Ride height is set to Low and
suspension damping is set to Track.
• Comfort damping cannot be
selected due to low ride height.
• Launch control is available.
• Transmission automatic shift
calibration is set to Sport.
• Rear wing does not deploy.
• Air brake activates at speeds above
75 mph (121 km/h) when the brakes
are applied with moderate force.
Note: When you shut down your vehicle in
V-Max or Track mode, the vehicle returns
to the Normal ride height. When you restart
your vehicle in V-Max or Track mode, you
need to re-acknowledge the drive mode
selection in the information display in order
for the drive mode to reactivate. If you do
not make a selection, the vehicle returns to
the previously selected drive mode.
124
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Driving Aids
V-MaxTrackSportNormalWetDrive Mode
Optimized
settings for
achieving
maximum
velocity (not
for street
use). Must be
in park (P) to
select this
mode
Optimized
settings for
track use (not
for street
use). Must be
in park (P) to
select this
mode
Sport driving
in dry condi-
tions
Normal
driving in dry
conditions
Driving in
wet condi-
tions
Use
Active,
cannot be
adjusted
Active, but
can be
adjusted
Active, but
can be
adjusted
Active, cannot
be adjusted
Active,
cannot be
adjusted
Advan-
ceTrac
Stability
Control
Available
NotLaunch
control Available
Low with
track
damping
Low with
track damping
High with
sport
damping
High with
normal
damping
High with
normal
damping
Ride height
and suspen-
sion
damping
Not AvailableNot AvailableNot AvailableAvailableAvailable
Comfort
damping
SportSportSportNormalNormal
Automatic
transmission
InactiveActiveActiveInactiveInactive
Turbocharger
anti-lag
Does not
deploy
Always
deployed
Active above
70 mph
(113 km/h)
Active above
90 mph
(145 km/h)
Active
above
90 mph
(145 km/h)
Rear wing
Activates above 75 mph (121 km/h) with moderate brakingAir brake
Note: Selectable driving modes has
diagnostic checks that continuously monitor
the system to ensure proper operation. If a
selected mode is unavailable due to a
system fault or change in gear shifter
position, the selected mode defaults to
Normal.
125
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Driving Aids
Front Lift
WARNING
Before using front lift, make sure the
area around your vehicle is free from
obstruction. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
Your vehicle has a front lift system to
provide additional front end clearance
when approaching a speed bump,
driveway ramp or another similar surface
where front end clearance could be a
concern.
E229612
The front lift button is located on the
center console. Press the button to lift the
front end of your vehicle. Press the button
again to return to normal ride height. A
warning indicator illuminates in the display
screen when the system is on. When you
shut the engine off, the car returns to
normal ride height. Remember to use the
front lift again when needed, for example
when backing out of a driveway.
Note: The front lift feature only operates if
your vehicle is traveling under 25 mph
(40 km/h). If your vehicle exceeds this
speed, the system automatically returns
your vehicle to normal ride height.
Note: The front lift feature does not
function when in Track (T) or V-Max (V)
drive modes.
Damper Comfort Mode
E229613
You can change the feel of the suspension
by pressing the damper comfort button on
the center console. An indicator illuminates
in the display screen when the system is
active. The comfort mode operates at
speeds up to 85 mph (137 km/h).
Pressing the damper comfort button
softens the suspension. Pressing the
button again returns the suspension to the
normal setting.
Note: The comfort mode selection does
not function when in Sport (S), Track (T)
or V-Max (V) drive modes.
Active Aerodynamics
The rear wing is a tri-state device designed
to operate automatically in either a
low-drag (down), high downforce (up) or
airbrake mode depending on the vehicle
demands.
The rear wing works in harmony with the
bi-state front splitter. The front splitter has
a raised leading edge so that the surfaces
underneath and immediately downstream
of it create a Venturi effect and lower the
air pressure creating downforce on the
front wheels. In normal (low-drag)
operation, the Venturi effect draws air
through ducts that connect the upper
surface of the splitter just below the
radiator intake. This reduces drag and
eliminates unnecessary front downforce.
When the rear wing moves out of the
low-drag position, and to compensate for
126
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Driving Aids
the increase in grip capability from the rear
tires, the front splitter automatically
compensates by closing off airflow through
the ducts causing an increase in front
downforce. The operation of this system
is entirely automatic and is dependent on
the rear-wing state and the drive mode
selected.
For information on raising the rear wing for
cleaning, See Vehicle Care (page 172).
127
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Driving Aids
REAR UNDER HATCH
STORAGE
Your vehicle has a storage compartment
under the rear hatch.
Note: Avoid placing items in the storage
compartment that could be affected by
temperature, as this area is subject to both
high and low temperatures.
LOAD LIMIT
Vehicle Loading - with and
without a Trailer
This section guides you in the
proper loading of your vehicle,
trailer, or both. Keep your loaded
vehicle weight within its design
rating capability, with or without
a trailer. Properly loading your
vehicle provides maximum return
of vehicle design performance.
Before you load your vehicle,
become familiar with the
following terms for determining
your vehicle’s weight rating, with
or without a trailer, from the
vehicle’s Tire and Loading
Information label or Safety
Compliance Certification label.
Tire and Loading Label Information
Example:
E198719
Payload
E246228
Payload is the combined weight
of cargo and passengers that your
vehicle is carrying. The maximum
payload for your vehicle appears
on the Tire and Loading label. The
label is either on the B-pillar or the
edge of the driver door. Vehicles
exported outside the US and
Canada may not have a tire and
128
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Load Carrying
loading label. Look for “The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg OR XXX lb” for maximum
payload. The payload listed on the
Tire and Loading Information label
is the maximum payload for your
vehicle as built by the assembly
plant. If you install any additional
equipment on your vehicle, you
must determine the new payload.
Subtract the weight of the
equipment from the payload listed
on the Tire and Loading label.
When towing, trailer tongue
weight or king pin weight is also
part of payload.
Note: Your Ford GT is not designed
for trailer towing. Never tow a
trailer with your Ford GT.
WARNING
The appropriate loading
capacity of your vehicle can
be limited either by volume
capacity (how much space is
available) or by payload capacity
(how much weight the vehicle
should carry). Once you have
reached the maximum payload of
your vehicle, do not add more
cargo, even if there is space
available. Overloading or
improperly loading your vehicle
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and vehicle rollover.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight
Rating)
GAWR is the maximum allowable
weight that a single axle (front or
rear) can carry. These numbers
are on the Safety Compliance
Certification label. The label is
located on the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver seating position.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its Gross Axle
Weight Rating.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
GVWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle.
This includes all options,
equipment, passengers and cargo.
It appears on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
The label is located on the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the driver
seating position.
The gross vehicle weight must
never exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating.
129
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Load Carrying
Safety Compliance Certification Label
Example:
E198828
WARNING
Exceeding the Safety
Compliance Certification
label vehicle weight limits can
adversely affect the performance
and handling of your vehicle,
cause vehicle damage and can
result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight
Note: Your Ford GT is not designed
for trailer towing. Never tow a
trailer with your Ford GT.
GCWR (Gross Combined
Weight Rating)
GCWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the vehicle and the
loaded trailer, including all cargo
and passengers, that the vehicle
can handle without risking
damage.
The gross combined weight must
never exceed the Gross Combined
Weight Rating.
Note: Your Ford GT is not designed
for trailer towing. Never tow a
trailer with your Ford GT.
WARNINGS
Do not exceed the GVWR or
the GAWR specified on the
certification label.
Do not use replacement tires
with lower load carrying
capacities than the original tires
because they may lower your
vehicle's GVWR and GAWR
limitations. Replacement tires
with a higher limit than the original
tires do not increase the GVWR
and GAWR limitations.
Exceeding any vehicle weight
rating can adversely affect
the performance and handling of
your vehicle, cause vehicle
damage and can result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
Steps for determining the
correct load limit:
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lb." on your
vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lb.
130
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Load Carrying
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lb. and there will
be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lb.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the
available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
Helpful examples for calculating
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You decide
to go golfing. Is there enough load
capacity to carry you, four of your
friends and all the golf bags? You
and four friends average 220
pounds (99 kilograms) each and
the golf bags weigh approximately
30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each.
The calculation would be: 1400 -
(5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100
- 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have
enough load capacity in your
vehicle to transport four friends
and your golf bags. In metric units,
the calculation would be: 635
kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) -
(5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 -
67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You and
one of your friends decide to pick
up cement from the local home
improvement store to finish that
patio you have been planning for
the past two years. Measuring the
inside of the vehicle with the rear
seat folded down, you have room
for twelve 100-pound
(45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do
you have enough load capacity to
transport the cement to your
home? If you and your friend each
weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms),
the calculation would be: 1400 -
(2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440
- 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do
not have enough cargo capacity
to carry that much weight. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms.
You will need to reduce the load
weight by at least 240 pounds
(104 kilograms). If you remove
three 100-pound (45-kilogram)
cement bags, then the load
calculation would be:1400 - (2 x
220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 -
900 = 60 pounds. Now you have
131
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Load Carrying
the load capacity to transport the
cement and your friend home. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms.
The above calculations also
assume that the loads are
positioned in your vehicle in a
manner that does not overload
the front or the rear gross axle
weight rating specified for your
vehicle on the Safety Compliance
Certification label.
132
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Load Carrying
TOWING A TRAILER
Note: Your Ford GT is not designed
for trailer towing. Never tow a
trailer with your Ford GT.
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS
Emergency Towing
You can release the steering wheel lock by
starting the engine or by pressing the
START/STOP button with your foot off
the brake.
If your Ford GT must be transported,
whenever possible, use an enclosed trailer,
an open car trailer, or a roll back car carrier.
If you must move the car on its wheels,
install the recovery hook provided in the
rear hatch storage. This recovery hook
should be screwed into the receptacle
located in the right corner of the front grille.
Once installed, use the recovery hook to
pull the car.
E233260
133
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Towing
BREAKING-IN
You need to break in new tires for
approximately 300 mi (480 km). During
this time, your vehicle may exhibit some
unusual driving characteristics.
You should not drive your Ford GT
aggressively for the first 600 mi
(1,000 km) of vehicle operation. This will
allow for proper break in of the powertrain
and braking systems.
For the first 600 miles (1,000 km):
• Do not apply high load at low engine
speed.
• Do not drive the vehicle at a sustained
high-speed, high load.
• Avoid driving the vehicle at full throttle.
• Drive the vehicle at varying road and
engine speeds.
• Do not drive in competition and race
track conditions.
• Do not use launch control.
• If you are going to use the vehicle on
the race track right after break in,
change the oil after break in.
Cold Engine Operation
The design of your Ford GT restricts engine
power and RPM when the engine is cold.
The engine RPM and power output will be
reduced until the engine reaches full
operating temperature.
Hot Engine Shut down
You should allow your Ford GT engine to
cool down for a few minutes prior to shut
down after high speed or high performance
driving. Allowing the engine to run at light
loads and or idle for a few minutes will
reduce overall engine oil and coolant
temperatures.
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNING
Do not drive through flowing or deep
water as you may lose control of your
vehicle.
Note: Driving through standing water can
cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.
Before driving through standing water,
check the depth. Never drive through water
that is higher than the sidewall of the front
tire. If the water is up onto the wheel, do
not proceed. When driving through a
puddle, drive slowly to avoid splashing the
water into the engine air intake.
E232273
When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Your brake performance and traction may
be limited.
After driving through water and as soon as
it is safe to do so:
• Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
• Check that the horn works.
134
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Driving Hints
• Check that the exterior lights work.
• Turn the steering wheel to check that
the steering power assist works.
FLOOR MATS
WARNINGS
Use a floor mat designed to fit the
footwell of your vehicle that does not
obstruct the pedal area. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
Pedals that cannot move freely can
cause loss of vehicle control and
increase the risk of serious personal
injury.
Secure the floor mat to both
retention devices so that it cannot
slip out of position and interfere with
the pedals. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
Do not place additional floor mats
or any other covering on top of the
original floor mats. This could result
in the floor mat interfering with the
operation of the pedals. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
Always make sure that objects
cannot fall into the driver foot well
while your vehicle is moving. Objects
that are loose can become trapped under
the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.
E142666
To install the floor mats, position the floor
mat eyelet over the retention post and
press down to lock in position. Make sure
the hook and loop fastener is properly
attached to the floor at the front edge of
the driver side floor mat.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.
Note: Regularly check the floor mats to
make sure they are secure.
135
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Driving Hints
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company
offers a complimentary roadside
assistance program. This program is
separate from the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
The service is available:
• 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
• The coverage period is three years from
the date of purchase.
Roadside Assistance covers:
• Assistance with a flat tire.
• Battery jump start.
• Lock-out assistance (key replacement
cost is the customer's responsibility).
• Assistance if your vehicle runs out of
fuel.
• Winch out — available if your vehicle is
stuck.
• Towing — Ford dealership or
independent service contractors, if not
prohibited by state, local or municipal
law, shall tow your vehicle to the
nearest Certified Ford GT Dealership.
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Using Roadside Assistance
United States Ford GT customers who
require Roadside Assistance, call the Ford
GT Concierge at 800-210-5795.
If you need to arrange roadside assistance
for yourself, Ford Motor Company
reimburses a reasonable amount for
towing to the nearest authorized
dealership. To obtain reimbursement
information, contact the Ford GT Concierge
at 800-210-5795.
For assistance outside of the United
States, refer to the complete list of Ford
GT Concierge phone numbers. See About
This Manual (page 5).
HAZARD FLASHERS
Note: The hazard flashers operate when
the ignition is in any position. If used when
the vehicle is not running, the battery loses
charge. As a result, there may be insufficient
power to restart your vehicle.
E142663
The hazard flasher control is on
the floor console. Use your
hazard flashers when your
vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other
motorists.
• Press the flasher control and all front
and rear direction indicators flash.
• Press the button again to switch them
off.
FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING
If your vehicle has been involved in a
crash, have the fuel system checked.
Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or death.
Note: When you try to restart your vehicle
after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure
that various systems are safe to restart.
Once the vehicle determines the systems
are safe, then the vehicle allows you to
restart.
Note: In the event that your vehicle does
not restart after your third attempt, contact
a qualified technician.
The fuel pump shutoff stops the flow of
fuel to the engine in the event of a
moderate to severe crash. Not every
impact causes a shutoff.
136
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Should your vehicle shut off after a crash,
you may restart your vehicle.
1. Press START/STOP to switch off your
vehicle.
2. Press the brake pedal and
START/STOP to switch on your
vehicle.
3. Remove your foot from the brake pedal
and press START/STOP to switch off
your vehicle.
4. You can attempt to start the vehicle
by pressing the brake pedal and
START/STOP, or press START/STOP
without pressing the brake pedal.
Note: Both methods re-enable the fuel
system.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNINGS
Do not use fuel lines, engine valve
covers, windshield wiper arms, the
intake manifold, or hood latch as
ground points.
Use only adequately sized cables
with insulated clamps.
Preparing Your Vehicle
Note: Attempting to push-start a vehicle
with an automatic transmission may cause
transmission damage.
Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your
vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the
disabled vehicle as this could damage the
vehicle's electrical system.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood
of the disabled vehicle, making sure the
two vehicles do not touch.
Connecting the Jumper Cables
E235907
1. Switch off all accessories.
2. Remove the red cap over the positive
(B) post of the disabled vehicle.
3. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable
to the positive (B) post of the disabled
vehicle.
4. Connect the other end of the positive
(+) cable to the positive terminal of the
booster vehicle battery.
5. Connect the negative (-) jumper cable
to the negative (A) post of the disabled
vehicle.
6. Connect the other end of the negative
(-) cable to the negative terminal of
the booster vehicle battery.
Grounding Stud Location
E229889
137
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Jump Starting
1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and rev the engine moderately, or press
the accelerator gently to keep your
engine speed between 2000 and 3000
RPM, as shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. Once the disabled vehicle has been
started, run both vehicle engines for an
additional three minutes before
disconnecting the jumper cables.
Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.
1. Remove the jumper cable from the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
2. Remove the jumper cable from the
negative (A) post of the disabled
vehicle.
3. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
4. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (B) post of the disabled
vehicle.
5. Allow the engine to idle for at least one
minute.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
The system flashes the direction indicators
and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the
event of a serious impact that deploys an
airbag (front and side) or the safety belt
pretensioners.
The horn and indicators will turn off when:
• You press the hazard control button.
• You press the panic button on the
remote entry transmitter (if equipped).
• Your vehicle runs out of power.
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
If you need to transport your vehicle,
please contact the Ford GT Concierge at
800-210-5795.
You can only transport your vehicle in an
enclosed trailer or on a roll back flatbed
truck. The ramp angle / angle of approach
on Ford GT is 9 degrees. Below are some
ramp lengths required to achieve this angle
depending on trailer / bed entrance height.
Ramp LengthHeight
130 inches20 inches
115 inches18 inches
105 inches16 inches
90 inches14 inches
80 inches12 inches
Your vehicle has a front end lift feature
that uses the electronically controlled
suspension hydraulics to lift the front of
the car. You can use this feature for
driveway approaches and speed bumps.
If there is power to this system, use it to lift
the front when loading the car onto a trailer
or a roll back. To operate the front lift, use
the switch in the console.
Note: The ground clearance on the car at
standard ride height is only 5 in (12 cm). Use
care when moving or loading the car to
make sure it does not bottom out.
Note: The vehicle doors swing both upward
and outward. At the full open position, the
top edge of the door is 67 in (170 cm) from
the ground and swings outward 26 in
(66 cm). Make sure you have the clearance
you need prior to opening the door.
The full undertrays of the vehicle are
carbon fiber, there are no tie down slots.
Use only over the tire straps to tie the car
down for transport.
138
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Getting the Transmission in
Neutral
If the battery loses charge, the
transmission will be in park (P). You can
use the transmission tool to place the car
into Neutral (N). See Automatic
Transmission (page 106).
TOWING POINTS
Recovery Hook Location
Your vehicle comes with a screw-in
recovery hook, it is in the storage
compartment under the rear hatch.
Installing the Recovery Hook
Note: The screw-in recovery hook has a
left-hand thread. Turn it counterclockwise
to install it. Make sure that the recovery
hook is fully tightened.
The installation point for the recovery hook
is the receptacle in the right corner of the
front grille.
E233260
139
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
GETTING THE SERVICES YOU
NEED
Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be
performed by an authorized dealer. If you
need assistance in identifying a Ford GT
Service Dealership or would like assistance
in scheduling a repair, please contact the
Ford GT Concierge. See About This
Manual (page 5).
A reasonable time must be allowed to
perform a repair after taking your vehicle
to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be
made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or
remanufactured or other parts that are
authorized by Ford.
Away From Home
If you are away from home when your
vehicle needs service, contact the Ford GT
Concierge and they will arrange repairs at
the nearest Certified Ford GT Service
Dealership.
Website
www.owner.ford.com
These are some of the items that can be
found online:
• Owner Manuals.
• Maintenance Schedules.
• Recalls.
• Ford Genuine Accessories.
In Canada:
Website
www.ford.ca
Additional Assistance
If you have questions or concerns, or are
unsatisfied with the service you are
receiving, follow these steps:
1. Contact your Ford GT Concierge or
Service Advisor at your selling or
servicing authorized dealer.
2. If your inquiry or concern remains
unresolved, contact the Sales Manager,
Service Manager or Customer Relations
Manager.
3. If you require assistance or clarification
on Ford Motor Company policies,
please contact the Ford Customer
Relationship Center.
In order to help us serve you better, please
have the following information available
when contacting a Customer Relationship
Center:
• Vehicle Identification Number.
• Your telephone number (home and
business).
• The name of the authorized dealer and
city where located.
• The vehicle’ s current odometer reading.
In some states within the United States,
you must directly notify Ford in writing
before pursuing remedies under your
state's warranty laws, and Ford is also
allowed a final repair attempt.
Additionally, in some states within the
United States, a consumer has the option
of submitting a warranty dispute to the
BBB Auto Line before taking action under
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to
the extent allowed by state law, before
pursuing replacement or repurchase
140
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Customer Assistance
remedies provided by certain state laws.
This dispute handling procedure is not
required prior to enforcing state created
rights or other rights which are independent
of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or
state replacement or repurchase laws.
IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)
California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d)
requires that, if a manufacturer or its
representative is unable to repair a motor
vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s
applicable express warranty after a
reasonable number of attempts, the
manufacturer shall be required to either
replace the vehicle with one substantially
identical or repurchase the vehicle and
reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to
the actual price paid or payable by the
consumer (less a reasonable allowance
for consumer use). The consumer has the
right to choose whether to receive a refund
or replacement vehicle.
California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b)
presumes that the manufacturer has had
a reasonable number of attempts to
conform the vehicle to its applicable
express warranties if, within the first 18
months of ownership of a new vehicle or
the first 18,000 mi (29,000 km), whichever
occurs first:
1. Two or more repair attempts are made
on the same non-conformity likely to
cause death or serious bodily injury OR
2. Four or more repair attempts are made
on the same nonconformity (a defect
or condition that substantially impairs
the use, value or safety of the vehicle)
OR
3. The vehicle is out of service for repair
of nonconformities for a total of more
than 30 calendar days (not necessarily
all at one time).
In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer
must also notify the manufacturer of the
need for the repair of the nonconformity
at the following address:
Ford Motor Company
16800 Executive Plaza Drive
Mail Drop 3NE-B
Dearborn, MI 48126
You are required to submit your warranty
dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting
in court any rights or remedies conferred
by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b).
You are also required to use BBB AUTO
LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies created by the Federal
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C.
sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies
not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss
Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.
THE BETTER BUSINESS
BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE
PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)
Your satisfaction is important to Ford
Motor Company and to your dealer. If a
warranty concern has not been resolved
using the three-step procedure outlined
earlier in this chapter in the Getting the
Services you need section, you may be
eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO
LINE program.
The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of
two parts – mediation and arbitration.
During mediation, a representative of the
BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor
Company to explore options for settlement
of the claim. If an agreement is not reached
during mediation or you do not want to
participate in mediation, and if your claim
is eligible, you may participate in the
141
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Customer Assistance
arbitration process. An arbitration hearing
will be scheduled so that you can present
your case in an informal setting before an
impartial person. The arbitrator will
consider the testimony provided and make
a decision after the hearing.
Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
program are usually decided within forty
days after you file your claim with the BBB.
You are not bound by the decision, and
may reject the decision and proceed to
court where all findings of the BBB Auto
Line dispute, and decision, are admissible
in the court action. Should you choose to
accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford
is then bound by the decision, and must
comply with the decision within 30 days
of receipt of your acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the
information provided below, please call or
write to request a program application.
You will be asked for your name and
address, general information about your
new vehicle, information about your
warranty concerns, and any steps you have
already taken to try to resolve them. A
Customer Claim Form will be mailed that
will need to be completed, signed and
returned to the BBB along with proof of
ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will
review the claim for eligibility under the
Program Summary Guidelines.
You can get more information by
calling BBB AUTO LINE at
1-800-955-5100, or writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE
3033 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600
Arlington, Virginia 22201
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be
requested by calling the Ford Motor
Company Customer Relationship Center
at 1-800-392-3673.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations, modify
procedures, or to discontinue this process
at any time without notice and without
obligation.
UTILIZING THE
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION
PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY)
For vehicles delivered to authorized
Canadian dealers. In those cases where
you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford
of Canada and the authorized dealer to
resolve a factory-related vehicle service
concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of
Canada participates in an impartial third
party mediation/arbitration program
administered by the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straight forward
and relatively speedy alternative to resolve
a disagreement when all other efforts to
produce a settlement have failed. This
procedure is without cost to you and is
designed to eliminate the need for lengthy
and expensive legal proceedings.
In the CAMVAP program, impartial
third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at
mutually convenient times and places in
an informal environment. These impartial
arbitrators review the positions of the
parties, make decisions and, when
appropriate, render awards to resolve
disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair,
and final as the arbitrator’s award is
binding on both you and Ford of Canada.
CAMVAP services are available in all
Canadian territories and provinces. For
more information, without charge or
obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial
Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685
or visit www.camvap.ca.
142
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Customer Assistance
GETTING ASSISTANCE
OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND
CANADA
Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign
country, contact the appropriate foreign
embassy or consulate. These officials can
inform you of local vehicle registration
regulations and where to find unleaded
fuel or petrol/gas engines or the proper
sulfur fuel for diesel engines.
If you cannot find the proper fuel
recommended for your vehicle, contact
our Customer Relationship Center.
The use of improper fuels in your vehicle
without proper conversion may damage
the effectiveness of your emission control
system and may cause engine knocking or
serious engine damage. Ford Motor
Company or Ford of Canada is not
responsible for any damage caused by use
of improper fuel. Using improper fuels may
also result in difficulty importing your
vehicle back into the United States.
If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region,
Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands
and/or Puerto Rico, Central America, the
Caribbean, and Israel and the Middle East,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact the corresponding Ford Customer
Assistance Center:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Customer Relationship Centers in:
E-mailFaxPhone
Customer Relation-
ship Center
apemcrc@ford.comN/AN/AAsia Pacific
expcac@ford.com-+1 313 594 4857
Caribbean and
Central America
menacac@ford.com971 4 3327 266
Ford
Middle East
80004443673
Lincoln
80004441067
UAE
80004441066
Saudi Arabia
8008443673
Mobily and Zain cell
phone users in Saudi
800850078
143
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Customer Assistance
E-mailFaxPhone
Customer Relation-
ship Center
prcac@ford.comN/A+1-800-841-3673
Puerto Rico and U.S.
Virgin Islands
ssacrc@ford.comN/A+1-313-594-4857Sub-Saharan Africa
infokr1@ford.com or
infokr@lincoln.com
N/A+82-02-1600-6003South Korea
If you buy your vehicle in North America
and then relocate to any of the above
locations, register your vehicle
identification number (VIN) and new
address with Ford Global Trade Services
by emailing, expcso@ford.com.
If you are in another foreign country,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. In
the event your inquiry is unresolved,
communicate your concern with the
dealership’s Sales Manager, Service
Manager or Customer Relations Manager.
If you require additional assistance or
clarification, please contact the respective
Customer Relationship Center as
previously listed.
Customers in the U.S. should call
1-800-392-3673.
ORDERING ADDITIONAL
OWNER'S LITERATURE
To order the publications in this portfolio,
contact the Ford GT Concierge at
1-800-210-5795.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)
E142557
If you believe that your vehicle has
a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Ford Motor Company.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Ford Motor
Company.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write
to:
Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue,
Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
144
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Customer Assistance
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(CANADA ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada and Ford of
Canada.
Transport Canada Contact Information
http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/reporting-defects-motor-
vehicles.html (English)
Website
http://www.tc.gc.ca/fra/securiteautomobile/signaler-defauts-vehicules-
automobiles.html (French)
Website
1–800–333–0510Phone
Ford of Canada Contact Information
www.ford.caWebsite
1–800–565-3673Phone
145
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Customer Assistance
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Front Power Distribution Box
WARNINGS
Always disconnect the battery before
servicing high current fuses.
To reduce risk of electrical shock,
always replace the cover to the
power distribution box before
reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid
reservoirs.
The front power distribution box is under
the front hood. See Under Hood
Overview (page 160). It has high-current
fuses that protect your vehicle's main
electrical systems from overloads. There
are also high-current fuses next to the front
power distribution box. If replacement of
these high-current fuses is required, see
an authorized dealer.
If you disconnect and reconnect the
battery, you will need to reset some
features. See Changing the 12V Battery
(page 168).
E235532
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Vehicle dynamics module relay.—1
Radiator fan 1 relay.—2
HVAC blower relay.—3
Wipers relay.—4
146
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Radiator fan 2 relay.—5
Horn relay.—6
Body control module.
50A
1
7
Shunt.—8
Vacuum pump.
40A
1
9
Wiper.
25A
1
10
Radiator fan 2.
40A
1
11
Body control module.
50A
1
12
Body control module.
60A
1
13
Radiator fan 1.
40A
1
14
HVAC Blower.
40A
1
15
Antilock brake system.
40A
1
16
Antilock brake system.
40A
1
17
Body control module.
30A
1
18
Vacuum pump relay.—19
Vehicle dynamics module.
5A
2
20
Left headlamp.
20A
2
21
Antilock brake system.
5A
2
22
Horn.
20A
2
23
147
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Electronic door system.
20A
2
24
Right headlamp.
20A
2
25
1
J-case low profile fuse.
2
Mini fuse.
Rear Power Distribution Box 1
The rear power distribution box is in the
engine compartment. See Under Hood
Overview (page 160). It has high-current
fuses that protect your vehicle's main
electrical systems from overloads. These
are in the right side of the engine
compartment behind an access door in the
engine surround panel. If replacement of
these high-current fuses is required, see
an authorized dealer.
If you disconnect and reconnect the
battery, you will need to reset some
features. See Changing the 12V Battery
(page 168).
E235533
148
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Vehicle power 3.
15A
1
1
Mass airflow.
5A
1
2
Engine control module.
10A
1
3
Transmission control module.
5A
1
4
Vehicle power 1.
20A
1
5
Keep alive power.
5A
1
6
Not used.—7
Rear video camera.
5A
1
8
Not used.—9
Alternator sense.
10A
1
10
Air conditioner.
10A
1
11
Damper.
10A
1
12
Vehicle power 4.
15A
1
13
Not used.—14
Battery backup sounder.
5A
1
15
Engine control module.
5A
1
16
Run/start.
Vehicle power 2.
20A
1
17
Injector.
15A
1
18
Fuel pump 1.
30A
2
19
Fuel pump 2.
30A
2
20
Transmission control module.
30A
2
21
149
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Starter.
30A
2
22
Charge air cooler fan.
30A
2
23
Shunt.—24
Charge air cooler fan relay.—25
Not used.—26
Fuel pump 1 relay.—27
AC clutch relay.—28
Starter relay.—29
Fuel injection relay.—30
Fuel pump 2 relay.—31
Engine control module relay.—32
1
Mini fuse.
2
J-case low profile fuse.
Rear Power Distribution Box 2
The rear power distribution box is in the
engine compartment. See Under Hood
Overview (page 160). It has high-current
fuses that protect your vehicle's main
electrical systems from overloads. These
are in the right side of the engine
compartment behind an access door in the
engine surround panel. If replacement of
these high-current fuses is required, see
an authorized dealer.
If you disconnect and reconnect the
battery, you will need to reset some
features. See Changing the 12V Battery
(page 168).
150
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuses
E270327
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Transmission gear fluid cooler fan relay.—1
Engine oil cooler fan relay.—2
Transmission clutch fluid cooler fan relay.—3
Not used.—4
Not used.—5
Not used.—6
Engine oil cooler fan.
20A
1
7
Transmission clutch fluid cooler fan.
30A
1
8
Transmission gear fluid cooler fan.
20A
1
9
Not used.—10
1
J-case low profile fuse.
Passenger Compartment Fuse
Panel
The fuse panel is in the passenger footwell
behind the toeboard panel.
151
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuses
E238973
To remove the toeboard panel, rotate each
of the four fasteners, and then pull the
toeboard panel toward you. Once you
remove this panel, you can access the fuse
panel. After replacing a fuse, reinstall the
toeboard panel and rotate the fasteners
back to their original position.
E145984
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Not used.—1
Not used (spare).
7.5A
1
2
Driver unlock relay.
20A
1
3
Double lock relay.
Not used (spare).
5A
1
4
152
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Not used (spare).
20A
1
5
Not used (spare).
10A
2
6
Not used (spare).
10A
2
7
Not used (spare).
10A
2
8
Brake on/off (BOO) switch.
10A
2
9
Push button start switch.
5A
2
10
Right and left exterior door locks and
handles.
5A
2
11
RF transceiver module (RTM).
7.5A
2
12
Steering column control module logic.
7.5A
2
13
Smart datalink connector logic.
Instrument cluster.
Extended power mode (EPM) module.
10A
2
14
Smart datalink connector (SDLC) power.
10A
2
15
Decklid release relay.
15A
1
16
Combined sensor module.
5A
2
17
Telematics control unit (TCU)- Modem.
5A
2
18
Not used (spare).
7.5A
2
19
Front damper controllers.
7.5A
2
20
Shift indicator module (HUD).
5A
2
21
Interior temperature sensor.
Extended power mode module.
5A
2
22
Right window switch illumination.
10A
1
23
Right door lock switch illumination.
Left door lock switch illumination.
153
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Power mirror/window switch (motor).
Right smart window motor (logic).
Left smart window motor (logic).
Central lock relay.
20A
1
24
Central unlock relay.
Left smart window motor.
30A
1
25
Right smart window motor.
30A
1
26
Not used (spare).
30A
1
27
Electronic steering column lock (relay
supply).
20A
1
28
Not used (spare).
30A
1
29
Not used (spare).
30A
1
30
Not used (spare).
15A
1
31
SYNC.
10A
1
32
Audio on/off switch.
Gear shift module (GSM).
HVAC ECU power.
Audio control module (ACM).
20A
1
33
Run-start relay (R12).
30A
1
34
Steering angle sensor (SSAM).
5A
1
35
Auxiliary power point.
15A
1
36
Battery junction box (BJB) F60, F62, F64,
F66, F65.
20A
1
37
Not used.—38
1
Micro 2 fuse.
2
Micro 3 fuse.
154
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuses
CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING
Always replace a fuse with one that
has the specified amperage rating.
Using a fuse with a higher amperage
rating can cause severe wire damage and
could start a fire.
E217331
If electrical components in the vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown
fuses are identified by a broken wire within
the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.
Fuse Types
E207206
Fuse TypeCallout
Micro 2A
Micro 3B
MaxiC
MiniD
155
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse TypeCallout
M CaseE
J CaseF
J Case Low ProfileG
156
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Fuses
GENERAL INFORMATION
Have your Ford GT serviced regularly to
help maintain its roadworthiness and
resale value. There is a network of Ford GT
service dealers that are certified to help
you with their professional servicing
expertise. We believe that their specially
trained technicians are best qualified to
service your vehicle properly and expertly.
They are supported by a range of highly
specialized tools developed specifically
for servicing the Ford GT.
If your vehicle requires professional service,
an authorized dealer can provide the
necessary parts and service. Check your
warranty information to find out which
parts and services are covered.
Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,
fluids and service parts conforming to
specifications. Motorcraft® parts are
designed and built to provide the best
performance in your vehicle.
Precautions
• Do not work on a hot engine.
• Make sure that nothing gets caught in
moving parts.
• Do not work on a vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed space,
unless you are sure you have enough
ventilation.
• Keep all open flames and other burning
material (such as cigarettes) away
from the battery and all fuel related
parts.
Working with the Engine Off
1. Set the parking brake and shift to park
(P).
2. Switch off the engine.
3. Block the wheels.
Working with the Engine On
WARNING
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage
and personal burn injuries, do not
start your engine with the air cleaner
removed and do not remove it while the
engine is running.
1. Set the parking brake and shift to park
(P).
2. Block the wheels.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
Opening the Front Hood
E229939
157
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
1. Inside the vehicle, pull the hood release
handle located on the left side panel
left of the pedals.
2. Slightly lift the hood.
E233210
3. Release the hood latch by pulling up
on the secondary release lever.
E233828
4. Open the hood and support it with the
prop rod.
Closing the Front Hood
1. Remove the hood prop rod from the
under hood slot and securely place it
back in its holder.
2. Lower the hood and lightly press down
until closed.
Note: If you do not close the front hood
correctly, an indicator lamp displays in the
instrument cluster. See Warning Lamps
and Indicators (page 65).
Opening the Rear Hatch
Production Model
You can open the rear hatch by three
different methods:
• A button on your remote control. See
Remote Control (page 41).
• In the case of a dead battery or other
electrical concerns, use the key blade
in your remote control. See Remote
Control (page 41).
E268917
A button on the lighting control
switch.
After you release the rear hatch latch, lift
the rear hatch into the open position.
A hydraulic cylinder holds the rear hatch
open.
Competition Model
Use the following procedure to open the
rear hatch on your competition model GT.
1. Unlock rear hatch using your key.
158
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
E251577
2. Push the button to release the handle.
E251578
3. Pull the handle up until you feel a click.
4. Push down on the hatch until you feel
a click.
E251630
5. Lift the hatch and remove the
two-piece prop rod from the storage
area.
E251629
6. Assemble the prop rod and use it to
prop open rear hatch.
Closing the Rear Hatch
Production Model
1. Pull down the rear hatch.
2. Lightly press the hatch into position so
the latch fully engages.
Competition Model
1. Lift hatch to remove prop rod.
2. Disassemble prop rod and place in
storage area.
3. Lower rear hatch all the way down and
press till it clicks.
4. Re-engage the latch fully and re-lock
it.
159
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW
E270336
Negative jump start post. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 137).A.
Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 166).B.
Cabin air filter access door. See Cabin Air Filter (page 85).C.
Washer fluid reservoir. See Windshield Washers (page 57).D.
Front hood sensor. See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 65).E.
Hydraulic fluid reservoir for power steering, active aero and active suspension.
See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 167).
F.
Positive jump start post. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 137).G.
Front power distribution box. See Fuse Specification Chart (page 146).H.
Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 162).I.
Rear power distribution box 2. See Fuse Specification Chart (page 146).J.
Rear power distribution box 1. See Fuse Specification Chart (page 146).K.
Oil cap, reservoir and dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 161).L.
160
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK
E230019
MINA
MAXB
ENGINE OIL CHECK
Note: Use a thick cloth to protect your hand
when removing the oil tank cap and dipstick.
To check the engine oil level consistently
and accurately, do the following:
1. Make sure the parking brake is on. Make
sure the transmission is in park (P) or
neutral (N).
2. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature (Coolant
temperature of 190°F (87.7°C) or
higher).
3. Turn the engine off and wait two to
three minutes.
4. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
5. Open the rear hatch. See Opening
and Closing the Hood (page 157).
6. Unscrew the oil tank cap to remove the
dipstick and wipe it with a clean,
lint-free cloth. See Under Hood
Overview (page 160).
7. Replace the cap and dipstick and
remove it again to check the oil level.
See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 161).
8. Make sure that the oil level is between
the minimum and the maximum marks.
If the oil level is at the minimum mark,
add oil immediately. See Capacities
and Specifications (page 204).
9. If the oil level is correct, replace the cap
and dipstick and make sure it is fully
tightened.
Note: Do not remove the dipstick when the
engine is running.
Note: If the oil level is between the
maximum and minimum marks, the oil level
is acceptable. Do not add oil.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
3,000 mi (5,000 km).
Note: High performance vehicles tend to
be driven in such a way the engine
experiences high speed and high load. As a
result, some oil consumption could occur
between oil changes. We recommend that
you check the oil level on a regular basis.
Adding Engine Oil
WARNINGS
Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is running.
Do not add engine oil when the
engine is hot. Hot engine oil can burn
you badly.
Note: Use a thick cloth to protect your hand
when removing the oil tank cap and dipstick.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
To top up the engine oil level do the
following:
161
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
1. Unscrew the oil tank cap.
2. Add engine oil by pouring oil that meets
Ford specifications into the oil tank.
See Capacities and Specifications
(page 204). You may have to use a
funnel to pour the engine oil into the
opening.
3. Recheck the oil level.
4. If the oil level is correct, replace the cap
and the dipstick and make sure it is
fully tightened.
Note: Do not add oil further than the
maximum mark. Oil levels above the
maximum mark may cause engine damage.
Note: Make sure you install the oil tank cap
and dipstick correctly.
Note: Soak up any spillage with an
absorbent cloth immediately.
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNINGS
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the engine is running or
hot.
Do not put coolant in the windshield
washer reservoir. If sprayed on the
windshield, coolant could make it
difficult to see through the windshield.
To reduce the risk of personal injury,
make sure the engine is cool before
unscrewing the coolant pressure
relief cap. The cooling system is under
pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come
out forcefully when you loosen the cap
slightly.
Do not add coolant further than the
MAX mark.
Check the concentration and level of the
coolant only when the engine is cold at the
intervals listed in the scheduled
maintenance information. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 274).
Note: Make sure that the coolant level is
between the MIN and MAXmarks on the
coolant reservoir when the engine is cold.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
The coolant reservoir is behind an access
panel on the left side of the of the engine
compartment. The cold MIN / MAX are
located on the front inboard corner of the
coolant reservoir. MAX is located just
below where the black top meets the
translucent reservoir lower. MIN is located
3/4 inch (20 mm) below the black top.
E244128
Maintain coolant concentration within
48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze
point between -30°F (-34°C) and -34°F
(-37°C). Coolant concentration should be
checked using a refractometer. We do not
recommend the use of hydrometers or
coolant test strips for measuring coolant
concentration.
Adding Coolant
WARNING
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the engine is running or
hot.
162
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
Note: Automotive fluids are not
interchangeable. Do not use coolant or
windshield washer fluid outside of its
specified function and vehicle location.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants or additives as they can
cause damage to the engine cooling or
heating systems. Resulting component
damage may not be covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
It is very important to use prediluted
coolant meeting the correct specification
in order to avoid plugging the small
passageways in the engine cooling system.
See Capacities and Specifications
(page 204). Do not mix different colors or
types of coolant in your vehicle. Mixing of
engine coolants or using an incorrect
coolant may harm the engine or cooling
system components and may not be
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and
models may not meet Ford specifications
and may cause damage to the cooling
system. Resulting component damage may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately. Only check the coolant level
or add coolant when the system is cold.
To top up the coolant level do the
following:
1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure
escapes as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add prediluted coolant meeting the
correct specification. See Capacities
and Specifications (page 204).
3. Add enough prediluted coolant to
reach the correct level.
4. Replace the coolant reservoir cap, turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
5. Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir the next few times you drive
your vehicle. If necessary, add enough
prediluted engine coolant to bring the
coolant level to the correct level.
If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of
engine coolant per month, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Operating an engine with a low level of
coolant can result in engine overheating
and possible engine damage.
Note: During normal vehicle operation, the
coolant may change color from orange to
pink or light red. As long as the coolant is
clear and uncontaminated, this color change
does not indicate the coolant has degraded
nor does it require the coolant to be drained,
the system to be flushed, or the coolant to
be replaced.
Note: In case of emergency, you can add a
large amount of water without coolant in
order to reach a vehicle service location.
Water alone, without coolant, can cause
engine damage from corrosion, overheating
or freezing.
Do not use the following as a coolant
substitute:
• Alcohol.
• Methanol.
• Brine.
• Any coolant mixed with alcohol or
methanol antifreeze.
Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine
damage from overheating or freezing.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to
the coolant. These can be harmful and
compromise the corrosion protection of
the coolant.
Recycled Coolant
We do not recommend the use of recycled
coolant as an approved recycling process
is not yet available.
163
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
Dispose of used engine coolant in an
appropriate manner. Follow your
community’s regulations and standards
for recycling and disposing of automotive
fluids.
Severe Climates
If you drive in extremely cold climates:
• It may be necessary to increase the
coolant concentration above 50%.
• A coolant concentration of 60%
provides improved freeze point
protection. Coolant concentrations
above 60% decrease the overheat
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.
If you drive in extremely hot climates:
• It may be necessary to decrease the
coolant concentration to 40%.
• A coolant concentration of 40%
provides improved overheat protection.
Coolant concentrations below 40%
decrease the freeze and corrosion
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.
Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme
climates should use prediluted coolant for
optimum cooling system and engine
protection.
Coolant Change
At specific mileage intervals, as listed in
the scheduled maintenance information,
the coolant should be changed. Add
prediluted coolant meeting the correct
specification. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 204).
Fail-Safe Cooling
Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily
drive your vehicle before any incremental
component damage occurs. The fail-safe
distance depends on ambient
temperature, vehicle load and terrain.
How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
If the engine begins to overheat, the
coolant temperature gauge moves toward
the red zone:
A warning lamp illuminates and
a message may appear in the
information display.
If the engine reaches a preset
over-temperature condition, the engine
automatically switches to alternating
cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder
acts as an air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle still
operates, however:
• Engine power is limited.
• The air conditioning system turns off.
Continued operation increases the engine
temperature, causing the engine to
completely shut down. Your steering and
braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you
can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible to minimize
engine damage.
When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated
WARNINGS
Fail-safe mode is for use during
emergencies only. Operate your
vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long
as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest
in a safe location and seek immediate
repairs. When in fail-safe mode, your
164
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
WARNINGS
vehicle will have limited power, will not be
able to maintain high-speed operation, and
may completely shut down without
warning, potentially losing engine power,
power steering assist, and power brake
assist, which may increase the possibility
of a crash resulting in serious injury.
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the engine is running or
hot.
Your vehicle has limited engine power
when in the fail-safe mode, drive your
vehicle with caution. Your vehicle does not
maintain high-speed operation and the
engine may operate poorly.
Remember that the engine is capable of
automatically shutting down to prevent
engine damage. In this situation:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and switch the engine off.
2. Contact the Ford GT Concierge to
obtain assistance. See About This
Manual (page 5).
3. If this is not possible, wait a short
period for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant
level is at or below the minimum mark,
add prediluted coolant immediately.
5. When the engine temperature cools,
you can re-start the engine. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible to
minimize engine damage.
Note: Driving your vehicle without repair
increases the chance of engine damage.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management
WARNING
To reduce the risk of crash and injury,
be prepared that the vehicle speed
may reduce and the vehicle may not
be able to accelerate with full power until
the coolant temperature reduces.
At this time, you may notice the coolant
temperature gauge moves toward the red
zone and a message may appear in the
information display.
You may notice a reduction in vehicle
speed caused by reduced engine power in
order to manage the engine coolant
temperature. Your vehicle may enter this
mode if certain high-temperature and
high-load conditions take place. The
amount of speed reduction depends on
vehicle loading, grade and ambient
temperature. If this occurs, there is no need
to pull off the road. You can continue to
drive your vehicle.
The air conditioning may automatically
turn on and off during severe operating
conditions to protect the engine from
overheating. When the coolant
temperature decreases to the normal
operating temperature, the air conditioning
turns on.
If the coolant temperature gauge moves
fully into the red zone, or if the coolant
temperature warning or service engine
soon messages appear in your information
display, do the following:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and shift the transmission into
park (P).
165
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
2. Leave the engine running until the
coolant temperature gauge needle
returns to the normal position. After
several minutes, if the temperature
does not drop, follow the remaining
steps.
3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to
cool. Check the coolant level.
4. If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
5. If the coolant level is normal, restart
the engine and continue.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID CHECK
If required, have an authorized dealer check
and change the transmission fluid at the
correct service interval. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 274).
The automatic transmission does not have
a transmission fluid dipstick.
Refer to your scheduled maintenance
information for scheduled intervals for fluid
checks and changes. Your transmission
does not consume fluid. However, if the
transmission slips, shifts slowly or if you
notice a sign of leaking fluid, contact an
authorized dealer.
Do not use supplemental transmission
fluid additives, treatments or cleaning
agents. The use of these materials may
affect transmission operation and result
in damage to internal transmission
components.
BRAKE FLUID CHECK
WARNINGS
Do not use any fluid other than the
recommended brake fluid as this will
reduce brake efficiency. Use of
incorrect fluid could result in the loss of
vehicle control, serious personal injury or
death.
Only use brake fluid from a sealed
container. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this
warning could result in the loss of vehicle
control, serious personal injury or death.
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the
affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your physician.
A fluid level between the MAX and
MIN lines is within the normal
operating range and there is no need
to add fluid. A fluid level not in the normal
operating range could compromise the
performance of the system. Have your
vehicle checked immediately.
E244129
166
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir
cap must remain in place and fully tight,
unless you are adding fluid.
Only use fluid that meets Ford
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 204).
POWER STEERING FLUID
CHECK
The hydraulic fluid reservoir is under the
hood. The fluid is used for power steering,
active aerodynamics and the active
hydraulic suspension. Keep the fluid level
between MIN and MAX marks as shown
on the reservoir.
E248557
Note: This procedure must be followed to
prevent over filling of the reservoir.
1. Start the engine and make sure that
the steering wheel is at the straight
ahead position. Do not move the
steering wheel after this time.
2. Allow the engine to idle in Park for 2
minutes then shut the engine off.
3. After the engine has been off for 5
minutes, check the hydraulic fluid level
in the reservoir.
4. The MIN / MAX marks are on the front
face of the reservoir. If the level is
above the MIN line on the reservoir DO
NOT add fluid.
5. If the level is below the MIN line, add
only enough fluid to bring the level to
a point between the MIN and MAX
lines.
6. DO NOT add fluid past the MAX line.
WASHER FLUID CHECK
WARNING
If you operate your vehicle in
temperatures below 40°F (5°C), use
washer fluid with antifreeze
protection. Failure to use washer fluid with
antifreeze protection in cold weather could
result in impaired windshield vision and
increase the risk of injury or accident.
Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is
low. Only use a washer fluid that meets
Ford specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 204).
State or local regulations on volatile
organic compounds may restrict the use
of methanol, a common windshield washer
antifreeze additive. Washer fluids
containing non-methanol antifreeze
agents should be used only if they provide
cold weather protection without damaging
the vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades or
washer system.
FUEL FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime
fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel
tank. Regular maintenance or replacement
is not needed.
167
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds. Wash hands after
handling.
The Ford GT uses a lithium Ion battery.
The battery is located inside the right front
fender. For battery maintenance or
replacement, contact an authorized dealer.
When a battery replacement is required,
you must use a recommended
replacement battery that matches the
electrical requirements of the vehicle.
Note: If you add electrical accessories or
components to the vehicle, it may adversely
affect the low voltage battery performance
and durability. This may also affect the
performance of other electrical systems in
the vehicle.
Because your vehicle’s engine is
electronically controlled by a computer,
some control conditions are maintained
by power from the battery. When the
battery is disconnected or a new battery
is installed, the engine must relearn its idle
and fuel trim strategy for optimum
driveability and performance.
To restore the settings, do the following:
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
3. Switch off all accessories.
4. Press the brake pedal and start your
vehicle.
5. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature. While the
engine is warming up, complete the
following: Reset the clock. See Audio
System (page 212). Reset the radio
station presets. See Audio System
(page 212).
6. Allow the engine to idle for at least one
minute.
7. Drive the vehicle at least 10 mi (16 km)
to completely relearn the idle trim and
fuel trim strategy.
Note: If you do not allow the engine to
relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy, the
idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely
affected until the engine computer
eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel
trim strategy.
Make sure that you dispose of old batteries
in an environmentally friendly way. Seek
advice from your local authority about
recycling old batteries.
Battery Charger and Maintainer
If you plan to have your GT parked for more
than two weeks without driving it, connect
the battery charger and maintainer
provided. This charger connects simply to
the jump start(+) and (-) posts as shown
in the illustration below.
168
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
E235907
1. Connect the positive (+) red cable to
the positive (B) post.
2. Connect the negative (-) black cable
to the negative (A) post.
The battery charger and maintainer
charges the battery to a full charge and
then monitor the charge as the car sits. If
the battery charge level drops, the
maintainer turns on to keep the battery
fully charged. You can keep the car stored
with the charger and maintainer attached.
For further information on the charger, see
the instructions provided with the charger.
Note: If the battery state of charge has
dropped below 10.5 volts, the battery will
have gone into its under voltage protection
mode. If this has occurred, connect the
charger and press the reset button on the
charger for 10 seconds. this will wake up the
battery to allow it to receive a charge.
Note: The GT battery charger and
maintainer is designed for the Lithium
battery used on Ford GT. Use only this
device. A charger designed for a lead acid
battery may damage the lithium battery in
your GT.
Battery Management System (If
Equipped)
The battery management system monitors
battery conditions and takes actions to
extend battery life. If excessive battery
drain is detected, the system temporarily
disables the electrical systems to protect
the battery.
Use the charger to bring the battery back
to full charge.
Electrical Accessory Installation
Note: If you add electrical accessories or
components to the vehicle, it may adversely
affect battery performance and durability.
This may also affect the performance of
other electrical systems in the vehicle.
CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES
E142463
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.
CHANGING THE WIPER
BLADES
Replacement blades are available at your
Ford dealer.
169
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
E233208
Note: To avoid damaging the windshield,
lift the wiper blade a few inches off the
glass and place a cloth on the windshield
under the blade.
Note: Manually move the wiper blades to
the midway position.
Note: The windshield wiper blades are
different in length. The longer blade is on
the driver's side.
1. Disconnect the washer pipe from the
wiper arm.
2. Press the release button on the top of
the wiper arm where the blade
assembly attaches to the arm.
3. Pull the blade assembly away from the
arm, while rocking it from side to side
to help release it.
4. Keep the cloth in place to avoid the
arm from hitting the windshield glass.
5. Install the new blade assembly and
reconnect the washer pipe.
6. When complete, switch on the wipers
and they will cycle back to the park
position when you switch them off.
Replace wiper blades at least once per
year for optimum performance.
ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Headlamp Aim Target
E142592
8 ft (2.4 m).A
Center height of lamp to ground.B
25 ft (7.6 m).C
Horizontal reference line.D
Vertical Aim Adjustment
1. Park your vehicle on a level surface
approximately 25 ft (7.6 m) away from
a vertical wall or screen.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Measure the height from the center of
the headlamp to the ground.
Note: There may be an identifying mark on
the lens to help you locate the center of the
headlamp bulb.
4. Mark a horizontal reference line on the
vertical wall or screen that is a
minimum of 8 ft (2.4 m) long.
5. Switch the low beam headlamps on.
170
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
E209825
6. There is a distinct change from light to
dark in the left-hand portion of the
headlamp beam pattern. Position the
top edge of this cut-off 2 in (5 cm)
below the horizontal reference line.
E250917
7. Locate and remove the plug in the front
of the wheel liner. Place wheels in the
straight ahead position. Use a ½ inch
socket wrench to adjust vertical
alignment (A).
Note: To see a clearer light pattern while
adjusting one headlamp, block the light
from the other headlamp.
8. Switch the low beam headlamps off.
CHANGING A BULB
LED Lamps
All exterior and interior lamps on the GT
are LED.
These lamps operate at a high voltage.
Contact an authorized dealer if they fail.
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER
Please see an authorized dealer.
171
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION
Your authorized dealer has many quality
products available to clean your vehicle
and protect its finishes.
CLEANING PRODUCTS
Materials
For best results, use the following products
or products of equivalent quality:
SpecificationName
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover, ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M5B194-BMotorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner, ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P4-AMotorcraft® Detail Wash, ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P3-AMotorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser, ZC-20 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo, CXC-66-A (Canada)
WSS-M99P43-BMotorcraft® Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner, ZC-56 (U.S. &
Canada)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner, CXC-101 (Canada)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with
Bitterant, ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid, CXC-37-
A/B/D/F (Canada)
Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner,
ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner, CXC-100 (Canada)
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover, ZC-14 (U.S.)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner, ZC-23 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner, ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada)
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Note: Never drive your vehicle through an
automated, commercial car wash due to
the vehicle's low ground clearance. Always
wash your vehicle by hand. Never use a
power washer or high pressure wand to
clean your vehicle.
Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents
can damage painted surfaces. If these
substances come in contact with your
vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as
possible.
Note: Use a separate wash mitt and soap
bucket to clean the wheels to prevent brake
dust from scratching the paint finish.
172
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Vehicle Care
Note: Do not spray cleaning products on
the brake discs. Any resulting damage is not
covered by your vehicle warranty.
Note: Always follow the instructions
included in this manual when cleaning your
vehicle and do not use abrasive cleaning
products.
Standard Paint Finish
If your vehicle has a matte paint finish, see
Matte Paint Finish in this chapter.
Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or
lukewarm water and a neutral pH
shampoo, we recommend Motorcraft®™
Detail Wash.
• Never use strong household detergents
or soap, for example dish washing or
laundry liquid. These products can
discolor and spot painted surfaces.
• Never wash your vehicle when it is hot
to the touch, or during strong or direct
sunlight.
• Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft
terry cloth towel to eliminate water
spotting.
• Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird
droppings, insect deposits and road tar.
These may cause damage to your
vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time.
We recommend Motorcraft® Bug and
Tar Remover.
Matte Paint Finish (If Equipped)
Prepare the following before washing your
vehicle:
• Use a no shine, matte car wash soap
that does not contain fillers or silicone.
• Use high quality, soft lamb's wool mitts
and wash each mitt thoroughly after
each car wash.
• Wash your vehicle's painted surfaces
in the shade with two buckets of water,
one for soap and the other for clean
water.
• Add a plastic grit guard to the bottom
of the soap bucket so that dirt settles
at the bottom of the bucket and does
not contaminate the wash mitt.
To wash your vehicle:
1. Rinse your vehicle to remove as much
dirt and debris as possible.
2. Wet the wash mitt in the soap bucket
and apply the soapy water to your
vehicle in a gentle back-and-forth
motion.
Note: Do not rub the wash mitt in circles or
rub the paint surface aggressively. Rubbing
too hard in circles leaves permanent swirl
marks in the paint finish.
3. Rinse the wash mitt in clean water
before inserting the mitt back into the
soap bucket to prevent dirt from
contaminating the soapy water.
4. Rinse the vehicle with clean water and
dry it with a clean, damp cloth.
Note: Do not use automotive waxes, detail
sprays or abrasive polishes or glazes on your
vehicle. Improper use of cleaning products
can cause damage to your vehicle not
covered by your vehicle warranty.
Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird
droppings, insect deposits and road tar.
Use a wet microfiber towel and an
alcohol-based window cleaner, a matte
paint finish cleaner or a 50/50 mix of
alcohol and deionized water.
Note: Always soak a microfiber towel or
wash mitt with water before cleaning. Using
a dry towel or mitt on a matte paint finish
creates a permanent glossy spot in the paint
finish.
173
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Vehicle Care
Raising the Rear Wing
For routine cleaning, raise the wing.
Using the information display select the
following:
1. Rear wing deployment.
2. Select Raised.
After you have cleaned your vehicle, to
return the wing to the lowered position you
must drive the car at 15 mph (25 km/h) or
above. The wing will return to the lowered
position.
Note: You cannot lower the wing when your
vehicle is stationary.
Exterior Plastic Parts
For routine cleaning we recommend
Motorcraft® Detail Wash. If tar or grease
spots are present, we recommend
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover.
Under Hood
For removing black rubber marks from
under the hood we recommend
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner or
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover.
WAXING
Note: If your vehicle has a matte paint
finish, do not wax your vehicle.
Regular waxing is necessary to protect your
car's paint from the elements. We
recommend that you wash and wax the
painted surface once or twice a year.
When washing and waxing, park your
vehicle in a shaded area out of direct
sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before
applying wax.
• Use a quality wax that does not contain
abrasives.
• Follow the manufacturer’s instructions
to apply and remove the wax.
• Apply a small amount of wax in a
back-and-forth motion, not in circles.
• Do not allow wax to come in contact
with any non-body (low-gloss black)
colored trim. The wax will discolor or
stain the parts over time.
• Do not apply wax to glass areas.
• After waxing, your car's paint should
feel smooth, and be free of streaks and
smudges.
CLEANING THE ENGINE
Engines are more efficient when they are
clean because grease and dirt buildup keep
the engine warmer than normal.
When washing:
• Do not spray a hot engine with cold
water to avoid cracking the engine
block or other engine components.
• Spray Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo
and Degreaser on all parts that require
cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Engine
Shampoo.
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it
is hot or running; water in the running
engine may cause internal damage.
• Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
spark plug wire or spark plug well, or
the area in and around these locations.
• Never spray water on electrical
components such as modules,
connectors and fuse boxes. Cover all
electrical components before cleaning
to prevent water damage.
174
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND
WIPER BLADES
Dirty windshield and wipers will result in
poor windshield wiper operation. Keep the
windshield and wiper blades clean to
maintain windshield wiper performance.
To clean exterior glass surfaces and wiper
blades:
• Clean the exterior surface of the
windshield with a non-abrasive glass
cleaner.
• For windshields contaminated with
tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean
the outside surface of the windshield
with Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
• Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl
rubbing alcohol or windshield washer
concentrate.
The interior glass surface of the windshield
and engine cover glass, and both the inner
and outer surface of the bulkhead glass,
have a laminate coating that requires
special care.
To clean interior glass surfaces:
• When cleaning the inside of the
windshield, avoid getting any glass
cleaner on the instrument panel or door
panels. Wipe any excess cleaner off
these surfaces immediately.
• Use a microfiber towel and plain water,
or a mixture of one-half water and
one-half white vinegar, to clean the
interior glass surfaces.
Note: Never use alcohol or ammonia based
cleaners, aerosol sprays or abrasive
compounds to clean the interior glass
surfaces of your vehicle. Using improper
cleaning products can cause damage to
your vehicle.
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
WARNING
Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach
or dye on the vehicle's seatbelts, as
these actions may weaken the belt
webbing.
Clean safety belts with water applied with
a soft sponge. Let them dry naturally, away
from artificial heat.
Wipe carbon fiber surfaces with a clean,
damp and soft cloth to remove dust. Then
use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these
areas.
Cleaning Alcantara Microfiber
Cloth
Note: Some models have Alcantara
microfiber cloth fabric on the seats,
headliner, instrument panel and door panels.
Use a soft brush, a clean, dry cloth or
vacuum cleaner to remove dust and loose
dirt from Alcantara cloth surfaces. Gently
wipe the cloth surfaces with a clean, damp
cotton cloth.
Note: Alcantara microfiber cloth fabric are
made of polyester microfiber with
micro-porous polyurethane. Using
commercially available fabric cleaners can
cause permanent damage.
Note: Do not use commercially available
leather and vinyl cleaning products on
Alcantara cloth fabric.
Depending on the type of stain, use water,
lemon juice or pure ethyl alcohol when
cleaning. For cleaning Alcantara microfiber
cloth, refer to the following chart:
175
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Vehicle Care
Cleaning ProcedureType of Stain
Use lukewarm water and rinse by dabbing
with clean water.
Fruit juice, jam, jelly, syrup or ketchup.
Use cold water and rinse by dabbing with
clean water. Avoid warm water because it
makes these substances coagulate.
Blood, egg, excrement or urine.
Use lukewarm water. If the color remains,
treat with lemon juice and then rinse.
Liquor, alcoholic beverages, wine, beer, cola
and tea.
Use lukewarm water and rinse by dabbing
with clean water.
Indelible pencil, cocoa, chocolate, pastry
with cream or chocolate, ice cream or
mustard.
Use lemon juice, wipe with lukewarm water
and rinse by dabbing with clean water.
Vinegar, hair gel, tomato sauce or coffee
with sugar.
Use ethyl alcohol, then dab with water.Dye transfer and all other stains.
CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL AND INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER LENS
WARNING
Do not use chemical solvents or
strong detergents when cleaning the
steering wheel or instrument panel
to avoid contamination of the airbag
system.
Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
interior trim surfaces. See Cleaning Leather
Seats (page 176).
Note: If your vehicle has Alcantara or Miko
microfiber cloth trim, follow the cleaning
instructions in this chapter. See Cleaning
the Interior (page 175).
Clean the carbon fiber portions of the
instrument panel and cluster lens with a
clean, damp and soft cloth, then use a
clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these areas.
• Do not use any household cleaning
products or glass cleaners as these
may damage the finish of the
instrument panel, interior trim and
cluster lens.
• Wash or wipe your hands clean if you
have been in contact with certain
products such as insect repellent and
suntan lotion to avoid possible damage
to the interior painted surfaces.
• Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces.
If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately.
Your warranty may not cover these
damages.
CLEANING LEATHER SEATS (If
Equipped)
If your vehicle has Alcantara or Miko
microfiber cloth trim, follow the cleaning
instructions in this chapter. See Cleaning
the Interior (page 175).
176
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Vehicle Care
Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
interior trim surfaces.
For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with
a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a clean,
soft cloth.
For cleaning and removing stains such as
dye transfer, use Motorcraft™ Premium
Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a
commercially available leather cleaning
product for automotive interiors.
Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on
an inconspicuous area.
You should:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Clean and treat spills and stains as
soon as possible.
Do not use the following products as these
may damage the leather:
• Oil and petroleum or silicone-based
leather conditioners.
• Household cleaners.
• Alcohol solutions.
• Solvents or cleaners intended
specifically for rubber, vinyl and
plastics.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
See your authorized dealer to obtain
touch-up paint for the exterior color of your
vehicle. The color code is included on the
Safety Compliance Certification label on
the driver's door-latch post. Follow the
instructions on the paint bottle.
CLEANING THE WHEELS
This information applies to alloy and
carbon fiber wheels.
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
warm or hot wheels.
Note: Do not drive your vehicle through an
automated, commercial car wash.
Automated car washes can damage your
vehicle.
Note: Do not use industrial-strength or
heavy-duty cleaners in combination with
brush agitation to remove brake dust and
dirt.
Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based
or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel
wool, fuels or strong household detergents.
Note: Do not spray wheel cleaning products
on any part of the braking system. Use a
mild soap and water solution only.
Alloy and carbon fiber wheels are coated
with a paint finish. To maintain their
condition we recommend that you:
• Clean the wheels weekly using
Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner or
a gentle soap solution. Apply to the
wheel only using manufacturer's
instructions.
• Use a soft sponge to remove deposits
of dirt and brake dust accumulation.
• Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream
of water when you have completed the
cleaning process.
• To remove tar and grease, use
Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
177
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Vehicle Care
VEHICLE STORAGE
At Ford, we fully understand that many
Ford Performance vehicles will see only
occasional operation and that many of the
vehicles, especially in northern climates,
may be stored for an extended period
during the winter months. If you plan on
storing your vehicle for 30 days or more,
read the following maintenance
recommendations to make sure your
vehicle stays in good operating condition.
We engineer and test all motor vehicles
and their components for reliable, regular
driving. Under various conditions,
long-term storage may lead to degraded
engine performance or failure unless you
use specific precautions to preserve engine
components.
General
Note: Do not park your vehicle in facilities
that use parking platforms or elevators that
lift your vehicle. The vehicle Warranty may
not cover damage caused to your vehicle as
a result of using this type of equipment.
• Store all vehicles inside a garage or
building in a dry, ventilated place.
• Protect from sunlight, if possible. Use
a soft, breathable vehicle cover.
Body
• Wash your vehicle thoroughly to
remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from
exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing
and the underside of front fenders.
• Lubricate all hood, door and luggage
compartment hinges and latches with
a light grade oil.
• Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
• Keep all rubber parts free from oil and
solvents.
Engine
• Change the engine oil and filter prior to
storage because used engine oil
contains contaminates which may
cause engine damage.
• Start the engine every 15 days for a
minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast
idle with the climate controls set to
defrost until the engine reaches normal
operating temperature.
• With your foot on the brake, shift
through all the gears while the engine
is running.
• If your vehicle is stored for more than
a few months, we recommend that you
change the engine oil before you use
your vehicle again.
Fuel system
• Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
until the first automatic shutoff of the
fuel pump nozzle and add
commercially available fuel stabilizer.
Run the engine for a minimum of one
minute to ensure that treated fuel has
circulated through the system.
Cooling system
• Protect against freezing temperatures.
• When removing your vehicle from
storage, check coolant fluid level.
Confirm that there are no cooling
system leaks and that fluid is at the
recommended level.
Battery
• Connect your vehicle to the battery
charger/maintainer provided with your
vehicle whenever you store your vehicle
for more than 2 weeks.
• Connect the wires as shown in the
illustration. See Changing the 12V
Battery (page 168).
178
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Vehicle Care
Brakes
• Make sure the brakes and parking brake
release fully.
Tires
• To minimize flat spots on the tires,
inflate all four tires to the
recommended cold pressures listed on
the Safety Compliance Certification
label or Tire Label. When the vehicle is
taken out of storage, reset the tire
pressures as necessary to the
recommended levels listed on the
Safety Compliance Certification label
or Tire Label affixed to your vehicle.
Note: If you store your vehicle in a location
with low ambient temperatures, follow the
instructions for care of summer tires. See
Using Summer Tires (page 198).
Miscellaneous
• Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m)
every 15 days to lubricate working parts
and prevent flat spots in the tires.
Removing Vehicle From Storage
When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt
or grease film build-up on window
surfaces.
• Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
• Check under the hood and engine cover
for any foreign material that may have
collected during storage such as mice
or squirrel nests.
• Check the exhaust for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage.
• Check tire pressures and set tire
inflation per the Tire Label.
• Check brake pedal operation. Drive
your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and
forth with the brake lightly applied.
• Check fluid levels (including coolant,
oil and gas) to make sure there are no
leaks, and fluids are at recommended
levels.
See an authorized dealer if you have any
concerns or issues.
179
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Vehicle Care
TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR
KIT
E244127
The kit is located in the storage
compartment under the rear hatch,
forward of the rear wing. The kit consists
of an air compressor to re-inflate the tire
and a canister of sealing compound that
will effectively seal most punctures caused
by nails or similar objects. This kit provides
a temporary tire repair, allowing you to
drive your vehicle up to 120 mi (200 km)
at a maximum speed of 50 mph (80 km/h)
to reach a tire service location.
Note: The temporary mobility kit contains
enough sealant compound in the canister
for one tire repair only. See an authorized
Ford dealer for replacement sealant
canisters.
E175977
Air compressor (inside).A
Selector switch.B
On and off button.C
Air pressure gauge.D
Sealant bottle and canister.E
Dual purpose hose: air and
repair.
F
Tire valve connector.G
Accessory power plug.H
Casing/housing.I
Bike/raft/sports ball adapters.J
180
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
General Information
WARNING
Failure to follow these guidelines
could result in an increased risk of
loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
Note: Do not use the kit if you have severely
damaged a tire. Only seal punctures located
within the tire tread with the kit.
Do not attempt to repair punctures larger
than ¼ inch (6 millimeters) or damage to
the tire's sidewall. The tire may not
completely seal.
Loss of air pressure may adversely affect
tire performance. For this reason:
Note: Do not drive the vehicle above
50 mph (80 km/h).
Note: Do not drive further than 120 mi
(200 km). Drive only to the closest
authorized Ford dealer or tire repair shop to
have your tire inspected.
• Drive carefully and avoid abrupt
steering maneuvers.
• Periodically monitor tire inflation
pressure in the affected tire; if the tire
is losing pressure, have the vehicle
towed on a flat bed.
• Read the information in the Tips for
Use of the Kit section to make sure safe
operation of the kit and your vehicle.
Tips for Use of the Kit
To ensure safe operation of the kit:
• Read all instructions and cautions fully.
• Before operating the kit, make sure
your vehicle is safely off the road and
away from moving traffic. Switch on
the hazard lights.
• Always set the parking brake to ensure
the vehicle does not move
unexpectedly.
• Do not remove any foreign objects,
such as nails or screws, from the tire.
• When using the kit, leave the engine
running (only if the vehicle is outdoors
or in a well-ventilated area) so the
compressor does not drain the
vehicle's battery.
• Do not allow the compressor to
operate continuously for more than 15
minutes. This will help prevent the
compressor from overheating.
• Never leave the kit unattended during
operation.
• Sealant compound contains latex.
Those with latex sensitivities should
use appropriate precautions to avoid
an allergic reaction.
• Keep the kit away from children.
• Only use the kit when the ambient
temperature is between -22°F (-30°C)
and 158°F (70°C).
• Only use the sealing compound before
the use-by date. The use-by date is on
a label on the sealant canister, which
you can see through the rectangular
viewing window on the bottom of the
compressor. Check the use-by date
regularly and replace the canister after
four years of non-use.
• Do not store the kit unsecured inside
the passenger compartment of the
vehicle as it may cause injury during a
sudden stop or crash. Always store the
kit in its original location.
• After sealant use, an authorized Ford
dealer must replace the tire pressure
monitoring system sensor and valve
stem on the wheel.
• Operating the kit could cause an
electrical disturbance in radio
operation.
181
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
E175978
* When inflation only is required
for a tire or other objects, the
selector must be in the Air
position.
What to do When a Tire Is
Punctured
You can repair a tire puncture within the
tire's tread area in two stages with the kit.
• In the first stage, inflate the tire with a
sealing compound and air. After you
inflate the tire, you will need to drive
the vehicle a short distance (about 4 mi
(6 km) to distribute the sealant in the
tire.
• In the second stage, check the tire
pressure and adjust, if necessary, to the
vehicle's specified tire inflation
pressure.
First Stage: Inflating the Tire with
Sealing Compound and Air
WARNINGS
Do not stand directly over the kit
while inflating the tire. If you notice
any unusual bulges or deformations
in the tire's sidewall during inflation, stop
and call roadside assistance.
If the tire does not inflate to the
recommended tire pressure within
15 minutes, stop and call roadside
assistance.
Do not run the engine when
operating the air compressor unless
the vehicle is outdoors or in a
well-ventilated area.
Preparation: Park the vehicle in a safe, level
and secure area, away from moving traffic.
Switch the hazard lights on. Apply the
parking brake and switch the engine off.
Inspect the flat tire for visible damage.
Sealant compound contains latex. Use
appropriate precautions to avoid any
allergic reactions.
Do not remove any foreign object that has
pierced the tire. If a puncture is located in
the tire sidewall, stop and call roadside
assistance.
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve.
2. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) from the back of the compressor
housing.
3. Fasten the hose to the tire valve by
turning the connector clockwise.
Tighten the connection securely.
E252191
4. Plug the power cable into the 12-volt
power point located on the right side
of the floor console.
5. Remove the warning sticker found on
the casing/housing and place it on the
top of the instrument panel or the
center of the dash.
182
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
6. Start the vehicle and leave the engine
running so the compressor does not
drain the vehicle’s battery.
E175981
7. Turn dial (A) clockwise to the sealant
position. Switch the kit on by pressing
the on/off button (B).
8. Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on
the tire label located on the driver's
door or the door jamb area. The initial
air pressure gauge reading may indicate
a value higher than the label pressure
while you pump the sealing compound
into the tire. This is normal and should
be no reason for concern. The pressure
gauge reading will indicate the tire
inflation pressure after about 30
seconds of operation. You should
check the final tire pressure with the
compressor turned OFF in order to get
an accurate pressure reading.
E175982
9. When the tire reaches the
recommended tire pressure, switch off
the kit, unplug the power cable, and
disconnect the hose from the tire valve.
Re-install the valve cap on the tire
valve and return the kit to the stowage
area.
10. Immediately and cautiously, drive the
vehicle 4 mi (6 km) to distribute the
sealant evenly inside the tire. Do not
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
11. After 4 mi (6 km), stop and check the
tire pressure. See Second Stage:
Checking Tire Pressure.
183
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Note: If you experience any unusual
vibration, ride disturbance or noise while
driving, reduce your speed until you can
safely pull off to the side of the road to call
for roadside assistance. Note: Do not
proceed to the second stage of this
operation.
Second Stage: Checking Tire
Pressure
WARNING
The power plug may get hot after use
and should be handled carefully
when unplugging.
If you are proceeding from the First Stage:
Re-inflating the Tire with Sealing
Compound and Air section and have
injected sealant in the tire and the pressure
is below 20 psi (1.4 bar), continue to the
next step.
Check the air pressure of your tires as
follows:
E175983
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve.
2. Firmly screw the air compressor hose
onto the valve stem by turning
clockwise.
3. Push and turn the dial clockwise to the
air position.
4. If required, switch on the compressor
and adjust the tire to the
recommended inflation pressure
shown on the tire label located on the
driver's door or door jamb area. You
should check the tire pressure with the
compressor turned OFF in order to get
an accurate pressure reading.
5. Unplug the hoses, re-install the valve
cap on the tire and return the kit to the
stowage area.
What to Do After the Tire has Been
Sealed
After using the kit to seal your tire, you will
need to replace the sealant canister. You
can obtain sealant canisters and spare
parts at an authorized Ford dealer. You can
dispose of empty sealant canisters at
home. However, you should dispose of
canisters still containing liquid sealant
through your local authorized Ford dealer
or tire dealer, or in accordance with local
waste disposal regulation.
Note: After you use the sealing compound,
the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph
(80 km/h) and the maximum driving
distance is 120 mi (200 km). You should
inspect the sealed tire immediately.
You can check the tire pressure any time
within the 120 mi (200 km) by performing
the steps listed previously in the Second
Stage: Checking Tire Pressure procedure.
184
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Removal of the sealant canister from
the kit
E175984
1. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) from the compressor housing.
E175985
2. Unwrap the power cord.
E175986
3. Remove the back cover.
E175987
4. Rotate the sealant canister up 90
degrees and pull away from
casing/housing to remove.
Installation of the sealant canister to
the kit
1. With the canister held perpendicular
to the housing, insert the canister
nozzle into the connector and push
until seated.
2. Rotate the canister 90 degrees down
into the housing/casing.
E175988
3. Snap the back cover back into place.
185
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
E175989
4. Wrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) around the channel on the
bottom of the housing/casing.
E175990
5. Wrap the power cord around the
housing and stow the accessory power
plug into its storage area.
Note: If you experience any difficulties with
the removal or installation of the sealant
canister, consult an authorized Ford dealer
for assistance.
Make sure you check the sealant
compound’s use-by date regularly. The
use-by date is on a label located on the
sealant canister, which you can see
through the rectangular viewing window
on the bottom of the kit. You should
replace the sealant canister after four
years of non-use.
TIRE CARE
Information About Uniform
Tire Quality Grading
E142542
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
The Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example: Treadwear 200
Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are
determined by standards that the
United States Department of
Transportation has set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
They do not apply to deep tread,
winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use
spare tires, light truck or LT type
tires, tires with nominal rim
diameters of 10 to 12 inches or
limited production tires as defined
in Title 49 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).
186
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
U.S. Department of
Transportation Tire quality
grades: The U.S. Department of
Transportation requires Ford
Motor Company to give you the
following information about tire
grades exactly as the government
has written it.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150
would wear 1 ½ times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their
use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction AA A B C
WARNING
The traction grade assigned
to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning or peak traction
characteristics.
The traction grades, from highest
to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The
grades represent the tire’s ability
to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled
conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
Temperature A B C
WARNING
The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a
tire that is properly inflated and
not overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B and C,
representing the tire’s resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden
tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the
187
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 139. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Glossary of Tire Terminology
*Tire label: A label showing the
original equipment tire sizes,
recommended inflation pressure
and the maximum weight the
vehicle can carry.
*Tire Identification Number
(TIN): A number on the sidewall
of each tire providing information
about the tire brand and
manufacturing plant, tire size and
date of manufacture. Also referred
to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure
of the amount of air in a tire.
*Standard load: A class of
P-metric or Metric tires designed
to carry a maximum load at set
pressure. For example: For
P-metric tires 35 psi (2.4 bar) and
for Metric tires 36 psi (2.5 bar).
Increasing the inflation pressure
beyond this pressure will not
increase the tire capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric
or Metric tires designed to carry a
heavier maximum load at 42 psi
(2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation
pressure beyond this pressure will
not increase the tire’s load
carrying capability.
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of
air pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a
standard unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire
pressure when the vehicle has
been stationary and out of direct
sunlight for an hour or more and
prior to the vehicle being driven for
1 mi (1.6 km).
*Recommended inflation
pressure: The cold inflation
pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label located on
the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver’s door.
* B-pillar: The structural member
at the side of the vehicle behind
the front door.
*Bead area of the tire: Area of
the tire next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area
between the bead area and the
tread.
*Tread area of the tire: Area of
the perimeter of the tire that
contacts the road when mounted
on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel)
for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
188
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Information Contained on the
Tire Sidewall
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
Information on P Type Tires
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
E142543
P215/65R15 95H is an example of
a tire size, load index and speed
rating. The definitions of these
items are listed below. (Note that
the tire size, load index and speed
rating for your vehicle may be
different from this example.)
A. P: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that may be used for service on
cars, sport utility vehicles,
minivans and light trucks. Note: If
your tire size does not begin with
a letter this may mean it is
designated by either the European
Tire and Rim Technical
Organization or the Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load
index. It is an index that relates to
how much weight a tire can carry.
You may find this information in
your owner’s manual. If not,
contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
189
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
G. H: Indicates the tire's speed
rating. The speed rating denotes
the speed at which a tire is
designed to be driven for extended
periods of time under a standard
condition of load and inflation
pressure. The tires on your vehicle
may operate at different
conditions for load and inflation
pressure. These speed ratings may
need to be adjusted for the
difference in conditions. The
ratings range from 81 mph
(130 km/h) to 186 mph
(299 km/h). These ratings are
listed in the following chart.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
Speed ratingLetter
rating
81 mph (130 km/h)M
87 mph (140 km/h)N
93 mph (150 km/h)P
99 mph (160 km/h)Q
106 mph (170 km/h)R
112 mph (180 km/h)S
118 mph (190 km/h)T
124 mph (200 km/h)U
130 mph (210 km/h)H
149 mph (240 km/h)V
168 mph (270 km/h)W
Speed ratingLetter
rating
186 mph (300 km/h)Y
>186 mph
(300 km/h)
ZR
Note: For tires with a maximum
speed capability over 149 mph
(240 km/h), tire manufacturers
sometimes use the letters ZR. For
those with a maximum speed
capability over 186 mph (299
km/h), tire manufacturers always
use the letters ZR.
H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN): This begins with
the letters DOT and indicates that
the tire meets all federal
standards. The next two numbers
or letters are the plant code
designating where it was
manufactured, the next two are
the tire size code and the last four
numbers represent the week and
year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.
190
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
J. Tire Ply Composition and
Material Used: Indicates the
number of plies or the number of
layers of rubber-coated fabric in
the tire tread and sidewall. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate
the ply materials in the tire and the
sidewall, which include steel,
nylon, polyester, and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the
maximum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by the
tire. See the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), for the correct tire
pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and
Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear The treadwear grade
is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test
course. For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and one-half
times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
*Traction: The traction grades,
from highest to lowest are AA, A,
B, and C. The grades represent the
tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
*Temperature: The temperature
grades are A (the highest), B and
C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation
Pressure: Indicates the tire
manufacturers' maximum
permissible pressure or the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the vehicle manufacturer's
recommended cold inflation
pressure which can be found on
the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the vehicle label.
191
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
The tire suppliers may have
additional markings, notes or
warnings such as standard load
or radial tubeless.
Location of the Tire Label
You will find a Tire Label
containing tire inflation pressure
by tire size and other important
information located on the driver’s
side door opening.
Inflating Your Tires
Safe operation of your vehicle
requires that your tires are
properly inflated. Remember that
a tire can lose up to half of its air
pressure without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check
your tires. If one looks lower than
the others, use a tire gauge to
check pressure of all tires and
adjust if required.
At least once a month and before
long trips, inspect each tire and
check the tire pressure with a tire
gauge (including spare, if
equipped). Inflate all tires to the
inflation pressure recommended
by Ford Motor Company.
You are strongly urged to buy a
reliable tire pressure gauge, as
automatic service station gauges
may be inaccurate. Ford
recommends the use of a digital
or dial-type tire pressure gauge
rather than a stick-type tire
pressure gauge.
Use the recommended cold
inflation pressure for optimum tire
performance and wear.
Under-inflation or over-inflation
may cause uneven treadwear
patterns.
WARNING
Under-inflation is the most
common cause of tire failures
and may result in severe tire
cracking, tread separation or
blowout, with unexpected loss of
vehicle control and increased risk
of injury. Under-inflation increases
sidewall flexing and rolling
resistance, resulting in heat
buildup and internal damage to
the tire. It also may result in
unnecessary tire stress, irregular
wear, loss of vehicle control and
accidents. A tire can lose up to
half of its air pressure and not
appear to be flat!
Always inflate your tires to the
Ford recommended inflation
pressure even if it is less than the
maximum inflation pressure
information found on the tire. The
Ford recommended tire inflation
pressure is found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
192
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
of the driver’s door. Failure to
follow the tire pressure
recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your
vehicle handles.
Maximum Inflation Pressure is
the tire manufacturer's maximum
permissible pressure and the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the manufacturer’s recommended
cold inflation pressure which can
be found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label or
Tire Label.
When weather temperature
changes occur, tire inflation
pressures also change. A 43°F
(6°C) temperature drop can
cause a corresponding drop of
1 psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure.
Check your tire pressures
frequently and adjust them to the
proper pressure which can be
found on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label or Tire Label.
To check the pressure in your
tire(s):
1. Make sure the tires are cool,
meaning they are not hot from
driving even a mile.
Note: If you are checking tire
pressure when the tire is hot, (for
example, driven more than 1 mi
(1.6 km)), never bleed or reduce air
pressure. The tires are hot from
driving and it is normal for
pressures to increase above
recommended cold pressures. A
hot tire at or below recommended
cold inflation pressure could be
significantly under-inflated.
Note: If you have to drive a
distance to get air for your tire(s),
check and record the tire pressure
first and add the appropriate air
pressure when you get to the
pump. It is normal for tires to heat
up and the air pressure inside to go
up as you drive.
2. Remove the cap from the valve
on one tire, then firmly press
the tire gauge onto the valve
and measure the pressure.
3. Add enough air to reach the
recommended air pressure.
Note: If you overfill the tire, release
air by pressing on the metal stem
in the center of the valve. Then
recheck the pressure with your tire
gauge.
4. Replace the valve cap.
5. Repeat this procedure for each
tire, including the spare.
193
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
6. Visually inspect the tires to
make sure there are no nails or
other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire
and cause an air leak.
7. Check the sidewalls to make
sure there are no gouges, cuts
or bulges.
Inspecting Your Tires and
Wheel Valve Stems
Periodically inspect the tire treads
for uneven or excessive wear and
remove objects such as stones,
nails or glass that may be wedged
in the tread grooves. Check the tire
and valve stems for holes, cracks,
or cuts that may permit air
leakage and repair or replace the
tire and replace the valve stem.
Inspect the tire sidewalls for
cracking, cuts, bruises and other
signs of damage or excessive
wear. If internal damage to the tire
is suspected, have the tire
demounted and inspected in case
it needs to be repaired or replaced.
For your safety, tires that are
damaged or show signs of
excessive wear should not be used
because they are more likely to
blow out or fail.
Improper or inadequate vehicle
maintenance can cause tires to
wear abnormally. Inspect all your
tires, including the spare,
frequently, and replace them if
one or more of the following
conditions exist:
Tire Wear
E142546
When the tread is worn down to
one sixteenth of an inch (2 mm),
tires must be replaced to help
prevent your vehicle from skidding
and hydroplaning. Built-in
treadwear indicators, or wear bars,
which look like narrow strips of
smooth rubber across the tread
will appear on the tire when the
tread is worn down to one
sixteenth of an inch (2 mm).
When the tire tread wears down
to the same height as these wear
bars, the tire is worn out and must
be replaced.
Damage
Periodically inspect the tire treads
and sidewalls for damage (such
as bulges in the tread or sidewalls,
cracks in the tread groove and
separation in the tread or
sidewall). If damage is observed
or suspected have the tire
inspected by a tire professional.
194
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Age
WARNINGS
Tires degrade over time
depending on many factors
such as weather, storage
conditions, and conditions of use
(load, speed, inflation pressure)
the tires experience throughout
their lives.
In general, tires should be
replaced after six years
regardless of tread wear.
However, heat caused by hot
climates or frequent high loading
conditions can accelerate the
aging process and may require
tires to be replaced more
frequently.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT
and indicates that the tire meets
all federal standards. The next
two numbers or letters are the
plant code designating where it
was manufactured, the next two
are the tire size code and the last
four numbers represent the week
and year the tire was built. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
Tire Replacement
Requirements
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride
and handling capability.
WARNINGS
Only use replacement tires
and wheels that are the same
size, load index, speed rating and
type (such as P-metric versus
LT-metric or all-season versus
all-terrain) as those originally
provided by Ford. The
recommended tire and wheel size
may be found on either the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or the Tire Label which
is located on the B-Pillar or edge
of the driver's door. If this
information is not found on these
195
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
labels, then you should contact
your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Use of any tire or wheel
not recommended by Ford can
affect the safety and performance
of your vehicle, which could result
in an increased risk of loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death.
The use of
non-recommended tires and
wheels could cause steering,
suspension, axle, transfer case or
power transfer unit failure. If you
have questions regarding tire
replacement, contact your
authorized dealer as soon as
possible.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury, when mounting
replacement tires and wheels, you
should not exceed the maximum
pressure indicated on the sidewall
of the tire to set the beads without
additional precautions listed
below. If the beads do not seat at
the maximum pressure indicated,
re-lubricate and try again.
When inflating the tire for
mounting pressures up to
20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the
maximum pressure on the tire
sidewall, the following
precautions must be taken to
protect the person mounting the
tire:
• Make sure that you have the
correct tire and wheel size.
• Lubricate the tire bead and
wheel bead seat area again.
• Stand at a minimum of 12 ft
(3.66 m) away from the wheel
and tire assembly.
• Use both eye and ear
protection.
WARNINGS
For a mounting pressure
more than 20 psi (1.38 bar)
greater than the maximum
pressure, a Ford dealer or other
tire service professional should do
the mounting.
Always inflate steel carcass
tires with a remote air fill with
the person inflating standing at a
minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m) away
from the wheel and tire assembly.
Important: Remember to replace
the wheel valve stems when the
road tires are replaced on your
vehicle.
It is recommended that the two
front tires or two rear tires
generally be replaced as a pair.
The tire pressure sensors mounted
in the wheels (originally installed
on your vehicle) are not designed
to be used in aftermarket wheels.
196
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
The use of wheels or tires not
recommended by Ford Motor
Company may affect the
operation of your tire pressure
monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring
system indicator is flashing, your
system is malfunctioning. Your
replacement tire might be
incompatible with your tire
pressure monitoring system, or
some component of the system
may be damaged.
Safety Practices
WARNINGS
If your vehicle is stuck in
snow, mud or sand, do not
rapidly spin the tires; spinning the
tires can tear the tire and cause
an explosion. A tire can explode in
as little as three to five seconds.
Do not spin the wheels at
over 34 mph (55 km/h). The
tires may fail and injure a
passenger or bystander.
Driving habits have a great deal
to do with your tire mileage and
safety.
*Observe posted speed limits.
*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns.
*Avoid potholes and objects on
the road.
*Do not run over curbs or hit the
tire against a curb when parking.
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive
there’s always the possibility that
you may eventually have a flat tire
on the highway. Drive slowly to the
closest safe area out of traffic.
This may further damage the flat
tire, but your safety is more
important.
If you feel a sudden vibration or
ride disturbance while driving, or
you suspect your tire or vehicle
has been damaged, immediately
reduce your speed. Drive with
caution until you can safely pull
off the road. Stop and inspect the
tires for damage. If a tire is
under-inflated or damaged, see
the instructions on use of the tire
sealant and inflater kit at the
beginning of this section. If the kit
cannot provide a temporary tire
inflation, contact an authorized
dealer.
Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or
pothole can cause the front end
of your vehicle to become
misaligned or cause damage to
your tires. If your vehicle seems to
pull to one side when you’re
driving, the wheels may be out of
alignment. Have an authorized
dealer check the wheel alignment
periodically.
197
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Wheel misalignment in the front
or the rear can cause uneven and
rapid treadwear of your tires and
should be corrected by an
authorized dealer. Front-wheel
drive vehicles and those with an
independent rear suspension (if
equipped) may require alignment
of all four wheels.
The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire
and wheel assembly may result in
irregular tire wear.
USING SUMMER TIRES
Your Ford GT was built with Michelin Pilot
Sport Cup 2 tires which are a summer tire.
Summer tires provide superior
performance on wet and dry roads.
Summer tires do not have the Mud and
Snow (M+S or M/S) tire traction rating on
the tire side wall. Since summer tires do
not have the same traction performance
as All-season or Snow tires, we do not
recommend using summer tires when
temperatures drop to about 45°F (7°C) or
below (depending on tire wear and
environmental conditions) or in snow and
ice conditions. Like any tire, summer tire
performance is affected by tire wear and
environmental conditions. If you must drive
in those conditions, we recommend using
Mud and Snow (M+S, M/S), All-season or
Snow tires.
Always store your summer tires indoors at
temperatures above 19°F (-7°C). The
rubber compounds used in these tires lose
flexibility and may develop surface cracks
in the tread area at temperatures below
19°F (-7°C). If the tires have been
subjected to 19°F (-7°C) or less, warm
them in a heated space to at least 41°F
(5°C) for at least 24 hours before installing
them on a vehicle, or moving the vehicle
with the tires installed, or checking tire
inflation. Do not place tires near heaters
or heating devices used to warm the room
where the tires are stored. Do not apply
heat or blow heated air directly on the tires.
Always inspect the tires after storage
periods and before use.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNINGS
If you choose to install snow tires on
your vehicle, they must be the same
size, construction, and load range as
the original tires listed on the tire placard,
and they must be installed on all four
wheels. Mixing tires of different size or
construction on your vehicle can adversely
affect your vehicle's handling and braking,
and may lead to loss of vehicle control.
Do not use snow chains or cables on
this vehicle as they may cause
damage to your vehicle which may
lead to loss of vehicle control.
Snow chains have not been approved for
use on your vehicle.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
WARNINGS
The tire pressure monitoring system
is not a substitute for manually
checking tire pressures. You should
periodically check tire pressures using a
pressure gauge. Failure to correctly
maintain tire pressures could increase the
risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle
rollover and personal injury.
Do not use tire sealants as they may
damage the tire pressure monitoring
system.
198
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
If the tire pressure monitor sensor
becomes damaged it may not
function.
Each tire should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated
to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of
a different size than the size indicated on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label, you should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency
and tire tread life, and may affect the
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale flashes for
approximately one minute and then
remains illuminated. This sequence
continues upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Licence exempt RSS
Standards of Industry Canada. Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
• This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
• This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate the
equipment. The term "IC:" before the radio
certification number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications
were met.
199
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
E142549
Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor located inside the wheel
and tire assembly cavity. The pressure
sensor is attached to the valve stem. The
pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is
not visible unless the tire is removed. Take
care when changing the tire to avoid
damaging the sensor
You should always have your tires serviced
by an authorized dealer.
Check the tire pressure periodically (at
least monthly) using an accurate tire
gauge. See Inflating Your Tires in this
chapter.
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
E250820
The tire pressure monitoring system
measures pressure in your road tires and
sends the tire pressure readings to your
vehicle. You can view the tire pressure
readings through the information display.
See General Information (page 70). The
low tire pressure warning light turns on if
the tire pressure is significantly low. Once
the light is illuminated, your tires are
under-inflated and need to be inflated to
the manufacturer’s recommended tire
pressure. Even if the light turns on and a
short time later turns off, your tire pressure
still needs to be checked.
When You Believe Your System is Not
Operating Properly
The main function of the tire pressure
monitoring system is to warn you when
your tires need air. It can also warn you in
the event the system is no longer capable
of functioning as intended. See the
following chart for information concerning
your tire pressure monitoring system:
200
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Customer action requiredPossible causeLow tire pressure
warning light
Make sure tires are at the proper pres-
sure. See Inflating your tires in this
chapter. After inflating your tires to the
manufacturer’s recommended pressure
as shown on the Tire Label (located on
the edge of driver’s door or the B-Pillar),
the vehicle must be driven for at least
two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h)
before the light turns off.
Tire(s) under-inflatedSolid warning light
If the tires are properly inflated and the
light remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunction
If the tires are properly inflated and the
light remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunctionFlashing warning
light
When Inflating Your Tires
Note: Do not use the tire pressure display
screen as a tire pressure gauge, this can
result in over or under inflation of a tire.
When putting air into your tires (such as at
a gas station or in your garage), the tire
pressure monitoring system may not
respond immediately to the air added to
your tires.
It may take up to two minutes of driving
over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn
off after you have filled your tires to the
recommended inflation pressure.
How Temperature Affects Your Tire
Pressure
The tire pressure monitoring system
monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic
tire. When driving in a normal manner, a
typical passenger tire inflation pressure
may increase about 2–4 psi (14–28 kPa)
from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is
stationary overnight with the outside
temperature significantly lower than the
daytime temperature, the tire pressure may
decrease about 3 psi (21 kPa) for a drop of
30°F (17°C) in ambient temperature. This
lower pressure value may be detected by
the tire pressure monitoring system as
being significantly lower than the
recommended inflation pressure and
activate the system warning light for low
tire pressure. If the low tire pressure
warning light is on, visually check each tire
to verify that no tire is flat. If one or more
tires are flat, repair as necessary. Check
the air pressure in the road tires. If any tire
is under-inflated, carefully drive the vehicle
to the nearest location where air can be
added to the tires. Inflate all the tires to
the recommended inflation pressure.
201
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
Important Information for Lifting
or Jacking
A vehicle jack is not included with your
vehicle. If you are on the road and need to
change a wheel, it is recommended that
you contact the Ford GT Concierge to
obtain roadside assistance. See Special
Notices (page 10).
E228623
Front lift pointsA
Middle lift pointsB
Rear lift pointsC
To avoid damage to your vehicle, use a low
profile hydraulic jack when removing a road
wheel. Only place the jack on one of the
alloy lifting posts when lifting your vehicle.
Do not lift your vehicle on the carbon fiber
panels.
Note: It is recommended that an interface
be used between the alloy lifting point and
the vehicle jack (for example, a hockey puck
or dense rubber pad).
DRIVING AT HIGH SPEED
Tire Pressure - Speeds Greater
Than 165 mph (265 km/h)
WARNING
Always re-inflate tires to
recommended tire pressures before
the vehicle is operated on-road. The
recommended pressure is located on the
tire label or safety certification label,
located on the B-pillar, inside the driver's
door.
Note: When driving over 165 mph
(265 km/h), be sure to check and adjust
your tire pressures accordingly.
Note: If you are not sure about the proper
tire inflation pressures, contact an
authorized dealer or service center.
E247515
Your tires may require additional inflation
pressure for operation at speeds greater
than 165 mph (265 km/h). If this label is
present on your vehicle, you must adjust
the tire pressure accordingly.
202
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications
WARNING
When you install a wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials
present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub,
brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any fasteners
that attach the rotor to the hub so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of
the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel mounting
surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle
is in motion, resulting in loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death.
Ib-ft (Nm)
*
Bolt size
150 lb.ft (204 Nm)M14 X 1.5
*
Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only Ford
recommended replacement fasteners.
Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any
wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal).
E145950
Wheel pilot boreA
Inspect the wheel pilot bore and
mounting surface prior to installation.
Remove any visible corrosion or loose
particles.
Note: The wheel stud length differs
depending on the wheels equipped. The
hub on carbon fiber wheels require longer
wheel studs due to a thicker hub. If
changing wheel types between alloy and
carbon fiber, in either direction, you must
also change the wheel studs to match the
length required for that wheel type. Also
use the longer studs for the carbon fiber
wheels and then use open lug nuts if
putting alloy wheels back on the car.
203
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
SpecificationMeasurement
3.5L GTDIEngine model.
213 in³ (3,490 cm³)Engine displacement.
3.6 in (92.5 mm)Bore.
3.4 in (86.7 mm)Stroke.
9:1Compression ratio.
800 RPMNormal engine idling speed.
7000 RPMMaximum engine speed.*
1-4-2-5-3-6Firing order.
Coil on plug.Ignition system.
0.030 in (0.75 mm)Spark plug gap.
9:1Compression ratio.
Premium fuel only.Fuel quality.
* As the engine reaches normal operating temperature, the allowable maximum engine
speed (redline) increases.
204
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS
Part NumberComponent
FA-1912-A*Air filter element.
HG7Z-6731-A**Oil filter.
HG7Z-10655-A**Battery.
SP-542*Spark plugs.
FP-70*Cabin air filter.
HG7Z-17528-A (right-hand side)**Windshield wipers.
HG7Z-17528-B (left-hand side)**
*Motorcraft® part number
**Ford part number
We recommend Ford and Motorcraft®
replacement parts available at your Ford
dealer or at fordparts.com for scheduled
maintenance. These parts meet or exceed
Ford Motor Company’s specifications and
are engineered for your vehicle. Use of
other parts may impact vehicle
performance, emissions and durability.
Your warranty may be void for any damage
related to use of other parts.
For spark plug replacement, contact an
authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs
at the appropriate intervals.
205
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS
E257130
SpecificationDimensionItem
187.5 in (4,763 mm)Overall length.A
78.9 in (2,004 mm)Overall width excluding exterior mirrors.B
83.2 in (2,113 mm)Overall width with mirrors folded.B
88.1 in (2,237.7 mm)Overall width with mirrors extended.B
43.7 in (1,109 mm)Overall height without options (Normal drive
mode).
C
206
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
You can find the vehicle identification
number at the following locations.
On the vehicle certification label inside the
driver's door opening.
E227109
On the left-hand side of the instrument
panel.
E252123
Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is
representative of your vehicle identification
number.
The Vehicle Identification Number contains
the following information:
E142477
World manufacturer identifierA
Brake system, Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, Restraint Devices
and their locations
B
Make, vehicle line, series, body
type
C
Engine typeD
Check digitE
Model yearF
Assembly plantG
Production sequence numberH
207
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
E245288
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration Regulations require that a
Safety Compliance Certification Label be
affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where
the Safety Compliance Certification Label
may be located. The Safety Compliance
Certification Label shall be affixed to either
the door hinge pillar, the door latch post,
or the edge of the door near the door latch,
next to the driver's seating position.
TRANSMISSION CODE
DESIGNATION
E167814
The transmission code is on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label. The
following table shows the transmission
code along with the transmission
description.
CodeDescription
FSeven-speed DCT transmission
208
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS
Capacities
WARNING
The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under high pressure.
Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system.
Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.
CapacityItem
15.3 qt (14.5 L)Engine oil with oil filter (dry fill capacity).
13.7 qt (13 L)Engine oil with oil filter (oil change refill
capacity).
20.1 qt (19 L)Engine coolant.
1.1 qt (1.04 L)Brake fluid.
6.3 qt (6 L)Hydraulic fluid (power steering, active
suspension, active aero).
4.1 qt (3.9 L)Transmission fluid.
8.5 qt (8 L)Wet Clutch fluid.
15.2 gal (57.54 L)Fuel tank.
0.5 gal (1.89 L)Windshield washer fluid.
1.5 lb (0.68 kg)A/C Refrigerant.
4.7 fl oz (140 ml)A/C Refrigerant Compressor Oil.
209
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C931-CRecommended motor oil:
Castrol Edge® Supercar SAE 5W-50 Full Synthetic Motor
Oil (U.S. & Canada)
WSS-M97B44-D2Engine coolant:
Motorcraft® Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
VC-3DIL-B (U.S.)
CVC-3DIL-B (Canada)
WSS-M6C65-A2Brake fluid:
Motorcraft® DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance
Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid
PM-20 (U.S. & Canada)
WSS-M2C938-AHydraulic Fluid
Motorcraft® MERCON LV
XT-10-QLVC
-Gear/Transmission Fluid:
Motorcraft® Ford GT Supercar Transaxle Lubricant
XT-75W90-QSC
-Clutch Fluid:
Motorcraft® Ford GT Supercar Clutch Fluid
XL-20
WSS-M14P19-AWindshield washer fluid:
Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate
with Bitterant
ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
CXC-37-A/B/D/F (Canada)
WSS-M17B21-AA/C refrigerant (U.S. and Mexico):
R-1234yf Refrigerant
YN-33-A
WSS-M17B21-AA/C refrigerant (Canada):
R-1234yf Refrigerant
HS7Z-19B519-BA
210
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C300-A2A/C refrigerant compressor oil:
Motorcraft® R-1234yf PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil
YN-35
ESB-M1C93-BMulti-purpose grease:
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray
XL-5-A (U.S. & Canada)
-Lock cylinders:
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
XL-1 (U.S.)
CXC-51-A (Canada)
If you use oil and fluids that do not meet
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, this may lead to:
• Component damage, which the vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Reduced brake performance.
Only use fluid that meets Ford
specifications.
E115472
We recommend Castrol Edge Supercar
5W-50 motor oil for your Ford GT. If this
oil is not available, use motor oils of the
recommended viscosity grade that meet
the Ford specification of WSS-M2C931-C
such as Motorcraft® 5W-50.
Do not use oil labeled with API SN service
category unless the label also displays the
API certification mark.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that may
not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
Note: Ford recommends using DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use
of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid may cause degraded brake
performance and not meet the Ford
performance standards. Keep brake fluid
clean and dry. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage and possible failure.
211
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
AUDIO UNIT
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
You can access your audio features with
the touchscreen and steering wheel
controls. See your SYNC information.
The power button is to the left of the
display screen.
USB PORT (If Equipped)
The USB port is on the bottom of the
instrument panel.
The USB port allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks and charge
devices (if supported). See your SYNC
information.
212
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Getting to Know Your System
The SYNC 3 system allows you to interact
with a variety of features using the
touchscreen and voice commands. By
integrating with your Bluetooth-enabled
phone, the touchscreen provides easy
interaction with audio, multimedia,
navigation and your phone's SYNC 3
compatible apps.
Using the Touchscreen
To operate the touchscreen, you can
simply touch the item or option that you
want to select. The button changes color
when you select it.
The SYNC 3 layout allows you to quickly
select the feature you wish to use.
E207614
213
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
This bar displays icons and messages pertaining to current
system activities including voice commands and phone
functions such as text messages.
Status BarA
This button is available on the main screens. Pressing it
takes you to the home screen view.
HomeB
This shows the current time. You can set the clock manually
or have it controlled by the vehicle's GPS location. See
Settings (page 248).
ClockC
This displays the current outside temperature.Outside
Temperature
D
You can touch any of the buttons on this bar to select a
feature.
Feature BarE
The touchscreen allows you quick access
to all of your comfort, navigation,
communication and entertainment
options. Using the status and feature bar
you can quickly select the feature you want
to use.
Note: Your system is equipped with a
feature that allows you to access and
control audio features for 10 minutes after
you switch the ignition off (and no doors
open).
The Status Bar
Additional icons also display in the status
bar depending on market, vehicle options
and current operation. If a feature is not
active, the icon does not display. Certain
icons may move to the left or right
depending on what options are active.
214
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
E223058
DescriptionItemCallout
This icon displays when your phone's microphone is
muted. A caller cannot hear you.
Microphone MuteA
This icon displays when the audio system is muted.MuteB
This icon displays when SYNC 3 has received a soft-
ware update. Pressing the icon will show more details
about the new software.
DownloadC
This icon appears if a Wi-Fi network is connected.Wi-FiD
This icon displays when an available Wi-Fi network
is within range.
Wi-Fi in RangeE
This icon displays when your cell phone is roaming.RoamingF
This icon displays when you receive a text message
on your phone.
Text MessageG
215
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionItemCallout
This icon displays when 911 Assist is set to off and
your phone is connected to SYNC.
911 Assist OffH
This icon displays when there is an active Bluetooth
alert.
Bluetooth AlertI
This icon displays to show an active Bluetooth
connection.
BluetoothJ
Messages may also appear in the status
bar to provide you with notifications. You
can select the message to view the
associated feature.
Feature Bar
FunctionsFeature Bar Item
Allows you to control the media playing in
your vehicle. You can control all audio
features including AM, FM radio, and media
streaming over a Bluetooth device or
through a USB connection.
Audio
Allows you to make calls, receive calls, and
access the phonebook of your connected
device.
Phone
Allows you to see your vehicle's location on
a virtual road map, get driving directions to
your destination and find points of interest
along your route.
Navigation
Connect and control SYNC 3 compatible
apps running on your iphone or android
device.
Apps
You can customize your system with
various settings for the touchscreen display,
feature preferences, and how you want to
interact with your vehicle.
Settings
Cleaning the Touchscreen
You can remove fingerprints with a dry,
clean, soft cloth.
If dirt or fingerprints are still on the screen,
apply a small amount of alcohol to the
cloth and try to clean it again.
216
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Note: Do not use detergent or any type of
solvent to clean the touchscreen.
Note: Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the
touchscreen.
Using Voice Recognition
Using voice commands allows you to keep
your hands on the wheel and focus on
what is in front of you. The system provides
feedback through audible tones, prompts,
questions and spoken confirmations
depending on the situation and the chosen
level of interaction (voice settings).
The system also asks short questions
(confirmation prompts) when it is not sure
of your request or when there are multiple
possible responses to your request.
When using voice commands, words and
icons may appear in the status bar
indicating the status of the voice command
session. See Using Voice Recognition
(page 224).
Using the Steering Wheel Controls
You can use different controls on your
steering wheel to interact with the
touchscreen system in different ways.
VOL: Control the volume of audio output.
Voice: Press to start a voice session. Press
again to stop the voice prompt and
immediately begin speaking. Press and
hold to end a voice session.
SEEK NEXT:
• While in radio mode, press to seek
between memory presets.
• While in USB or Bluetooth Audio, press
to seek between songs or press and
hold to fast seek.
SEEK PREVIOUS:
• While in radio mode, press to seek
between memory presets.
• While in USB or Bluetooth Audio, press
to seek between songs or press and
hold to fast seek.
See Steering Wheel (page 52).
Using Your Bezel Controls
• Power: Switch the audio system on
and off.
• DISP: Switch the display on or off. You
can also touch the screen to switch the
display back on.
911 Assist
WARNINGS
Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on
before a crash, the system will not
dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an
emergency call if you can do it
yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid delayed response
time which could increase the risk of
serious injury or death after a crash. If you
do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds
of the crash, the system or phone may be
damaged or non-functional.
Always place your phone in a secure
location in your vehicle so it does not
become a projectile or get damaged
in a crash. Failure to do so may cause
serious injury to someone or damage the
phone which could prevent 911 Assist from
working properly.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be
set on before the incident.
217
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only
operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory
in which 911 is the emergency number.
Note: Before setting this feature on, make
sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy
Notice later in this section for important
information.
Note: If any user sets 911 Assist to on or off,
that setting applies for all paired phones. If
911 Assist is switched off and the phone is
connected to SYNC, an icon displays on the
status bar.
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.
If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding
knee airbags and rear inflatable safety
belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel
pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped
vehicle may be able to contact emergency
services by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You
can learn more about the 911 Assist
feature, by visiting:
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
For important information about airbag
deployment and the fuel pump shut-off
please see the Supplementary Restrains
and Roadside Emergencies sections of
your owner manual.
To switch 911 Assist on and off please view
the settings information. See Settings
(page 248).
To make sure that 911 Assist works
correctly:
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a
Bluetooth-enabled and compatible
cell phone to SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.
• A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.
In the Event of a Crash
Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or
activate the fuel pump shut-off (the
triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell
phone sustains damage or loses its
connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC
will search for and try to connect to a
previously paired cell phone; SYNC will
then attempt to call the emergency
services.
Before making the call:
• SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel."
218
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC
makes a successful call, a pre-recorded
message plays for the 911 operator, and
then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able
to talk with the operator. Be prepared to
provide your name, phone number and
location immediately, because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.
911 Assist May Not Work If
• Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
• The vehicle's battery or the SYNC
system has no power.
• The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.
911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you switch on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to 911 Assist may also be capable
of electronically or verbally disclosing to
911 operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
911 operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do
not switch the feature on.
Safety Information
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
• Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. Have an authorized dealer
check your vehicle.
• Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
• Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's user guide for further
information.
• For your safety, some SYNC 3 functions
are speed-dependent. Their use is
limited to when your vehicle is traveling
at speeds under 3 mph (5 km/h). Make
sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC 3.
Speed-restricted Features
Some features of this system may be too
difficult to use while your vehicle is moving
so they are restricted from use unless your
vehicle is stationary.
219
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
• Screens crowded with information,
such as Point of Interest reviews and
ratings, movie times or ski conditions.
• Any action that requires you to use a
keyboard is restricted, such as entering
a navigation destination or editing
information.
• All lists are limited so the user can view
fewer entries (such as phone contacts
or recent phone call entries).
See the following chart for more specific
examples.
Restricted features
Pairing a Bluetooth phone.Cellular Phone
Browsing of list entries is limited for phone contacts and
recent phone calls.
Enabling Valet Mode.System Functionality
Editing settings for the rear view camera.
Editing Wi-Fi settings.Wi-Fi
Editing the list of wireless networks.
Connecting to a new Wi-Fi network.
Viewing received text messages.Text Messages
Using the keyboard to enter a destination.Navigation
Adding or editing Navigation Favorites entries or Avoid
Areas.
Creating a SYNC Owner Account
Why do I need a SYNC owner account?
• Essential for keeping up with the latest
software and connected features.
• Access to customer support for any
questions you may have.
• Maintain account permissions.
Visit the website to sign up and register.
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
Website
www.syncmaroute.ca
Updating Your System
You can choose to download the update
onto a USB drive or use Wi-Fi to deliver
automatic updates.
USB Updates
To use the USB update you need to log
into your owner account and visit the SYNC
software update page.
220
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
The website notifies you if an update is
available. You can then select to download
the update.
You will need an empty USB drive. Please
check the website for minimum
requirements. Once you have inserted the
USB drive into your computer, choose to
start the download. Follow the instructions
provided to download the files to the USB
drive.
The installation of most files occurs in the
background, and does not interrupt your
use of the system. Navigation updates
cannot be installed in the background,
because the files are too large.
To install the update in your vehicle,
remove anything that is plugged in the USB
ports on the media hub and plug in the
USB drive containing the update. When
the USB drive is plugged in, the installation
should begin immediately. After a
successful installation, the update is
available the next time the vehicle is
started.
Please refer to the website for any further
actions.
Updating Over Wi-Fi
To update your System over Wi-Fi your
vehicle must be within the range of a Wi-Fi
access point. Data rates may apply.
To connect your system to Wi-Fi,
select:
Menu Item
Settings
Wi-Fi
You can then select your
Wi-Fi network. You may
have to enter the security
code if the network is
secured. The system
confirms when it has
connected to the network.
Available
Wi-Fi
Networks
You must also give the system permission
to update automatically. Upon vehicle
delivery, the System asks you if you would
like to use the automatic update feature.
If you agree to automatic updates, you can
press OK to confirm. If this selection does
not appear upon vehicle delivery you can
access it through the General Settings. See
Settings (page 248). You can also perform
a master reset. See SYNC™ 3
Troubleshooting (page 259).
If you would like to switch this feature
on later, select:
Menu Item
Settings
General
From this menu, you can
enable automatic updates.
If you have not done so
already, the system
prompts you to set up a
Wi-Fi connection when you
enable this feature.
Automatic
System
Updates
221
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
When Wi-Fi and automatic updates are
enabled, your system checks for software
updates periodically. If a new version is
available, it downloads at that time.
Software downloads can take place for up
to 30 minutes after you have switched your
vehicle off. The updates do not interrupt
the normal use of your SYNC 3 system. If
a download does not complete for any
reason, the download continues where it
left off at the next Wi-Fi connected
opportunity. Upon activation of an update,
a banner displays on the touchscreen
indicating the system update. Select the
icon to see more detail. This icon displays
for two ignition cycles.
To switch this feature off:
Menu Item
Settings
General
In this menu selection, you
can change the selection
for automatic updates to
OFF.
Automatic
System
Updates
Support
The SYNC support team is available to
help you with any questions you are not
able to answer on your own.
Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-8:00pm EST.
United States: 1-800-392-3673.
Canada: 1-800-565-3673.
Times are subject to change due to
holidays.
Privacy Information
When you connect a cellular phone to
SYNC 3, the system creates a profile within
your vehicle that links to that cellular
phone. This profile helps in offering you
more cellular features and operating more
efficiently. Among other things, this profile
may contain data about your cellular
phone book, text messages (read and
unread), and call history, including history
of calls when your cell phone was not
connected to the system. In addition, if you
connect a media device, the system
creates and retains an index of supported
media content. The system also records a
short diagnostic log of approximately 10
minutes of all recent system activity. The
log profile and other system data may be
used to improve the system and help
diagnose any problems that may occur.
The cellular profile, media device index,
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
unless you delete them and are generally
accessible only in your vehicle when the
cellular phone or media player is
connected.
If you no longer plan to use the system or
your vehicle, we recommend you perform
a Master Reset to erase all stored
information. You can find more information
about the Master Reset in General
Settings. See Settings (page 248). System
data cannot be accessed without special
equipment and access to your vehicle's
SYNC 3 module. Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada do not access the system
data for any purpose other than as
described absent consent, a court order,
or where required by law enforcement,
other government authorities, or other third
parties acting with lawful authority. Other
parties may seek to access the information
independently of Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada.
222
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
HOME SCREEN
E207616
Home screen displayTileItem
Shows the active media source.AudioA
The name of the connected phone appears on the screen. The
status of the phone features also appear. This includes signal
strength, battery charge, 911 assist setting state (On or Off),
text messaging and roaming.
PhoneB
This map displays your current location or current route in real
time.
NavigationC
When you have navigation active, you also see the next turn
and the length of time and distance to your destination.
You can touch any of the feature displays
to access that feature.
Anytime you select the home button, the
system returns you to this screen.
223
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
The SYNC 3 system allows you to use voice
commands, to control features like audio.
By using voice commands, you can keep
your hands on the wheel and your eyes on
the road.
You can access each feature controlled by
SYNC 3 through a variety of commands.
E142599
To activate the SYNC 3 voice
commands push the voice
button on the steering wheel and
wait for the prompt.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it can
be the name of anything, such as artist, the
name of contact or number. The context
and the description of the command tell
you what to say for this dynamic option.
There are some commands that work for
every feature, these commands are:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
Brings you to the main menu.Main Menu
Returns you to the previous screen.Go back
Ends the voice session.Cancel
Gives you a list of possible voice commands.List of Commands
You can name any feature and the system gives a list of
commands available for the feature. For example, you could
say:
___ List of Commands
Phone List of Commands
Navigation List of Commands
You can use this command to view the next page of options on
any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.
Next Page
You can use this command to view the previous page of options
on any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.
Previous Page
Gives you available commands you can use on the current
screen.
Help
Included here are some of the most
popular commands for each SYNC 3
feature.
Audio Voice Commands
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
audio voice commands it can be a radio
frequency number or the name of a artist,
album, song or a genre.
224
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
To control the media features, press the voice button and when prompted, say:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to tune to a specific FM or AM
frequency such as "88.7 FM" or "1580 AM".
AM ___
FM ___
Allows you to tune to a specific HD frequency
such as “88.7 FM HD 1”.
*FM ___ HD ___
Allows you to listen to music on your Bluetooth-
connected device.
Bluetooth Audio
Allows you to listen to music on your USB
connected device.
USB
For USB audio only, you can say the name of an
artist, album, song or a genre to listen to that
selection. Your system must finish indexing
before this option is available. For example, you
could say "Play artist, The Beatles" or "Play song,
Penny Lane".
Play Genre ___
Play Playlist ___
Play Artist ___
Play Album ___
Play Podcast ___
Play Song ___
Play Audiobook ___
For USB audio only, you can say the name of an
artist, album, or a genre to browse by that selec-
tion. Your system must finish indexing before this
option is available. For example you can say
"Browse The Beatles" or "Browse folk".
Browse ___
* This option may not be available in all markets or may require a subscription.
Phone Voice Commands
Pairing a Phone
You can use voice commands to connect
your Bluetooth-enabled phone to the
system.
225
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
To pair your phone, press the voice button and when prompted, say:
DescriptionVoice command
Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the pairing
process. See Settings (page 248).
Pair Phone
Making Calls
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
phone voice commands it can be the name
of the contact you wish to call or the digits
you want to dial.
Press the voice button and say a command similar to the following:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook
such as "Call Jenny".
Call ___
Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook
at a specific location such as "Call Jenny at Home".
Call ___ at ___
Allows you to dial a specific number such as “Dial 867-5309”.Dial ___
Please make sure that you are saying the
contact name exactly as it appears in your
contact list.
Once you have provided the digits of the phone number, you can say the following
commands:
DescriptionVoice Command
If the full number was not entered with the first command, you
can continue saying the number.
<0-9>
Tells SYNC 3 to make the phone call.Dial
Tells SYNC 3 to erase the last block of digits stated.Delete
Tells SYNC 3 to erase the entire number.Clear
226
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Text Message Voice Commands
To access text message options, press the voice button and say:
DescriptionVoice command
Listen to Message
You can say the number of the message you
would like to hear.
Listen to text message ___
Reply to Message
Navigation Voice Commands
Setting a Destination
You can use any of the following
commands to set a destination or find a
point of interest.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
navigation voice commands it can be a POI
category or an address.
You can find an address, a point of interest (POI), or search for points of interest
by category:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to enter the address search functionality.Find an Address
State the name of the POI category you would like to search for
such as "Find restaurants".
Find a ___
Allows you to enter the POI search functionality.Find POI
Allows you to enter the intersection search functionality.Find Intersection
State the name of the POI category you would like to search for
nearby such as "Destination nearest restaurants".
Destination Nearest
___
Allows you to see a list of your previous destinations.Destination Previous
Destination
Allows you to route to your home address.Destination Home
227
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
In addition, you can say these commands when a route is active:
DescriptionVoice command
Cancels the current route.Cancel Route
Allows you to select an alternate route.Detour
Repeats the last guidance prompt.Repeat Instruction
Repeats the last guidance prompt.Show Route
Provides current location.Where Am I
Allows you to zoom in on the map.Zoom in
Allows you to zoom out from the map.Zoom out
Mobile App Voice Commands (If Equipped)
The following voice commands are always available:
DescriptionVoice command
SYNC 3 will prompt you to say the name of an app to start it on
SYNC 3.
Mobile Apps
SYNC 3 will list all of the currently available Mobile Apps.List Mobile Apps
SYNC 3 will search and connect to compatible app(s) running on
your mobile device.
Find New Apps
There are also voice commands that you can use when app(s) are connected to
SYNC 3:
DescriptionVoice command
At any time, you can say the name of a mobile app to start the
mobile app on SYNC 3.
Say the name of an
app
SYNC 3 will list the available voice commands for the specified
app if the app is running on SYNC 3.
Say the name of an
app, followed by
help
228
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Voice Settings Commands
You can say the following commands to access the voice settings:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to enter the voice settings functionality.Voice Settings
Sets standard prompting with longer prompts.Interaction Mode
Standard
Sets advanced prompting with shorter prompts.Interaction Mode
Advanced
Allows the system to confirm before making a phone call.Phone Confirmation On
The system does not confirm before placing a call.Phone Confirmation Off
The system displays a short list of available commands.Voice Command Lists On
The system does not display the list of commands.Voice Command Lists Off
You can use the volume control to adjust
the volume of the system voice prompts.
While prompt is active, adjust the volume
control up or down to your desired setting.
229
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
ENTERTAINMENT
E207617
Message and descriptionMessage
SourcesA
Direct TuneB
PresetsC
You can access these options using the
touchscreen or voice commands.
Sources
Press this button to select the source of
media you want to listen to.
Menu item
AM
FM
The name of the USB that is plugged in displays here.USB
230
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Menu item
Bluetooth Stereo
If you have SYNC 3 compatible apps on your connected smart phone, they
display here as individual source selections.
Apps
* This feature may not be available in all markets and requires an active subscription.
AM/FM Radio
Tuning a Station
You can use the tune or seek controls on
the radio bezel to select a station.
To tune a station using the
touchscreen, select:
Menu item
Direct Tune
A pop up appears, allowing you to type in
the frequency of a station. You can only
enter a valid station for the source you are
currently listening to.
You can press the backspace button to
delete the previously entered number.
Once you have entered the station's
call numbers, you can select:
Action and descrip-
tion
Menu item
Press to begin
playing the station
you have entered.
Enter
Press to exit
without changing
the station.
Cancel
Presets
To set a new preset, tune to the station
and then press and hold one of the
memory preset buttons. The audio mutes
briefly while the system saves the station
and then returns.
There are two preset banks available for
AM and three banks for FM. To access
additional presets, tap the preset button.
The indicator on the preset button shows
which bank of presets you are currently
viewing.
Bluetooth Stereo or USB
Bluetooth Stereo and USB allow you to
access media that you store on your
Bluetooth device or USB device such as
music, audio books or podcasts.
231
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
The following buttons are available for Bluetooth and USB:
FunctionButton
Pressing the repeat button toggles the repeat setting through
three modes: repeat off (button not highlighted), repeat all
(button highlighted) and repeat track (button highlighted with
a small number one).
Repeat
Play the tracks in random order.Shuffle
You can use the forward, reverse, pause or
play buttons to control the audio playback.
To get more information about the
currently playing track, press the cover art
or Info button.
For some devices, SYNC 3 is able to
provide 30-second skip buttons when you
listen to audio books or podcasts. These
buttons allow you to skip forward or
backward within a track.
While playing audio from a USB device you
can look for certain music by selecting the
following:
FunctionButton
If available, displays the list of tracks in the
Now Playing playlist.
Browse
This option, which is available under
browse, allows you to play all tracks or to
filter the available media into one of the
below categories.
New Search
Play All
Playlists
Artist
Albums
Songs
Genres
Podcasts
Audiobooks
232
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
FunctionButton
Composers
This button allows you to choose a specific
letter to view within the category you are
browsing.
A-Z Jump
If available, this allows you to browse the
folders and files on your USB device.
Explore Device
USB Ports
E244044
The USB ports are in the lower center of
the instrument panel, just above the floor
console.
This feature allows you to plug in USB
media devices, memory sticks, flash drives
or thumb drives, and charge devices if they
support this feature.
Select this option to play audio from your
USB device.
Apps
The system supports the use of certain
audio apps such as Pandora or iHeartRadio
through a USB or Bluetooth-enabled
device.
Each app gives you different on-screen
options depending on the app's content.
See Apps (page 247).
Supported Media Players, Formats
and Metadata Information
The system is capable of hosting nearly
any digital media player, including iPod,
iPhone, and most USB drives.
Supported audio formats include MP3,
WMA, WAV, AAC, and FLAC.
Supported audio file extensions include
MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and
FLAC.
Supported USB file systems include: FAT,
exFAT, and NTFS.
SYNC 3 is also able to organize the media
from your USB device by metadata tags.
Metadata tags, which are descriptive
software identifiers embedded in the
media files, provide information about the
file.
233
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
If your indexed media files contain no
information embedded in these metadata
tags, SYNC 3 may classify the empty
metadata tags as unknown.
SYNC 3 is capable of indexing up to
50,000 songs per USB device, for up to 10
devices.
PHONE
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of the system. Once you pair your
cell phone, you can access many options
using the touchscreen or voice commands.
While the system supports a variety of
features, many are dependent on your cell
phone’s functionality.
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the
First Time
Pair your Bluetooth enabled phone with
the system before using the functions in
hands-free mode.
Switch on Bluetooth on your device to
begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if
necessary.
To add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. A prompt alerts you to search for the
system on your phone.
3. Select your vehicle's make and model
as it displays on your phone.
4. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
5. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
6. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’ s manual
or visit the website.
Alternatively, to add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
Then select:
Discover Other Bluetooth Devices
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. Select your phone's name when it
appears on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
4. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
5. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’ s manual
or visit the website.
234
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
At a minimum, most cell phones with
Bluetooth wireless technology support the
following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Dialing a number.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller identification.
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
To check your phone’s compatibility,
see your phone’s manual or visit the
website:
Websites
owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Phone Menu
This menu becomes available after pairing
a phone.
E251249
G
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
Displays your recent calls.Recent
Call List
A
You can place a call by selecting an entry from this list.
235
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
You can also sort the calls by selecting the drop down
menu at the top of the screen. You can choose:
MissedOutgoingIncomingAll
All of your contacts from your phone display in alphabet-
ical order.
ContactsB
Selecting this button allows
you to choose a specific letter
to view.
A-Z Jump
Displays the name of your phone and takes you to the
phone settings options.
Phone
Settings
C
From this menu, you can pair subsequent devices, set ring
tones and alerts.
Gives you access to the list of paired or connected
Bluetooth devices allowing you to change or select a
device.
Change
Device
D
Displays all recent text messages.Text
Messages
E
Use this keypad to dial in a phone number.Phone
Keypad
F
Use the backspace button to delete numbers.
Press this button to begin a
call.
Call
Touch this button to reject all incoming calls automatic-
ally. Text message notifications do not display on the
screen. All ringtones and alerts are set to silent.
Do Not
Disturb
G
Users with phones having voice services
may see a button to access the feature.
For example, iPhone users see a Siri button.
A press and hold of the voice button on the
steering wheel also accesses this feature.
Making Calls
There are many ways to make calls from
the SYNC 3 system, including using voice
commands. See Using Voice
Recognition (page 224). You can use the
touchscreen to place calls as well.
236
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
To call a number in your contacts,
select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select the
name of the contact you
want to call. Any numbers
stored for that contact
display along with any
stored contact photos. You
can then select the
number that you want to
call. The system begins the
call.
Contacts
To call a number from your recent calls,
select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select an
entry that you want to call.
The system begins the call.
Recent Call
List
To call a number that is not stored in
your phone, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select the digits of the
number you wish to call.
Phone
Keypad
The system begins the call.Call
Pressing the backspace button deletes the
last digit you typed.
Receiving Calls
During an incoming call, an audible tone
sounds. Caller information appears in the
display if it is available.
To accept the call, select:
Menu Item
Accept
Note: You can also accept the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
To reject the call, select:
Menu Item
Reject
Note: You can also reject the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
Ignore the call by doing nothing. SYNC 3
logs it as a missed call.
During a Phone Call
During a phone call, the contacts name
and number display on the screen along
with the call duration.
The phone status items are also visible:
• Signal Strength.
• Battery.
• 911 Assist (United States and Canada
only). See Settings (page 248).
You can select any of the following during
an active phone call:
237
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Item
Immediately end a
phone call. You can
also press the
button on the
steering wheel.
End Call
Press this to access
the phone keypad.
Keypad
You can switch the
microphone off so
the caller does not
hear you.
Mute
Item
Privacy Transfer the call to
the cell phone or
back to SYNC 3.
Text Messaging
Note: Downloading and sending text
messages using Bluetooth are cell
phone-dependent features.
Note: Certain features in text messaging
are speed-dependent and not available
when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over
3 mph (5 km/h).
Receiving a Text Message
When a new message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a
pop-up with the caller name and ID, if supported by your cell phone. You can select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Have SYNC 3 read the message to you.Hear It
View the text on the touchscreen.View
To call the sender.Call
You can select from 15 preset messages. Press the message
that you would like to use and confirm to send the message.
SYNC 3 confirms when the message is sent successfully.
Reply
To exit the screen.Close
Smartphone Connectivity (If Equipped)
SYNC 3 allows you to use Apple CarPlay
and Android Auto to access your phone.
When you use Apple CarPlay or Android
Auto, you can:
• Make calls.
• Send and receive messages.
• Listen to music.
• Use your phone's voice assistant.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto disable
some SYNC 3 features.
Most Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
features use mobile data.
Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay requires an iPhone 5 or
newer with iOS 7.1 or newer. Updating to
the latest iOS version is recommended.
1. Plug your phone into a USB port. See
USB Port (page 212).
238
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
2. Follow the prompts on the
touchscreen.
3. Follow the prompts that appear on
your phone to allow access to Apple
CarPlay.
After completing the setup, your phone
connects to CarPlay automatically when
plugged into a USB port.
To disable this feature from the
Settings screen, select:
Menu Item
Apple CarPlay Preferences
Your device is listed if SYNC detects
Apple CarPlay. Select the name of your
device and select:
Disable
To return to SYNC 3, go to the Apple
CarPlay home screen and select the SYNC
app.
Note: Contact Apple for Apple CarPlay
support.
Android Auto
Android Auto is compatible with most
devices with Android 5.0 or newer.
1. Download the Android Auto app to
your device from Google Play to
prepare your device (this may require
mobile data usage).
Note: The Android Auto App may not be
available within your current market.
2. Plug your device into a USB port. See
USB Port (page 212).
3. To switch this feature on from the
Settings screen, scroll left on the
screen and select:
Menu Item
Android Auto Preferences
Enable Android Auto
Note: Android Auto must be switched on
after plugging in your device.
To disable this feature from the
Settings screen, select:
Menu Item
Android Auto Preferences
Your device is listed if SYNC detects
Android Auto. Select the name of your
device and select:
Disable
Note: You may need to slide your Settings
screen to the left to select Apple CarPlay
Preferences or Android Auto Preferences.
To return to SYNC 3, select the
speedometer icon in the Android Auto
menu bar at the bottom of the
touchscreen, and then touch the option to
return to SYNC.
Note: Contact Google for Android Auto
support.
NAVIGATION
Your navigation system is comprised of
two main features, destination mode and
map mode.
239
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Map Mode
Map mode shows advanced viewing
comprised of 2D city maps, 3D landmarks
and 3D city models (when available). 2D
city maps show detailed outlines of
buildings, visible land use, landscape
features, and detailed railroad
infrastructure for the most essential cities
around the globe.
3D landmarks appear as clear, visible
objects that are typically recognizable and
have a certain tourism value.
3D city models are complete 3D models
of entire city areas including navigable
roads, parks, rivers and rendered buildings.
3D landmarks and city models appear in
3D map mode only. Coverage of these
varies and improves with updated map
releases.
E207752
Select the zoom in icon to see a
closer view of the map.
E207753
Select the zoom out icon to see
a farther away view of the map.
You can adjust the view in preset
increments. You can also pinch to zoom in
or out of the map.
The information bar tells you the names
of streets, cities or landmarks as you hover
over them with the crosshair curser.
You can change your view of the map by
tapping on the location indicator icon on
the right hand side of the screen. You can
choose from the following options:
E207750
Heading up (2D map) This
always shows the direction of
forward travel to be upward on
the screen. This view is available
for map scales up to 3 mi (5 km).
E207749
North up (2D map) always
shows the northern direction to
be upward on the screen.
E207748
3D map mode provides an
elevated perspective of the map.
Adjust this viewing angle and
rotate the map 180 degrees by
touching the map twice, and
then dragging your finger along the shaded
bar with arrows at the bottom of the map.
E207751
Re-center the map by pressing
this icon whenever you scroll the
map away from your vehicle’s
current location.
E207754
Points of Interest (POI)
grouping icon: You can choose
up to three POI icons to display
on the map. If the chosen POIs
are located close together or are
at the same location a box is used to
display a single category icon instead of
repeating the same icon, in order to reduce
clutter. When you select the box on the
map, a pop-up appears indicating how
many POIs are in this location. Select the
pop up to see a list of the available POIs.
You can scroll through and select POIs
from this list.
If your vehicle is low on charge or fuel,
station icons automatically display on the
map.
You can choose to display traffic icons on
the map representing twelve different
types of incidents. See Settings (page
248).
You can set a destination by hovering
above a location and selecting:
Button
Start
240
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Destination Mode
To set a destination, press:
DescriptionMenu Item
Destination
Enter a navigation destination in any of the following formats:
Street AddressSearch
(number, street, city, state)
For example "12 Mainstreet Dearborn MI"
Partial Address
(number, street) if searching in current state
(number, street and zip code (or postal code in Canada)) if searching
out of state
You can enter unique addresses that contain door number prefixes
with or without the prefix. For example, you could enter "6N340
Fairway Lane" or "340 Fairway Lane".
City
(name or zip code)
Point of Interest
(name or category)
Intersection
(street 1 / street 2)
(street 1 and street 2)
(street 1 & street 2)
(street 1 @ street 2)
(street 1 at street 2)
Latitude and Longitude
(##.###### , ##.######)
This is in a decimal degrees format, one to six decimal places are
accepted.
You are given autocomplete options below the address bar to select
as you type.
If you do not give an exact destination, a menu displays with your
possible selections.
Collections of your last 40 navigation destinations display here.Previous Destina-
tions You can select any option from the list to select it as your destination.
241
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionMenu Item
Select this option to remove all previous destinations.Delete
All
Select to navigate to your set Home destination.Home
The time it takes to travel from your current location to Home displays.
To set your Home, press:
A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a
favorite for home. Select:
Home
Enter a location into the search bar and press:Yes
Save
Select to navigate to your set Work destination.Work
The time it takes to travel from your current location to Work displays.
To set your Work:
A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a
favorite for work. Select:
Work
Enter a location into the search bar and press:Yes
Save
Favorites include any location you have previously saved.Favorites
To add Favorites:
Select this button and enter a location into the destination
bar.
Add a
Favorite
Select this option to have the system locate the address
you have entered.
Search
Select this button when the address you have entered
appears on the screen.
Save
The address saves as a favorite and you see the favorites screen. You
can now select this address from the favorites screen.
POI categories that may display (based on market and vehicle
configuration):
Point of Interest
(POI) Categories
Food
Fuel
Hotel
ATM
242
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionMenu Item
Press to view additional categories. Once you have selected
a category, follow the menus to find what you are looking
for.
See All
Inside of these categories you can search by:
Nearby
Along Route
Near Destination
In a City
Once you have chosen your destination, press:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
This saves the destination to your favorites.Save
This shows you a map of your entire route. You can then choose your
route from three different options.
Start
Uses the fastest moving roads
possible.
Fastest
Uses the shortest distance possible.Shortest
Uses the most fuel-efficient route.Economical Route
The time and distance for each route also displays.
On the route screen, you can choose to cancel the current navigation.
The system asks for confirmation then returns you to the map mode
screen.
Cancel
Once you have chosen you destination, press:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
The system uses a variety of screens and prompts to guide you to your
destination.
Start
During Route guidance, you can press the maneuver arrow icon on the
map if you want the system to repeat route guidance instructions.
When the system repeats the last guidance instruction, it updates the
distance to the next guidance instruction, since it detects that the
vehicle is moving.
243
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
The navigation map shows your estimated time of arrival, remaining
travel time and the distance to your destination.
SYNC 3 may not always announce vehicle arrival at the exact point
of your destination and you may have to cancel a route manually.
Navigation Menu
In map mode and during active navigation
you can access the navigation menu.
During active navigation, touch the bottom
of the screen to view the menu and other
buttons.
To access the Navigation menu, press:
Button
Menu
You can then select:
A full screen map displays during navigation.Full MapScreen View
Highway exit information displays on the right hand side
of the screen during navigation.
Highway
Exit Info
Points of interest icons display for restaurants, hotels,
fuel stations and ATMs when they are present at the
exit. You can select the POI icons to receive a listing of
specific locations. You can select the POI location as a
waypoint or destination if desired.
Only available during an active route. Displays all of the
turns on the current route.
Turn List
You can choose to avoid any road on the turn list by
selecting the road from the list. A screen then appears
and you can press:
Avoid
The system calculates a new route and displays a new
turn list.
Press this button to adjust your preferences. See Settings (page 248).Navigation
Settings
Provides your current location city and the nearest road.Where Am I?
The following are only available on the menu during an active navigation route:
The system asks for confirmation and then returns you to the map
mode screen.
Cancel Route
244
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Button
Selecting this option switches off the audio navigation guidance. Press
the button again to un-mute guidance.
Mute Guidance
Press this to see a map of the full route.View Route
An alternate route displays in comparison with the current route.Detour
Only available if you have an active waypoint on your route. See
Waypoints later in this section for information on how to set
waypoints.
Edit Waypoints
Use this button to re-order or remove your waypoints.
Optimize OrderYou can
also have
the system
set the
order for
you by
pressing:
GoTo return to
your route
press:
Waypoints
You can add a waypoint to a navigation
route as a destination along your route.
To add a waypoint:
1. Select the search icon (magnifying
glass) while on an active route. This
brings up the destination menu.
2. Set your destination using any of the
given methods. Once the destination
has been selected, the screen allows
you to set the destination as a
waypoint by selecting:
Menu Item
The waypoint list then appears and you are
able to re-order all of your waypoints by
selecting the menu icon on the right hand
side of the location. You can select up to
five waypoints.
Add Waypoint
Optimize OrderYou can also have the system set the order
for you by pressing:
GoTo return to your route, press:
245
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
cityseeker (If Equipped)
Note: cityseeker point of interest (POI)
information is limited to approximately 1110
cities (1049 in the United States, 36 in
Canada and 15 in Mexico).
E225487
cityseeker, when available, is a service that
provides more information about certain
points of interest such as restaurants,
hotels and attractions.
When you have selected a point of interest,
the location and information appear, such
as address, phone number and a star
rating.
Press More Information to see a photo,
a review, a list of services and facilities, the
average room or meal price and the web
address. This screen displays the point of
interest icons.
For restaurants, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, average
cost, review, handicap access, hours of
operation, and website address.
For hotels, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, price
category, review, check-in and checkout
times, hotel service icons and website
address. Hotel service icons include:
• Restaurant
• Business center
• Handicap facilities
• Laundry
• Refrigerator
• 24 hour room service
• Fitness center
• Internet access
• Pool
• Wi-Fi
Attractions include nearby landmarks,
amusement parks, historic buildings and
more. cityseeker can provide information
such as star rating, reviews, hour of
operation and admission price.
Navigation Map Updates
Annual navigation map updates are
available for purchase through your
dealership, by calling 1-866-462-8837 in
the United States and Canada or
01-800-557-5539 in Mexico. You can also
visit:
Website
www.navigation.com/sync
You need to specify the make and model
of your vehicle to determine if there is an
update available.
HERE is the digital map provider for the
navigation application. If you find map data
errors, you may report them directly to
HERE by going to
www.here.com/mapcreator. HERE
evaluates all reported map errors and
responds with the result of their
investigation by e-mail.
Map coverage includes the USA (including
Puerto Rico and the US Virgin Islands),
Canada and Mexico.
246
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
APPS
The system enables voice, steering wheel,
and touch screen control of SYNC 3
AppLink enabled smartphone apps. Once
an app is running through AppLink, you can
control main features of the app through
voice commands and steering wheel
controls.
Note: Available AppLink enabled apps will
vary by market.
Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone via Bluetooth to SYNC 3 to
access AppLink.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.
Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit:
Websites
owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Note: Make sure you have an active account
for the app that you have downloaded.
Some apps will work automatically with no
setup. Other apps will want you to configure
your personal settings and personalize your
experience by creating stations or favorites.
We recommend you do this at home or
outside of your vehicle.
Note: We encourage you to review the
smartphone app’s terms of service and
privacy policies because Ford is not
responsible for your app or its use of data.
Note: AppLink is a native SYNC system
feature. Accessing mobile apps through
AppLink is only possible when Android Auto
or Apple CarPlay are disabled. Some apps
may only be accessible in the car through
Applink and others only through Android
Auto or Apple CarPlay. Please refer to the
Smartphone Connectivity information to
disable Android Auto or Apple CarPlay.
Note: In order to use an app with SYNC 3,
the App needs to be running in the
background of your phone. If you shut down
the app on your phone, it shuts down the
app on SYNC 3 as well.
Note: If a SYNC 3 AppLink compatible app
is not shown in the Apps Domain, make sure
the required app is running on the mobile
device.
Action and Descrip-
tion
Menu Item
SYNC 3 will search
and connect to
compatible app(s)
running on your
mobile device.
Connect Mobile
Apps
Enabling SYNC 3 Mobile Apps
In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC 3
requires user consent to send and receive
app authorization information and updates
using the data plan associated with the
connected device.
The connected device sends data to Ford
in the United States. The information is
encrypted and includes your VIN, SYNC 3
module number, odometer, usage
statistics and debugging information. We
retain this data for only as long as
necessary to provide this service,
troubleshoot, and improve products and
services and to offer you products and
services that may interest you where
allowed by law.
247
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.
Note: Ford reserves the right to limit
functionality or deactivate mobile apps at
any time.
Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is
not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.
You can enable and disable apps through
settings. See Settings (page 248).
App Permissions
The system organizes the App permissions
into groups. You can grant these group
permissions individually. You can change
a permission group status any time when
not driving, by using the settings menu.
While in the settings menu, you can also
see the data included in each group.
When you launch an app using SYNC 3,
the system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example Vehicle
information, Driving characteristics, GPS
and Speed, and/or Push notifications. You
can enable all groups or none of them
during the initial app permissions prompts.
The settings menu offers individual group
permission control.
Note: You are only prompted to grant
permissions the first time you use an app
with SYNC 3.
Note: If you disable group permissions,
apps will still be enabled to work with SYNC
3 unless you deactivate All Apps in the
settings menu.
SETTINGS
Under this menu, you can access and
adjust the settings for many of the system
features. To access additional settings,
swipe the screen left or right.
Sound
Pressing this button allows you to adjust
the following:
Sound Settings
Returns Treble, Midrange, and Bass sound settings to factory levels.Reset All
Adjusts the high frequency level.Treble
Adjusts the middle frequency level.Midrange
Adjusts the low frequency level.Bass
Adjusts the sound ratio from side to side.Balance
Adjusts the amount the audio system volume increases with speed,
or turns the feature off.
Speed
Compensated
Vol.
Optimizes the sound based on the location of the listeners.Occupancy Mode
248
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Sound Settings
StereoSound Settings
Surround
Your vehicle might not have all of these features.
Media Player
This button is available when a media
device such as a Bluetooth Stereo or USB
device is the active audio source. Pressing
the button allows you to access the
following options for active devices only.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
For some Apple devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of
podcasts. When a podcast is playing, you can choose:
Podcast Speed
FasterNormalSlower
For some Apple devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of
audiobooks. When an audiobook is playing, you can choose:
Audiobook Speed
FasterNormalSlower
Cover art displays from your device’s music
files. If no cover art for the files exists on the
device, then the Gracenote Database provides
cover art.
Media PlayerCover Art Priority
The Gracenote Database supplied cover art is
used for your music files. This overrides any
cover art from your device.
Gracenote®
Switches on an off Gracenote® to provide metadata information
such as genre, artist, album.
Gracenote®
Management
This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database.Gracenote® Data-
base Info
This allows you to view the manufacturer and model number of your
media device.
Device Informa-
tion
Erase the stored in media information in order to re-index.Update Media
Index
249
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Clock
To adjust the time, select the up and down
arrows on either side of the screen. The
arrows on the left adjust the hour and
arrows on the right adjust the minute. You
can then select AM or PM.
You can adjust the following features:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select how time displays.Clock Format
When active, the clock adjusts to time zone changes.Auto Time Zone
Update This feature is only available in vehicles with navigation.
When selected, the vehicle clock resets to GPS satellite time.Reset Clock to
GPS Time
The system automatically saves any
updates you make to the settings.
Bluetooth
Pressing this button allows you to access
the following:
ActionMenu Item
Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all devices and does not permit
new connections.
Bluetooth
You must activate Bluetooth to pair a
Bluetooth-enabled device.
The processes of pairing a Bluetooth
device is the same as pairing a phone. See
Pairing a Device in Phone settings for how
to pair a device and the available options.
Phone
Pair your Bluetooth-enabled phone with
the system before using the functions in
hands-free mode.
Switch on Bluetooth on your device to
begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if
necessary.
To add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. A prompt alerts you to search for the
system on your phone.
3. Select your vehicle's make and model
as it displays on your phone.
4. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
5. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
250
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
6. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’ s manual
or visit the website.
Alternatively, to add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
Then select:
Discover Other Bluetooth Devices
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. Select your phone's name when it
appears on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
4. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
5. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’ s manual
or visit the website.
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
To check your phone’s compatibility,
see your phone’s manual or visit the
website:
Website
owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Once you have paired a device you can
adjust the following options.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
View Devices
You can then select:
You can add a Bluetooth-enabled device by following the steps in
the previous table.
Add a Bluetooth
Device
You can select a phone by touching the name of the phone on the screen. You then
have the following options:
Depending on the status of the device, you can select either of these
options to interact with the selected device.
Connect
Disconnect
Allows you to see phone and device information.Device Informa-
tion
Allows you to select this device to be your preferred device.Make Primary
Removes the selected device from the system.Delete
251
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Manage Contacts
You can then select:
Enable this option to have SYNC 3 periodically re-download your
phonebook to keep your contact list up to date.
Auto-Download
Contacts
Choose how you would like the system to display your contacts. You
can choose:
Sort By:
Last NameFirst Name
Select this option to re-download your contact list manually.Re-download
Contacts
Select this option to delete the in vehicle contact list. Deleting the
in vehicle list does not erase the contact list on the connected phone.
Delete Contacts
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Set Phone Ringtone
You can then select:
No sound plays when a call comes to your phone.No Ringtone
The currently selected ringtone on your phone plays when you receive
a call. This option may not be available for all phones. If this option
is available, it is the default setting.
Use Phone Ring-
tone
You can also select one of the three available ringers.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Text Messaging
You can then select:
No sound plays when a message comes to your phone.No Alert
(Silence)
You can select one of the three available notification sounds.
When enabled, a voice prompt alerts you when you receive a new
message.
Voice Readout
252
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
You can enable and disable the following options as well:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
When enabled, vehicle audio (such as radio or apps) is muted for the
duration of the phone call even when the phone call is in privacy.
Mute Audio in
Privacy
When enabled, an alert displays that your phone is roaming when
you attempt to place a call.
Roaming
Warning
When enabled, a message displays when the battery on your phone
is running low.
Low Battery
Notification
911 Assist
Note: This service is only available in the
United States and Canada.
Select this button to modify the on or off
setting for this feature. If the mobile
phone’s contacts have been downloaded,
you can adjust the following option:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can select up to two numbers from your mobile device's phone-
book as emergency contacts for quick access at the end of the 911
Assist call process.
Set Emergency
Contacts
Radio
This button is available if a Radio source
such as AM or FM is the active media
source. Pressing the button allows you to
access the following features:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
This feature is available when FM Radio is your active media source.
Activate this feature to have the system display radio text.
Radio Text
RefreshAutoset Presets
(AST)
Selecting this option stores the six strongest stations in your current
location to the last preset bank of the currently tuned source.
Navigation
You can adjust many of the Navigation
preferences by selecting the following
menus.
253
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Map Preferences
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Map Preferences
Then select any of the following:
When this option is active, the system shows 3D renderings of build-
ings.
3D City Model
When enabled, your vehicle’s previously traveled route displays with
white dots.
Breadcrumbs
Enable this feature to display up to 3 POI icons on the navigation map.POI Icons
Select POIsOnce this feature is activated you can select
the icons you want displayed by selecting:
This menu allows you to choose which incident icons you would like
to have displayed on the navigation map.
Incident Map
Icons
Route Preferences
Second Level Messages, Actions and DescriptionsMenu Item
Route Preferences
Then select any of the following:
Choose to have the system display your chosen route type.Preferred Route
EcoFastestShortest
Bypass route selection in destination programming. The system only
calculates one route based on your preferred route setting.
Always Use ___
Route
When activated, the system uses your selected route type to calculate
only one route to the desired destination.
The system selects High Occupancy Vehicle or car pool lanes when
providing route guidance.
Use HOV Lanes
The system searches for and displays available parking locations as
you approach your destination.
Automatically
Find Parking
Select a level of cost for the calculated Eco Route. The higher the
setting, the longer the time allotment is for the route.
Eco Time
Penalty
254
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Second Level Messages, Actions and DescriptionsMenu Item
Enable or disable considering traffic information when planning a
route. The system can find a faster route based on heavy traffic flow
information or detect a Road Closed incident and find a detour route
if possible.
Dynamic Route
Guidance
If selected, SYNC 3 avoids freeways when computing a navigation
route.
Avoid Freeways
If selected, SYNC 3 avoids Toll Roads when computing a navigation
route.
Avoid Toll
Roads
If selected, SYNC 3 avoids the use of Ferries or Trains when computing
a navigation route.
Avoid
Ferries/Car
Trains
Navigation Preferences
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Navigation Preferences
You can adjust how the system provides prompts.Guidance
Prompts
Then select any of the following:
A tone sounds followed by voice instructions.Voice and Tones
Only voice instructions are given.Voice Only
Only a tone sounds to prompt you.Tones Only
Mobile Apps
You can enable the control of compatible
mobile apps running on your Bluetooth or
USB device on SYNC 3. In order to enable
mobile apps, SYNC 3 requires user consent
to send and receive app authorization
information and updates using the data
plan associated with the connected device.
The connected devices sends data to Ford
in the United States. The encrypted
information includes your VIN, SYNC 3
module number, anonymous usage
statistics and debugging information.
Updates may take place automatically.
Note: All Mobile Apps may not be
compatible with the system.
255
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Note: Standard data rates will apply. Ford
is not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Enable or disable the use of mobile apps on SYNC 3.Mobile Apps
Disabling mobile apps in the settings menu disables automatic
updates and the use of mobile apps on SYNC 3.
You can view the status of mobile app permissions in the settings
menu.
Once Mobile Apps is enabled, you have the following options:
This provides information on the current state of available app
updates.
Update Mobile
Apps
There are three possible statuses:
Updating Mobile Apps…Up-To-DateUpdate Needed
The system is trying to receive
an update.
No update is
required.
The system has
detected a new app
requiring authoriza-
tion or a general
permissions update is
required.
Select this button if an
update is required and you
want to request this update
manually. For example, when
your mobile device is
connected to a Wi-Fi hotspot,
select:
Request Update
256
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Request Update
Grant or deny permissions to all apps at once.All Apps
Grant or deny an individual app particular permissions. App permis-
sions are organized into groups. By pressing the info book icon, you
can see which signals are included in each group.
There may also
be SYNC 3
enabled apps
listed under
these options.
Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for
any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any
vehicle data that you approve Ford to
provide to an app.
General
Access and adjust the system settings,
voice features, as well as phone, navigation
and wireless settings.
Menu Item
Select to have the touchscreen display in English,
Spanish or French.
Language
Select to display units in kilometers or miles.Distance
Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit.Temperature
Select to have the system beep to confirm choices
made through the touchscreen.
Touch Screen Beep
When you activate this option, the system automatic-
ally updates when you have an available Internet
connection through a Wi-Fi network or mobile
connection.
Automatic System Updates
Information pertaining to the system and its software.About
Documentation of the software license for the system.Software Licenses
Select to restore factory defaults. This erases all
personal settings and personal data.
Master Reset
Wi-Fi
You can adjust the following:
257
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Enable this option to connect to Wi-Fi for SYNC 3 vehicle software
updates.
Wi-Fi
This provides you with a list of available Wi-Fi networks within range.View Available
Networks
Clicking on a network from the list allows you to connect or disconnect
from that network. The system may require a security code to
connect.
When you click the information button next to a network, more
information about the network displays such as the signal strength,
connection status and security type.
The system alerts you when your vehicle is parked and a Wi-Fi
network is within range if SYNC is not already connected.
Wi-Fi Available
Notifications
Camera Settings
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Action and DescriptionMessage
Camera Settings
Then select from the following:
You can enable or disable this option using the slider.Rear Camera
Delay
You can find more information on the rear-view camera system in the parking aids chapter
of your owner manual.
Display
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Make the screen display brighter or dimmer.Brightness
You can select:Mode
The screen automatically switches between day and
night modes based on the outside light level.
Auto
The screen displays with a light background to enhance
daytime viewing.
Day
258
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
The screen displays with a darker background to make
nighttime viewing easier.
Night
The screen goes black and does not display anything.
To switch the screen back on, simply tap the screen.
Off
Enable this option to automatically dim the display brightness based
on ambient lighting conditions.
Auto Dim
Voice Control
You can adjust the voice control settings
by selecting the following options.
Menu Item
Enable this option to remove additional voice prompts
and confirmations.
Advanced Mode
Enable this option to have the system confirm a contacts
name with you before making a call.
Phone Confirmation
Enable this option to have the system display a list of
available voice commands when the voice button is
pressed.
Voice Command List
Valet Mode
Valet mode allows you to lock the system.
No information is accessible until the
system is unlocked with the correct PIN.
When you select valet mode a pop up
appears informing you that a four digit
code must be entered to enable and
disable valet mode. You can use any PIN
you chose but you must use the same PIN
to disable valet mode. The system asks
you to input the code.
Note: If the system is locked and you
cannot remember the PIN, please contact
the Customer Relationship Center.
United States: 1-800-392-3673
Canada: 1-800-565-3673
To enable valet mode, enter your chosen
PIN. The system then asks to confirm your
PIN by reentering it. The system then locks.
To unlock the system, enter the same pin
number. The system reconnects to your
phone and all of your options are available
again.
SYNC™ 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC 3 system is easy to use.
However, should questions arise, please
refer to the tables below.
To check your cell phone's compatibility,
refer to the regional Ford or Lincoln
website.
259
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Cell phone issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Refer to your device's manual about audio
adjustments.
The audio control
settings on your cell
phone may be affecting
SYNC 3 performance.
There is back-
ground noise
during a phone
call.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
During a call, I
can hear the
other person
but they cannot
hear me.
Make sure that the microphone for SYNC
3 is not set to off. Look for the microphone
icon on the phone screen.
To restart your system, shut down the
engine, open and close the door, and then
lock the door and wait for 2-3 minutes.
Make sure that your SYNC 3 screen is black
and the lighted USB port is off.
The system may need to
be restarted.
During a call, I
cannot hear the
other person
and they cannot
hear me.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
SYNC 3 is not
able to down-
load my phone-
book.
Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve
contacts from your phone. Refer to your
cell manual.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve
contacts from your phone. Refer to your
cell manual.
Limitations on your cell
phone's capability.
The system
says "Phone-
book down-
loaded" but my
SYNC 3 phone-
book is empty or
is missing
contacts.
If the missing contacts are stored on your
SIM card, move them to your cell phone's
memory.
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC 3.
260
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Cell phone issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
cell phone to
SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
Try deleting your device from SYNC 3 and
deleting SYNC from your device, then trying
again.
Always check the security and auto accept
prompt settings relative to the SYNC 3
Bluetooth connection on your cell phone.
Update your cell phone's firmware.
Switch the auto download setting off.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
Text messaging
is not working
on SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
iPhone • Go to your cell phone's Settings.
• Go to the Bluetooth Menu.
• Press the blue circle to the right of the
device named with your vehicle make
and model to enter the next menu.
• Turn Show Notifications on.
• Disconnect then reconnect your iPhone
from the SYNC 3 system to activate this
settings update.
Your iPhone is now set up to forward
incoming text messages to SYNC 3.
Repeat these steps for every other SYNC 3
vehicle that you connect. Your iPhone will
only forward incoming text messages to
SYNC 3 if the iPhone is not unlocked in the
messaging application.
Replying to text messages using SYNC 3 is
not supported by iPhone.
261
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Cell phone issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Text messages from WhatsApp and Face-
book Messenger are not supported.
Your cell phone must support downloading
text messages through Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
Audible text
messages do
not work on my
cell phone.
Because each cell phone is different, refer
to your device's manual for the specific cell
phone you are pairing. In fact, there can be
differences between cell phones due to
brand, model, service provider and software
version.
This is a cell phone limita-
tion.
USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try
switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then reconnect it to
SYNC 3.
Possible device malfunc-
tion.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
device.
Make sure you are using the manufacturer's
cable.
Make sure to correctly insert the USB cable
into the device and your vehicle's USB port.
Make sure that the device does not have
an auto-install program or active security
settings.
Make sure your device is unlocked before
connecting it to SYNC 3.
The device has a lock
screen enabled.
Make sure you are not leaving the device in
your vehicle during very hot or cold
temperatures.
This is a device limitation.
SYNC 3 does
not recognize
my device when
I start my
vehicle.
Make sure you connect the device to SYNC
3 and that you have started the media
player on your device.
This is a device-
dependent feature.
Bluetooth audio
does not
stream.
262
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
The device is not
connected.
Try switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then reconnect it to
SYNC 3.
The device is in a bad
state.
Make sure that all song details are popu-
lated.
Your music files may not
contain the correct artist,
song title, album or genre
information.
SYNC 3 does
not recognize
music that is on
my device.
Try replacing the corrupt file with a new
version.
The file may be
corrupted.
Some devices require you to change the
USB settings from mass storage to media
transfer protocol class.
The song may have
copyright protection that
does not allow it to play.
Convert the file to a supported format. See
Entertainment (page 230).
The file format is not
supported by SYNC 3.
Update media index. See Settings (page
248).
The device needs to be
re-indexed.
Make sure your device is unlocked before
connecting it to SYNC 3.
The device has a lock
screen enabled.
Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try
switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then connect it back
to SYNC 3.
This is a device limitation.
When I connect
my device, I
sometimes do
not hear any
sound.
To listen to Apple devices through USB,
select AirPlay from the devices Control
Center, then select Dock Connector.
To listen to Apple devices through
Bluetooth Stereo, select AirPlay from the
devices Control Center, then select SYNC.
Connect a compatible device or media
player.
The device or media
player is incompatible.
SYNC 3 does
not display the
song informa-
tion, repeat, or
shuffle buttons.
263
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Wi-Fi Issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Verify password.Password error.Failed connec-
tion.
Check for a poor Wi-Fi signal.Weak signal.
Use a unique name for your SSID, don’t use
the default name unless it contains a
unique identifier, such as part of the MAC
address.
Multiple Access points
within range with the
same SSID.
Position the vehicle close to the hotspot
with the front of the vehicle facing the
hotspot direction and remove obstacles if
possible. Other Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, microwave
and cordless phones may cause interfer-
ence.
Weak signal probably
due to distance from the
hotspot, obstruction or
high interference.
Disconnecting
after successful
connection.
If the vehicle is equipped with heated
windshield, try positioning the vehicle so
that the windshield is not facing the
hotspot. If you have metallic window tinting
but not on the windshield, position the
vehicle to face the hotspot. If all windows
are tinted, you can open the windows in the
direction of the hotspot if that is feasible.
There may be an
obstruction between
SYNC 3 and the hotspot.
Poor signal seen
by SYNC 3
despite being
near a hotspot.
Try to remove other obstructions that may
impact signal quality such as opening the
garage door.
Please set the network to visible and try
again.
The hotspot was defined
as a hidden network.
A hotspot is not
listed in the list
of available
networks.
264
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Wi-Fi Issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
SYNC 3 currently does not provide a
hotspot.
SYNC 3 does not
currently provide a
hotspot.
SYNC 3 is not
seen when
searching for
Wi-Fi networks
from your phone
or other devices.
Check the signal quality (under network
details), if SYNC 3 indicates good or excel-
lent, test with another high-speed equipped
hotspot where the environment is more
predictable.
Poor signal strength, too
far from the hotspot,
hotspot is supporting
multiple connections,
slow Internet connection
or other problems.
Software down-
load takes too
long.
Test the connection with another device, if
the hotspot requires a subscription, you
may contact the service provider.
It is possible that there is
no new software. The
connected hotspot may
be a managed one and it
requires either a
subscription or agreeing
to the terms and condi-
tions.
SYNC 3 seems
to connect with
a hotspot and
the signal
strength is
excellent but
the software is
not being
updated.
265
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Make sure you have a compatible smart-
phone; an Android with OS 2.3 or higher or
an iPhone 3GS or newer with iOS 5.0 or
higher. Additionally, make sure you pair and
connect your phone to SYNC 3 in order to
find AppLink-capable apps on your device.
iPhone users must also connect to a USB
port with an Apple USB cable.
You did not connect an
Applink Compatible
phone to SYNC 3.
AppLink Mobile
Applications:
When I select
"Find Mobile
Apps," SYNC 3
does not find
any applica-
tions.
Make sure you have downloaded and
installed the latest version of the app from
your phone's app store. Make sure the app
is running on your phone. Some apps
require you to register or login to the app
on the phone before using them with
AppLink. Also, some may have a "Ford
SYNC" setting, so check the app's settings
menu on the phone.
AppLink-enabled apps
are not installed and
running on your mobile
device.
My phone is
connected, but I
still cannot find
any apps.
Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC
3 find the application if you cannot discover
it inside the vehicle. On an Android device,
if apps have an 'Exit' or 'Quit' option, then
select it and restart the app. If the app does
not have that option, select the phone's
settings menu and select 'Apps', then find
the particular app and choose 'Force stop.'
Do not forget to restart the app afterward,
then select "Find Mobile Apps" on SYNC 3.
Sometimes apps do not
properly close and re-
open their connection to
SYNC 3, over ignition
cycles, for example.
My phone is
connected, my
app(s) are
running, but I
still cannot find
any apps.
On an iPhone with iOS7+, to force close an
app, double tap the home button then
swipe up on the app to close it. Tap the
home button again, then select the app
again to restart it. After a few seconds, the
app should then appear in SYNC 3's Mobile
App's Menu.
266
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Switch Bluetooth off and then on to reset
it on your phone. If you are in your vehicle,
SYNC 3 should be able to automatically re-
connect to your phone if you press the
"Phone" button.
There is a Bluetooth issue
on some older versions
of the Android operating
system that may cause
apps that were found on
your previous vehicle
drive to not be found
again if you did not
switch Bluetooth off.
My Android
phone is
connected, my
app(s) are
running, I
restarted them,
but I still cannot
find any apps.
Unplug the USB cable from the phone, wait
a moment, and plug the USB cable back in
to the phone. After a few seconds, the app
should appear in SYNC 3's Mobile Apps
Menu. If not, "Force Close" the application
and restart it.
You may need to reset
the USB connection to
SYNC 3.
My iPhone is
connected, my
app is running, I
restarted the
app but I still
cannot find it on
SYNC 3.
Increase the Bluetooth volume of the
device by using the device's volume control
buttons which are most often found on the
side of the device.
The Bluetooth volume on
the phone may be low.
I have an
Android phone.
I found and
started my
media app on
SYNC 3, but
there is no
sound or the
sound is very
low.
Force close or uninstall the apps you do not
want SYNC 3 to find. If the app has a "Ford
SYNC" setting, disable that setting in the
app's settings menu on the phone.
Some Android devices
have a limited number of
Bluetooth ports that
apps can use to connect.
If you have more AppLink
apps on your phone than
the number of available
Bluetooth ports, you will
not see all of your apps
listed in the SYNC 3
mobile apps menu.
I can only see
some of the
AppLink apps
running on my
phone listed in
the SYNC 3
Mobile Apps
Menu.
267
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Voice command issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Review the cell phone voice commands
and the media voice commands at the
beginning of their respective sections.
You may be using the
wrong voice commands.
SYNC 3 does
not understand
what I am
saying.
Refer to the audio display during an active
voice session to find a list of voice
commands there.
Wait for the system to prompt you before
you state your command.
You may be speaking too
soon or at the wrong
time.
Review the media voice commands at the
beginning of the media section.
You may be using the
wrong voice commands.
SYNC 3 does
not understand
the name of a
song or artist.
Say the song or artist name exactly as it is
displayed on your device. For example, say
"Play Artist Prince" or "Play song Purple
Rain".
You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your device.
Make sure you are saying the complete title
such as "California remix featuring Jennifer
Nettles".
If there are any abbreviations in the name,
like ESPN or CNN, you have to spell those:
"E-S-P-N" or "C-N-N".
Make sure that song titles, artists, album,
and playlists names do not have any special
characters like *, - or +.
The song or artist name
may have some special
characters that are not
being recognized by
SYNC 3.
Make sure that you are saying the name
exactly as it appears on your phone. For
example, if your contact is "Joe Wilson",
say "Call Joe Wilson". If your contact name
is "Mom", say "Call Mom".
You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your phone-
book.
SYNC 3 does
not understand
or is calling the
wrong contact
when I want to
make a call.
Make sure that your contact names do not
have any special characters like *, - or +.
The contact name may
contain special charac-
ters.
268
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Voice command issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the
contact names stored on your cell phone.
You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your phone-
book.
The SYNC 3
voice control
system is having
trouble recog-
nizing foreign
names stored
on my cell
phone.
Helpful Hint: You can select your contact
manually. Press PHONE. Select the option
for phonebook and then contact name.
Press the soft-key option to hear it. SYNC
3 will read the contact name to you, giving
you some idea of the pronunciation it is
expecting.
SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the names
stored on your media player or USB flash
drive. It is able to make some exceptions
for very popular artist names (for example,
U2) such that you can always use the
English pronunciation for these artists.
You may be saying the
foreign names using the
currently selected
language for SYNC 3.
The SYNC 3
voice control
system is having
trouble recog-
nizing foreign
tracks, artists,
albums, genres
and playlist
names from my
media player or
USB flash drive.
SYNC 3 uses a synthetically generated
voice rather than pre-recorded human
voice.
SYNC 3 uses text-to-
speech voice prompt
technology.
The system
generates voice
prompts and
the pronunci-
ation of some
words may not
be accurate for
my language.
SYNC 3 offers several new voice control
features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").
269
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Personal Profiles
Possible cause and solutionIssue
Personal Profiles have not been set up.
I cannot create a profile.
An invalid profile name was entered.
A memory button was not selected when
prompted.
The vehicle’s ignition was not On and in
Park or was shifted out of Run or Park while
creating a profile.
Personal Profiles is turned off.
The lock button was not selected on a
keyfob when prompted.
I cannot link a keyfob.
The keyfob selected was already associ-
ated to another profile and an overwrite
was declined.
A profile recall was performed while linking
a keyfob.
The vehicle’s ignition was not On and in
Park, or was shifted out of Run or Park while
linking a keyfob.
The old linking method is used.
The unsaved setting is not supported by
Personal Profiles.
My personalized settings do not save.
A different Personal Profile is active than
expected.
Another user has changed settings for the
wrong Personal Profile.
A Personal Profile has not been created.
My profile will not recall.
Personal Profiles is turned off.
The requested profile is already active.
The memory button being used is not linked
to a profile.
270
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Personal Profiles
Possible cause and solutionIssue
The keyfob being used is not linked to a
profile.
The wrong keyfob is being used.
A button other than unlock or remote start
is being pressed on a linked keyfob.
The Personal Profile was deleted.
Personal Profiles is turned off.My preset positions recall but my profile
does not.
The vehicle is in motion.
My profile recalls but my preset positions
do not.
The preset positions are the same as the
Guest or previously active profile.
Unlink and relink your keyfob in the
Personal Profiles menu. You may need to
see your authorized dealer.
I lost a keyfob.
Keyfobs had been erased and reprogramed.
This could happen if you let dealership add
a new keyfob to replace lost one.
I lost all profiles.
Master Reset had been performed without
your acknowledgement.
271
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
General
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
SYNC 3 only supports four languages in a
single module for text display, voice control
and voice prompts. The country where you
bought your vehicle dictates the four
languages based on the most popular
languages spoken. If the selected language
is not available, SYNC 3 remains in the
current active language.
SYNC 3 does not support
the currently selected
language for the instru-
ment cluster and inform-
ation and entertainment
display.
The language
selected for the
instrument
cluster and
information and
entertainment
display does not
match the
SYNC 3
SYNC 3 offers several new voice control
features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").
language
(phone, USB,
Bluetooth
audio, voice
control and
voice prompts).
SYNC 3 System Reset
The system has a System Reset feature that can be performed if the function of a SYNC
3 feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and will not erase any
information previously stored in the system (such as paired devices, phonebook, call
history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset, press and hold
the Seek Up (>>|) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power button. After
approximately 5 seconds the screen will go black. Allow 1-2 minutes for the system
reset to complete. You may then resume using the SYNC 3 system.
For additional assistance with SYNC 3
troubleshooting, refer to the regional Ford
or Lincoln website.
272
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
For a complete listing of Ford GT
Accessories and Ford GT Licensed
Products, contact the Ford GT Concierge
at 1-800-210-5795. The Ford GT Concierge
has the latest information on the offerings
available.
273
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Accessories
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance
schedule helps protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance and may help to
increase the value of your vehicle when
you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for
completed maintenance with your vehicle
and record the maintenance in the pages
that follow in this section.
We have established regular maintenance
intervals for your vehicle based upon
rigorous testing. It is important that you
have your vehicle serviced at the proper
times. Remember that time is just as
important as miles driven. These intervals
are based on both time and distance
driven. Since cars like the Ford GT do not
get driven daily in most cases, your
maintenance intervals may be more based
on time than distance driven.
It is your responsibility to have all
scheduled maintenance performed and to
make sure that the materials used meet
the specifications identified in this owner's
manual. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 204).
Failure to perform scheduled maintenance
invalidates warranty coverage on parts
affected by the lack of maintenance.
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Certified Ford GT Service
Dealership?
Factory-Trained Technicians
Service technicians participate in extensive
factory-sponsored certification training to
help them become experts on the
operation of your Ford GT.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft™
Replacement Parts
Certified Ford GT Service Dealerships stock
the Ford and Motorcraft parts needed to
maintain your Ford GT. These parts meet
or exceed our specifications. Parts installed
at your dealership carry a nationwide
24-month or unlimited mile (kilometer)
parts and labor limited warranty.
If you do not use Ford authorized parts they
may not meet our specifications and
depending on the part, it could affect
emissions compliance.
Convenience
The Ford GT Concierge will be happy to
assist you in scheduling your maintenance
visits and will work with your Certified Ford
GT Service Dealership to make these
arrangements.
Road Course Maintenance
If your Ford GT is subjected to dedicated
road course use, we recommend additional
maintenance. See Special Operating
Conditions Scheduled Maintenance
(page 276).
Protecting Your Investment
Additives and Chemicals
This owner's manual and the Ford
Workshop Manual list the recommended
additives and chemicals for your vehicle.
We do not recommend using chemicals or
additives not approved by us as part of
your vehicle’ s normal maintenance. Please
consult your warranty information.
274
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Oils and Fluids
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a
normal operating characteristic and, by
itself, does not necessarily indicate a
concern or that the fluid needs to be
changed. However, a qualified expert, such
as the factory-trained technicians at your
dealership, should inspect discolored fluids
that also show signs of overheating or
foreign material contamination
immediately.
Make sure to change your vehicle’s oils and
fluids at the specified intervals or in
conjunction with a repair.
NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
Normal Maintenance Intervals
Annually or Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
Change oil and filter.
Inspect tires and check tire pressures.
Inspect the brake pads, rotors, hoses, brake cooling duct hoses and check parking brake
function. Check brake fluid level.
Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses. Check coolant level.
Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields.
Inspect the accessory drive belts.
Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension and tie-rod ends.
Inspect the wiper blades. Check washer fluid level.
Inspect hinges and latches. Lubricate if needed.
Inspect vehicle battery and state of charge.
Check the hydraulic fluid level.
Check operation of all lights.
Check operation of warning indicators inside the instrument cluster.
Check for any fluid leaks.
275
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Other maintenance items
1
Change brake fluid.Every 2 Years or 10,000 mi (16,000 km)
Replace cabin air filter.Every 2 Years or 10,000 mi (16,000 km)
Replace engine air filters.Every 3 Years or 15,000 mi (24,000 km)
Change transmission fluid.Every 6 Years or 30,000 mi (48,000 km)
Replace spark plugs.Every 45,000 mi (72,000 km)
Change hydraulic fluid.Every 10 Years or 60,000 mi (100,000 km)
Change engine coolant.
2
Every 10 Years or 60,000 mi (100,000 km)
Replace front and rear accessory drive
belts.
Every 10 Years or 100,000 mi (160,000 km)
Replace Hydraulic Accumulator
Bottle.
Every 24 Years
1
Do not exceed the designated distance
or mileage for the interval.
2
Initial replacement at 10 years or
60,000 mi (100,000 km), then every six
years or 30,000 mi (48,000 km).
SPECIAL OPERATING
CONDITIONS SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals
Vehicles operating in the Middle East,
North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or
locations with similar climates using an
American Petroleum Institute (API)
Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification
mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal
oil change interval is 2,500 mi (4,000 km).
Engine Air Filter and Cabin Air
Filter Replacement
The life of the engine air filter and cabin air
filter is dependent on exposure to dusty
and dirty conditions. Vehicles operated in
these conditions require frequent
inspection and replacement of the engine
air filter and cabin air filter.
Operating at High Speeds and
Track Days
Your vehicle is capable of sustained high
speeds and track day driving. Your GT has
electronic controls to reduce power and
limit the RPM to reduce powertrain
temperatures if operating temperatures
are exceeded.
276
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Before Operating Your Vehicle at High
Speeds:
• Verify your tires have the correct
pressures See Technical
Specifications (page 203).
• Inspect wheels and tires for wear and
damage. Replace any damaged wheels
and tires.
• Check and set lug nut torque. See
Technical Specifications (page 203).
• Verify fluid levels for oil, coolant, brake,
and hydraulic fluid. See Maintenance
(page 157).
• Change the oil and filter prior to use on
the track.
After Operating Your vehicle at High
Speeds and Track Day Driving, Do the
Following:
• Set tire pressures to specification.
• Check and set lug nut torque. See
Technical Specifications (page 203).
• Check all fluid levels.
• If you drive your car for an extended
period of time at high speed or on the
track for an extended time, change the
oil and filter.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
277
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
278
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
279
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
280
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
281
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
282
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
283
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
284
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
285
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
286
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
287
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER
LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA)
• You (“You” or “Your” as applicable)
have acquired a vehicle having several
devices, including SYNC ® and various
control modules, ("DEVICES") that
include software licensed or owned by
Ford Motor Company and its affiliates
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those
software products of FORD MOTOR
COMPANY origin, as well as associated
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation
("SOFTWARE") are protected by
international intellectual property laws
and treaties. The SOFTWARE is
licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
• The SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be
later upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY.
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES,
WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT
TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF
ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
EULA grants you the following license:
• You may use the SOFTWARE as
installed on the DEVICES and as
otherwise interfacing with systems
and/or services provide by or through
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third
party software and service providers.
Description of Other Rights and
Limitations
• Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech
recognition component(s), you should
understand that speech recognition is
an inherently statistical process and
that recognition errors are inherent in
the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
liable for any damages arising out of
errors in the speech recognition
process. It is your responsibility to
monitor any speech recognition
functions included in the system.
• Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly:
You may not reverse engineer,
decompile, translate, disassemble or
attempt to discover any source code
or underlying ideas or algorithms of the
SOFTWARE nor permit others to
reverse engineer, decompile or
disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable
law notwithstanding this limitation or
to the extent as may be permitted by
the licensing terms governing use of
any open source components included
with the SOFTWARE.
• Limitations on Distributing,
Copying, Modifying and Creating
Derivative Works: You may not
distribute, copy, make modifications
to or create derivative works based on
the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation or to
the extent as may be permitted by the
licensing terms governing use of any
open source components included with
the SOFTWARE.
288
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
• Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICES and
related systems and services may
contain multiple EULAs, such as
multiple translations and/or multiple
media versions (e.g., in the user
documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of
the SOFTWARE.
• SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or
transfer of the DEVICES, provided you
retain no copies, you transfer all of the
SOFTWARE (including all component
parts, the media and printed materials,
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the
recipient agrees to the terms of this
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,
any transfer must include all prior
versions of the SOFTWARE.
• Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
may terminate this EULA if you fail to
comply with the terms and conditions
of this EULA.
• Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may
contain components that enable and
facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You
acknowledge and agree that FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and service suppliers, its
affiliates and/or its designated agent
may automatically check the version
of the SOFTWARE and/or its
components that you are utilizing and
may provide upgrades or supplements
to the SOFTWARE that may be
automatically downloaded to your
DEVICES.
• Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, its affiliates and/or
its designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,
supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components
of the SOFTWARE after the date you
obtain your initial copy of the
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components".) SOFTWARE updates
may cause you to incur additional
charges from your wireless service
provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY
or third party software and services
suppliers provide or make available to
you Supplemental Components and
no other EULA terms are provided
along with the Supplemental
Components, then the terms of this
EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its
designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to
you or made available to you through
the use of the SOFTWARE.
289
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
• Links to Third Party Sites: The
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites. The
third party sites are not under the
control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY,
its affiliates and/or its designated
agent. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its
designated agent are responsible for
(I) the contents of any third party sites,
any links contained in third party sites,
or any changes or updates to third
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any
other form of transmission received
from any third party sites. If the
SOFTWARE provides links to third
party sites, those links are provided to
you only as a convenience, and the
inclusion of any link does not imply an
endorsement of the third party site by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates
and/or its designated agent.
• Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
You recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICES operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety
and you agree to assume any risk
associated with the use of the
DEVICES.
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip,
CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or
other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a
replacement copy for the existing
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with
this EULA, including any additional EULA
terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in
and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
limited to any images, photographs,
animations, video, audio, music, text and
"applets" incorporated into the
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials
accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
and intellectual property rights in and to
the content which may be accessed
through use of the SOFTWARE is the
property of the respective content owner
and may be protected by applicable
copyright or other intellectual property
laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
rights to use such content outside its
intended use. All rights not specifically
granted under this EULA are reserved by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates,
and third party software and service
providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line
services which may be accessed through
the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You
acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
subject to U.S. and European Union export
jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
applicable international and national laws
that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
as well as end-user, end-use and
destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
other governments.
290
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third
party software and service providers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to
FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions
provided in the documentation for the
DEVICES product support, such as the
vehicle owner guide.
Should you have any questions concerning
this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD
MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason,
please refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICES.
No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety
Information Read and follow
instructions:
• Before using your SYNC® system, read
and follow all instructions and safety
information provided in this end user
manual ("Owner Guide".) Not
following precautions found in the
Owner Guide can lead to an accident
or other serious injuries.
General Operation
• Voice Command Control: Certain
functions within the SYNC® system
may be accomplished using voice
commands. Using voice commands
while driving helps you to operate the
system without removing your hands
from the wheel or eyes from the road.
• Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a
prolonged view of the screen while you
are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal
manner before attempting to access a
function of the system requiring
prolonged attention.
• Volume Setting: Do not raise the
volume excessively. Keep the volume
at a level where you can still hear
outside traffic and emergency signals
while driving. Driving while unable to
hear these sounds could cause an
accident.
• Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully
read and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
• Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual
(non-verbal) setup. Attempting to
perform such set-up or insert data
while driving can distract your attention
and could cause an accident or other
serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe
and legal manner before attempting
these operations.
• Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only
as an aid. Make your driving decisions
based on your observations of local
conditions and existing traffic
regulations. Any such feature is not a
291
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
substitute for your personal judgment.
Any route suggestions made by this
system should never replace any local
traffic regulations or your personal
judgment or knowledge of safe driving
practices.
• Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in
an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you
would be placed in an unsafe situation,
or if you would be directed into an area
that you consider unsafe. The driver is
ultimately responsible for the safe
operation of the vehicle and therefore,
must evaluate whether it is safe to
follow the suggested directions.
• Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps
used by this system may be inaccurate
because of changes in roads, traffic
controls or driving conditions. Always
use good judgment and common sense
when following the suggested routes.
• Emergency Services: Do not rely on
any navigation features included in the
system to route you to emergency
services. Ask local authorities or an
emergency services operator for these
locations. Not all emergency services
such as police, fire stations, hospitals
and clinics are likely to be contained in
the map database for such navigation
features.
Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of
Risk
• You agree to each of the following:(a)
Any use of the SOFTWARE while
driving an automobile or other vehicle
in violation of applicable law or
otherwise driving in an unsafe manner
presents a significant risk of distracted
driving and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(b) Use of
the SOFTWARE at excessive volume
poses a significant risk of hearing
damage and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(c) The
SOFTWARE may not be compatible
with new or different versions of an
operating system, third party software,
or third party services, and the
SOFTWARE may potentially cause a
critical failure of an operating system,
third party software, or third party
service.(d) Any third party service
accessed by or third party software
used with the SOFTWARE (I) may
charge an additional fee for access, (ii)
may not work correctly, on an
uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii)
may change streaming formats or
discontinue operation, (iv) may contain
adult, profane or offensive content; and
(v) may contain inaccurate, false or
misleading traffic, weather, financial
or safety information or other content;
and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may
cause you to incur additional charges
from your wireless service provider
(WSP) and any data or minute
calculators that may be included in the
software program are for reference
only, are not warranted in any way and
should not be relied upon in anyway.
• When using the SOFTWARE, you agree
to be responsible for and assume the
entire risk to the items set forth in
Section (a) – (e) above.
292
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
Disclaimer of Warranty
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND
AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND
SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND
THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO
SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY,
ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU.
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE
AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED
"AS IS" AND “AS AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL
FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY
HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO
THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR
STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY
QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN
ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY,
OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY
RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES
NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST
INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT
OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES,
(b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c)
THAT THE OPERATION OF THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d)
OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE,
THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN
INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL
CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE
STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER,
SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT
FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE
WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR
COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE
WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING
WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE
EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT
BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION
AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE
WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL.
Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction
• The laws of the State of Michigan
govern this EULA and Your use of the
SOFTWARE. Your use of the
SOFTWARE may also be subject to
other local, state, national, or
international laws. Any litigation arising
out of or related to this EULA shall be
brought and maintained exclusively in
a court of the State of Michigan
located in Wayne County or in the
United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby
consent to submit to the personal
jurisdiction of a court in the State of
Michigan located in Wayne County and
the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan for any
dispute arising out of or relating to this
EULA.
293
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
Binding Arbitration and Class Action
Waiver
(a) Application. This Section applies to
any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT
INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO
COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE
ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF
FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.
Dispute means any dispute, action, or other
controversy between You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, other than the
exceptions listed above, concerning the
SOFTWARE (including its price) or this
EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort,
statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other
legal or equitable basis.
(b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a
Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY
must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”,
which is a written statement of the name,
address, and contact information of the
party giving it, the facts giving rise to the
dispute, and the relief requested. You and
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to
resolve any dispute through informal
negotiation within 60 days from the date
the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days,
You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may
commence arbitration.
(c) Small claims court. You may also
litigate any dispute in small claims court
in your county of residence or FORD
MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of
business, if the dispute meets all
requirements to be heard in the small
claims court. You may litigate in small
claims court whether or not You
negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any
dispute by informal negotiation or in small
claims court, any other effort to resolve
the dispute will be conducted exclusively
by binding arbitration. You are giving up
the right to litigate (or participate in as a
party or class member) all disputes in court
before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes
will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator,
whose decision will be final except for a
limited right of appeal under the Federal
Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction
over the parties may enforce the
arbitrator’s award.
(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings
to resolve or litigate any dispute in any
forum will be conducted solely on an
individual basis. Neither you nor FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any
dispute heard as a class action, as a private
attorney general action, or in any other
proceeding in which any party acts or
proposes to act in a representative
capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will
be combined with another without the
prior written consent of all parties to all
affected arbitrations or proceedings.
(f) Arbitration procedure. Any
arbitration will be conducted by the
American Arbitration Association (the
“AAA”), under its Commercial Arbitration
Rules. If You are an individual and use the
SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or
if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or
less whether or not You are an individual
or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA
Supplementary Procedures for
Consumer-Related Disputes will also
apply. To commence arbitration, submit a
Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for
Arbitration form to the AAA. You may
request a telephonic or in-person hearing
by following the AAA rules. In a dispute
involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will
be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds
good cause to hold an in-person hearing
instead. For more information, see adr.org
or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to
commence arbitration only in your county
of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S
principal place of business. The arbitrator
294
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
may award the same damages to You
individually as a court could. The arbitrator
may award declaratory or injunctive relief
only to You individually, and only to the
extent required to satisfy Your individual
claim.
(g) Arbitration fees and incentives.
• I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less.
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will
promptly reimburse your filing fees and
pay the AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR
COMPANY’S last written settlement
offer made before the arbitrator was
appointed (“last written offer”), your
dispute goes all the way to an
arbitrator’s decision (called an
“award”), and the arbitrator awards
you more than the last written offer,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you
three incentives: (1) pay the greater of
the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your
reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and
(3) reimburse any expenses (including
expert witness fees and costs) that
your attorney reasonably accrues for
investigating, preparing, and pursuing
your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator
will determine the amounts.
• ii. Disputes involving more than
$75,000. The AAA rules will govern
payment of filing fees and the AAA’s
and arbitrator’s fees and expenses.
• iii. Disputes involving any amount. In
any arbitration you commence, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA
or arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or
Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the
arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous
or brought for an improper purpose. In
any arbitration FORD MOTOR
COMPANY commences, it will pay all
filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. It will not seek its attorney’s
fees or expenses from you in any
arbitration. Fees and expenses are not
counted in determining how much a
dispute involves.
(h) Claims or disputes must be filed
within one year. To the extent permitted
by law, any claim or dispute under this
EULA to which this Section applies must
be filed within one year in small claims
court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section
d). The one-year period begins when the
claim or dispute first could be filed. If such
a claim or dispute is not filed within one
year, it is permanently barred.
(I) Severability. If the class action waiver
(Section e) is found to be illegal or
unenforceable as to all or some parts of a
dispute, then that portion of Section e will
not apply to those parts. Instead, those
parts will be severed and proceed in a court
of law, with the remaining parts proceeding
in arbitration. If any other provision of that
portion Section e is found to be illegal or
unenforceable, that provision will be
severed with the remainder of Section e
remaining in full force and effect.
Telenav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these
terms and conditions. If you do not accept
these terms and conditions, do not break
the seal of the package, launch, or
otherwise use the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav may revise this Agreement and
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
295
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention
to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk
of injury or death to you and others in
situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
agree to comply with the following when
using the TeleNav Software:
(a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise
drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested
by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
(c) do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked;
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for
any illegal, unauthorized, unintended,
unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes,
or in any manner inconsistent with this
Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
TeleNav Software in a secure manner in
your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
operation of any safety device (such as an
airbag).
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
harmless against all claims resulting from
any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
use of the TeleNav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with
true, accurate, current, and complete
information about yourself, and (b) to
inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true,
accurate, current and complete.
3. Software License
• Subject to your compliance with the
terms of this Agreement, TeleNav
hereby grants to you a personal,
non-exclusive, non-transferable license
(except as expressly permitted below
in connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software
license), without the right to
sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate
upon any termination or expiration of
this Agreement. You agree that you will
use the TeleNav Software only for your
personal business or leisure purposes,
and not to provide commercial
navigation services to other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
• (a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter
or otherwise change the TeleNav
Software or any part thereof; (b)
attempt to derive the source code,
audio library or structure of the
TeleNav Software without the prior
express written consent of TeleNav;
(c) remove from the TeleNav
Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or
its suppliers' trademarks, trade names,
logos, patent or copyright notices, or
other notices or markings; (d)
296
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
distribute, sublicense or otherwise
transfer the TeleNav Software to
others, except as part of your
permanent transfer of the TeleNav
Software; or (e) use the TeleNav
Software in any manner that
I. infringes the intellectual property or
proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party,
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming,
privacy, consumer and child protection,
obscenity or defamation, or
iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive,
harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar,
obscene, libelous, or otherwise
objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or
otherwise permit unauthorized access by
third parties to the TeleNav Software
without advanced written permission of
TeleNav.
4. Disclaimers
• To the fullest extent permissible
pursuant to applicable law, in no event
will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers,
or agents or employees of any of the
foregoing, be liable for any decision
made or action taken by you or anyone
else in reliance on the information
provided by the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav also does not warrant the
accuracy of the map or other data used
for the TeleNav Software. Such data
may not always reflect reality due to,
among other things, road closures,
construction, weather, new roads and
other changing conditions. You are
responsible for the entire risk arising
out of your use of the TeleNav
Software. For example but without
limitation, you agree not to rely on the
TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the
well-being or survival of you or others
is dependent on the accuracy of
navigation, as the maps or functionality
of the TeleNav Software are not
intended to support such high risk
applications, especially in more remote
geographical areas.
• TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS
AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE
FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM
OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT
OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH
RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE.
• Certain jurisdictions do not permit the
disclaimer of certain warranties, so this
limitation may not apply to you.
5. Limitation of Liability
• TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV
OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD
PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES
(INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE
INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT
OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA,
LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF
PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION
OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
297
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL
DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN
CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE
ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND
OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS
SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT
ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES
AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE
ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS
MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
• You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or the TeleNav
Software shall be settled by
independent arbitration involving a
neutral arbitrator and administered by
the American Arbitration Association
in the County of Santa Clara, California.
The arbitrator shall apply the
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and
the judgment upon the award rendered
by the arbitrator may be entered by any
court having jurisdiction. Note that
there is no judge or jury in an arbitration
proceeding and the decision of the
arbitrator shall be binding upon both
parties. You expressly agree to waive
your right to a jury trial. This Agreement
and performance hereunder will be
governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State
of California, without giving effect to
its conflict of law provisions. To the
extent judicial action is necessary in
connection with the binding arbitration,
both TeleNav and you agree to submit
to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts of the County of Santa Clara,
California. The United Nations
Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods shall not
apply.
7. Assignment
• You may not resell, assign, or transfer
this Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in
connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software, and
expressly conditioned upon the new
user of the TeleNav Software agreeing
to be bound by the terms and
conditions of this Agreement. Any such
sale, assignment or transfer that is not
expressly permitted under this
paragraph will result in immediate
termination of this Agreement, without
liability to TeleNav, in which case you
and all other parties shall immediately
cease all use of the TeleNav Software.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,
TeleNav may assign this Agreement to
any other party at any time without
notice, provided the assignee remains
bound by this Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
298
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
conferred by implication, statute,
inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors
hereby reserve all of their respective rights
other than the licenses explicitly granted
in this Agreement.
8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you
consent to receive from TeleNav all
communications, including notices,
agreements, legally required disclosures
or other information in connection with the
TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices")
electronically. TeleNav may provide such
Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
Website or by downloading such Notices
to your wireless device. If you desire to
withdraw your consent to receive Notices
electronically, you must discontinue your
use of the TeleNav Software.
8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not
affect that party's right to require
performance at any time thereafter, nor
shall a waiver of any breach or default of
this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.
8.5
If any provision herein is held
unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect.
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement,
and will not be referred to in connection
with the construction or interpretation of
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement,
the words "include" and "including" and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to
be terms of limitation, but rather will be
deemed to be followed by the words
"without limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
• The Telenav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to Telenav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement
includes end-user terms applicable to
these companies (included at the end
of this Agreement), and thus your use
of the Telenav Software is also subject
to such terms. You agree to comply
with the following additional terms and
conditions, which are applicable to
Telenav’s third party vendor licensors::
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
North America, LLC
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and
its licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand.
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.
299
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from
the United States Postal Service® to
publish and sell ZIP+4® information.
©United States Postal Service® 2014.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service®. The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4
The Data for Mexico includes certain data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co.,
Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including
their licensors and suppliers) on the other
hand. 20xx. All rights reserved
Terms and Conditions
Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data
together with the Telenav Software solely
for the internal business and personal
purposes for which you were licensed, and
not for service bureau, time-sharing or
other similar purposes. Accordingly, but
subject to the restrictions set forth in the
following paragraphs, you agree not to
otherwise reproduce, copy, modify,
decompile, disassemble, create any
derivative works of, or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not transfer
or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
except to the extent permitted by
mandatory laws.
Restrictions. Except where you have been
specifically licensed to do so by Telenav,
and without limiting the preceding
paragraph, you may not use this Data (a)
with any products, systems, or applications
installed or otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs.
Warning. The Data may contain
inaccurate or incomplete information due
to the passage of time, changing
circumstances, sources used and the
nature of collecting comprehensive
geographic data, any of which may lead to
incorrect results.
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you
“as is,” and you agree to use it at your own
risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no
guarantees, representations or warranties
of any kind, express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not limited
to, content, quality, accuracy,
completeness, effectiveness, reliability,
fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness,
use or results to be obtained from this
Data, or that the Data or server will be
uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
300
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow
certain warranty exclusions, so to that
extent the above exclusion may not apply
to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
States, Territories and Countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.
Export Control. You shall not export from
anywhere any part of the Data or any direct
product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals
required under, applicable export laws,
rules and regulations, including but not
limited to the laws, rules and regulations
administered by the Office of Foreign
Assets Control of the U.S. Department of
Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and
Security of the U.S. Department of
Commerce. To the extent that any such
export laws, rules or regulations prohibit
HERE from complying with any of its
obligations hereunder to deliver or
distribute Data, such failure shall be
excused and shall not constitute a breach
of this Agreement.
Entire Agreement. These terms and
conditions constitute the entire agreement
between Telenav (and its licensors,
including their licensors and suppliers) and
you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and
all written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
Governing Law. The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands”
where European HERE Data is used],
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
Convention for Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods, which is
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
[insert “The Netherlands” where European
HERE Data is used] for any and all
disputes, claims and actions arising from
or in connection with the Data provided to
you hereunder.
Government End Users. If the Data is
being acquired by or on behalf of the
United States government or any other
entity seeking or applying rights similar to
those customarily claimed by the United
States government, this Data is a
“commercial item” as that term is defined
at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in
accordance with these End-User Terms,
and each copy of Data delivered or
otherwise furnished shall be marked and
embedded as appropriate with the
following “Notice of Use,” and shall be
treated in accordance with such Notice:
301
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425
West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois
60606
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to
these End-User Terms under which this
Data was provided.
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
must notify HERE prior to seeking
additional or alternative rights in the Data.
I. US/Canada Territory
A. United States Data. The End-User
Terms for any Application containing
Data for the United States shall contain
the following notices:
“HERE holds a non-exclusive license
from the United States Postal
Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4®
information.”
“©United States Postal Service®
20XX. Prices are not established,
controlled or approved by the United
States Postal Service®. The following
trademarks and registrations are
owned by the USPS: United States
Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”
B. Canada Data. The following provi-
sions apply to the Data for Canada,
which may include or reflect data from
third party licensors (“Third Party
Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen
in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”),
Canada Post Corporation (“Canada
Post”) and the Department of Natural
Resources of Canada (“NRCan”):
1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client
agrees that its use of the Third Party
Data is subject to the following provi-
sions:
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data
is licensed on an “as is” basis. The
licensors of such data, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
make no guarantees, representa-
tions or warranties respecting such
data, either express or implied,
arising by law or otherwise, including
but not limited to, effectiveness,
completeness, accuracy or fitness
for a particular purpose.
b. Limitation on Liability: The Third
Party Data licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
shall not be liable: (i) in respect of
any claim, demand or action, irre-
spective of the nature of the cause
of the claim, demand or action
alleging any loss, injury or damages,
direct or indirect, which may result
from the use or possession of such
Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the
Data.
302
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with
each copy of all or any portion of the
Data for the Territory of Canada, Client
shall affix in a conspicuous manner the
following copyright notice on at least
one of: (i) the label for the storage
media of the copy; (ii) the packaging
for the copy; or (iii) other materials
packaged with the copy, such as user
manuals or end user license agree-
ments: “This data includes information
taken with permission from Canadian
authorities, including © Her Majesty
the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada
Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The
Department of Natural Resources
Canada. All rights reserved.”
3. End-User Terms: Except as other-
wise agreed by the parties, in connec-
tion with the provision of any portion
of the Data for the Territory of Canada
to End-Users as may be authorized
under the Agreement, Client shall
provide such End-Users, in a reason-
ably conspicuous manner, with terms
(set forth with other end user terms
required to be provided under the
Agreement, or as otherwise may be
provided, by Client) which shall include
the following provisions on behalf of
the Third Party Data licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan:
The Data may include or reflect
data of licensors, including Her
Majesty the Queen in the Right of
Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada
Post Corporation (“Canada Post”)
and the Department of Natural
Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such
data is licensed on an “as is” basis.
The licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, make no
guarantees, representations or
warranties respecting such data,
either express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not
limited to, effectiveness, complete-
ness, accuracy or fitness for a
particular purpose. The licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, shall not be liable in
respect of any claim, demand or
action, irrespective of the nature of
the cause of the claim, demand or
action alleging any loss, injury or
damages, direct or indirect, which
may result from the use or posses-
sion of the data or the Data. The
licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, shall not
be liable in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the data
or the Data.
End User shall indemnify and save
harmless the licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
and their officers, employees and
agents from and against any claim,
demand or action, irrespective of
the nature of the cause of the claim,
demand or action, alleging loss,
costs, expenses, damages or injuries
(including injuries resulting in death)
arising out of the use or possession
of the data or the Data.
4. Additional Provisions: The terms
contained in this Section are in addi-
tion to all of the rights and obligations
of the parties under the Agreement.
To the extent that any of the provi-
sions of this Section are inconsistent
with, or conflict with, any other provi-
sions of the Agreement, the provisions
of this Section shall prevail.
303
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
II. Mexico. The following provision applies
to the Data for Mexico, which includes
certain data from the Instituto Nacional
de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or
packaging containing Data for Mexico
shall contain the following notice:
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de
Estadística y Geografía)”
III. Latin America Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeTerritory
“INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
AUTORIZACION N° IGM-
2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE
ENERO DE 2011”
Ecuador
“source: © IGN 2009 - BD
TOPO ®”
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía)”
Guade-
loupe,
French
Guiana
and
Marti-
nique
Mexico
IV. Middle East Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry
“© Royal Jordanian
Geographic Centre”. The
foregoing notice requirement
for Jordan Data is a material
term of the Agreement. If
Client or any of its permitted
Jordan
sublicensees (if any) fail to
meet such requirement, HERE
shall have the right to
terminate Client’s license
with respect to the Jordan
Data.
B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted
sublicensees (if any) are restricted from
licensing and/or otherwise distributing
HERE’s database for the country of
Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enter-
prise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian
entities for use of the Jordan Data solely
in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers.
In addition, Client, its permitted subli-
censees (if any) and End-Users are
restricted from using the Jordan Data in
Enterprise Applications if such party is
(i) a non-Jordanian entity using the
Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a
Jordan-based customer. For purposes
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applica-
tions” shall mean Geomarketing applic-
ations, GIS applications, mobile business
asset management applications, call
center applications, telematics applica-
tions, public organization Internet
applications or for providing geocoding
services.
304
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
V. Europe Territory
A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
1. General Restrictions Applicable to
Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges
and agrees that in certain countries of
the Europe Territory, Client will need
to obtain rights directly from third
party RDS-TMC code providers to
receive and use the Traffic Codes in
the Data and to deliver to End-Users
Transactions in any way derived from
or based on such Traffic Codes. For
such countries, HERE shall deliver the
Data incorporating Traffic Codes to
Client only after receiving certification
from Client of its having obtained such
rights.
2. Display of Third Party Rights
Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for
each Transaction that uses Traffic
Codes for Belgium, provide the
following notice to the End-User:
“Traffic Codes for Belgium are
provided by the Ministerie van de
Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the
Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des
Transports.”
B. Paper Maps. With respect to any
license granted to Client relating to
making, selling or distributing paper
maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or
paper-like medium): (a) such license
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s
entering into and complying with a
separate written agreement with the
Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and
sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the
OS any and all applicable paper map
royalties, and Client’s complying with
the OS copyright notice requirements;
(b) such license for selling or otherwise
distributing for charge with respect to
Data for the Territory of Czech Republic
is conditioned on Client’ s obtaining prior
written consent from Kartografie a.s.;
(c) such license for selling or distributing
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s
obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d)
Client is restricted from using Data for
the Territory of France to create paper
maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and
1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted
from using any Data to create, sell or
distribute paper maps that are the same
or substantially similar, in terms of data
content and specific use of color,
symbols and scale, to paper maps
published by the European national
mapping agencies, including without
limitation, Landervermessungämter of
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the
Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland,
Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessung-
swesen of Austria, and the National
Land Survey of Sweden.
C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting
Section IV(B) above, with respect to
Data for the Territory of Great Britain,
Client acknowledges and agrees that
the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring
a direct action against Client to enforce
compliance with the OS copyright notice
(see Section IV(D) below) and paper
map requirements (see Section IV(B)
above) contained in this Agreement.
D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry(ies)
305
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
“© Bundesamt für Eich-
und Vermessungswesen”
Austria
“© EuroGeographics”
Croatia
Cyprus,
Estonia,
Latvia,
Lithuania,
Moldova,
Poland,
Slovenia
and/or
Ukraine
“source: © IGN 2009 – BD
TOPO ®”
France
“Die Grundlagendaten
wurden mit Genehmigung
der zuständigen Behörden
entnommen”
Germany
“Contains Ordnance
Survey data © Crown
copyright and database
right 2010 Contains Royal
Mail data © Royal Mail
copyright and database
right 2010”
Great Britain
“Copyright Geomatics
Ltd.”
Greece
“Copyright © 2003; Top-
Map Ltd.”
Hungary
“La Banca Dati Italiana è
stata prodotta usando
quale riferimento anche
cartografia numerica ed
al tratto prodotta e fornita
dalla Regione Toscana.”
Italy
“Copyright © 2000;
Norwegian Mapping
Authority”
Norway
“Source: IgeoE – Portugal”Portugal
“Información geográfica
propiedad del CNIG”
Spain
“Based upon electronic
data © National Land
Survey Sweden.”
Sweden
“Topografische
Grundlage: © Bundesamt
für Landestopographie.
Switzerland
E. Respective Country Distribution. Client
acknowledges that HERE has not
received approvals to distribute map
data for the following countries in such
respective countries: Albania, Belarus,
Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan.
HERE may update such list from time to
time. The license rights granted to Client
under this TL with respect to the Data
for such countries are contingent upon
Client’s compliance with all applicable
laws and regulations, including, without
limitation, any required licenses or
approvals to distribute the Application
incorporating such Data in such
respective countries.
VI. Australia Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
Copyright. Based on data provided
under license from PSMA Australia
Limited (www.psma.com.au).
306
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
Product incorporates data which is ©
20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia
Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In
addition to the foregoing, the End-User
Terms for any Application containing
RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia
shall contain the following notice:
“Product incorporates traffic location
codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corpora-
tion Limited and its licensors.”
AT&T Vehicle Network Carrier
Telematics Disclosure
END USER FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION MEANS YOU AND YOUR HEIRS,
EXECUTORS, LEGAL PERSONAL
REPRESENTATITVES AND PERMITED
ASSIGNS. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION “UNDERLYING WIRELESS
SERVICE CARRIER” INCLUDES ITS
AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS AND
THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS,
DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS. END USER HAS NO
CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP WITH
THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE
CARRIER AND END USER IS NOT A THIRD
PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY
AGREEMENT BETWEEN FORD AND
UNDERLYING CARRIER. END USER
UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER HAS NO LEGAL,
EQUITABLE, OR OTHER LIABILITY OF ANY
KIND TO END USER. IN ANY EVENT,
REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE
ACTION, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF
CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR
OTHERWISE, END USER'S EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR CLAIMS ARISING IN ANY
WAY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT, FOR ANY CAUSE
WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO ANY FAILURE OR
DISRUPTION OF SERVICE PROVIDED
HEREUNDER, IS LIMITED TO PAYMENT
OF DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO
EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY END USER
FOR THE SERVICES DURING THE
TWO-MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE
DATE THE CLAIM AROSE.
(ii) END USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY
AND HOLD HARMLESS THE UNDERLYING
WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND ITS
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS
AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION
CLAIMS FOR LIBEL, SLANDER, OR ANY
PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY
OR DEATH, ARISING IN ANY WAY,
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT
OR THE USE, FAILURE TO USE, OR
INABILITY TO USE THE DEVICE EXCEPT
WHERE THE CLAIMS RESULT FROM THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER’S GROSS
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
THIS INDEMNITY WILL SURVIVE THE
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT.
(iii) END USER HAS NO PROPERTY RIGHT
IN ANY NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE
DEVICE.
(iv) END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT
FORD AND THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
CANNOT GUARANTY THE SECURITY OF
WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS, AND WILL
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LACK OF
SECURITY RELATING TO THE USE OF THE
SERVICES
THE SERVICE IS FOR [END USER’S] USE
ONLY AND END USER MAY NOT RESELL
THE SERVICE TO ANY OTHER PARTY END
USER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT
GUARANTEE ANY END USER
UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE OR
COVERAGE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
DOES NOT WARRANT THAT END USERS
CAN OR WILL BE LOCATED USING THE
SERVICE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
307
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
SUITABILITY, OR PERFORMANCE
REGARDING ANY SERVICES OR GOODS,
AND IN NO EVENT SHALL AT&T BE
LIABLE, WHETHER OR NOT DUE TO ITS
OWN NEGLIGENCE, FOR ANY: (A) ACT OR
OMISSION OF A THIRD PARTY; (B)
MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS,
ERRORS, FAILURES TO TRANSMIT,
DELAYS, OR DEFECTS IN THE SERVICE
PROVIDED BY OR THROUGH THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER; (C) DAMAGE OR
INJURY CAUSED BY SUSPENSION OR
TERMINATION BY THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER; OR (D) DAMAGE OR INJURY
CAUSED BY A FAILURE OR DELAY IN
CONNECTING A CALL TO ANY ENTITY,
INCLUDING 911 OR ANY OTHER
EMERGENCY SERVICE. TO THE FULL
EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE END
USER RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES AND
HOLDS THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY
AND ALL CLAIMS OF ANY PERSON OR
ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE
ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM OR RELATING
TO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SERVICES
PROVIDED BY THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
OR ANY PERSON’S USE THEREOF,
INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING IN WHOLE
OR IN PART FROM THE ALLEGED
NEGLIGENCE OF THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER.
VII. China Territory
Personal Use Only
You agree to use this Data together with
[insert name of Client Application] for the
solely personal, non-commercial purposes
for which you were licensed, and not for
service bureau, time-sharing or other
similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject
to the restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you may copy this Data only
as necessary for your personal use to (i)
view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you
do not remove any copyright notices that
appear and do not modify the Data in any
way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce,
copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or
reverse engineer any portion of this Data,
and may not transfer or distribute it in any
form, for any purpose, except to the extent
permitted by mandatory laws.
Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically
licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease
using this Data if you fail to comply with
these terms and conditions.
Limited Warranty
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will
perform substantially in accordance with
the accompanying written materials for a
period of ninety (90) days from the date
of receipt, and (b) any support services
provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as
described in applicable written materials
provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s
support engineers will make commercially
reasonable efforts to solve any problem
issues.
308
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
rigCustomer Remedies
NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited
Warranty and that are returned to NAV2
with a copy of your receipt. This Limited
Warranty is void if failure of the Data has
resulted from accident, abuse, or
misapplication. Any replacement Data will
be warranted for the remainder of the
original warranty period or thirty (30) days,
whichever is longer. Neither these remedies
nor any product support services offered
by NAV2 are available without proof of
purchase from an authorized international
source.
No Other Warranty:
EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY
SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Limited Liability:
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Export Control
You agree not to export to anywhere any
part of the Data provided to you or any
direct product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all licenses and
approvals required under, applicable
export laws, rules and regulations.
IP Protection
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its
suppliers and are protected by applicable
copyright and other intellectual property
law and treaties. The Data are provided
solely on the basis of a license to use, not
sale.
Entire Agreement
These terms and conditions constitute the
entire agreement between NAV2(and its
licensors, including their licensors and
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their
entirety any and all written or oral
agreements previously existing between
us with respect to such subject matter.
309
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the People’s
Republic of China, without giving effect to
(i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the
United Nations Convention for Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods, which
is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising
from or in connection with the Data
provided to you hereunder shall be
submitted to the Shanghai International
Economic and Trade Arbitration
Commission for arbitration.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright©
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote
Software, copyright © 2000-2007
Gracenote. This product and service may
practice one or more of the following U.S.
Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773;
6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459;
6,330,593 and other patents issued or
pending. Some services supplied under
license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent 6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608
("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform
other functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended End
User functions of this device. This device
may contain content belonging to
Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
content and such content providers shall
be entitled to all of the benefits and
protections set forth herein that are
available to Gracenote. You agree that you
will use the content from Gracenote
("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal,
non-commercial use only. You agree not
to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the
Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software
or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag
associated with a music file) to any third
party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR
EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT,
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights
in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and the Gracenote Servers and
Gracenote Content, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will either
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide,
310
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
including any copyrighted material or
music file information. You agree that
Gracenote may enforce its respective
rights, collectively or separately, under this
agreement against you, directly in each
company's own name.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
queries without knowing anything about
who you are. For more information, see the
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.
Radio Frequency Statement
FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L
IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate the
equipment. The term "IC:" before the radio
certification number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications
were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
311
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
Taiwan Territory
Note: In accordance with the management
approach of low-power radio wave
radiation motors:
Article 12: For approved and certified
low-power radiation motor models,
companies, firms or users must not alter
the frequency, increase the power or
change the characteristics and functions
of the original design without authorization.
Article 14: The usage of low-power
radio-frequency motors must not affect
aviation safety and interfere with legal
telecommunications. Should interference
be detected, immediately stop using the
device and only resume usage after
ensuring that there is no longer any
interference. For the legal
telecommunication and wireless
telecommunication of the telco, the
low-power radio frequency motor must be
able to tolerate legal limits of interference
from telecommunication, industrial,
scientific and radio wave equipment.
SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS
AND CONDITIONS
By activating, using and/or accessing the
SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or
other content or material provided by
Intelematics (together, SUNA Products
and/or Services), you must accept
certain terms and conditions. The following
is a brief summary of the terms and
conditions that apply to you. To view the
full terms and conditions relevant to your
use of the SUNA Products and/or Services,
please consult:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
1. Acceptance
By using SUNA Products and/or Services,
you will be deemed to have accepted and
agreed to be bound by the terms and
conditions fully detailed at:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
2. Intellectual Property
SUNA Products and/or Services are for
your personal use. You may not record, or
retransmit the content, nor use the content
in association with any other traffic
information or route guidance service or
device not approved by Intelematics. You
obtain no right of ownership in any
Intellectual Property Rights (including
copyright) in the data that is used to
provide SUNA Products and/or Services.
3. Appropriate Use
SUNA Products and/or Services are
intended as an aid to personal motoring
and travel planning, and do not provide
comprehensive or accurate information on
all occasions. On occasions, you may
experience additional delay as a result of
using SUNA Products and/or Services. You
acknowledge that it is not intended, or
suitable, for use in applications where time
of arrival or driving directions may impact
the safety of the public or yourself.
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services
while driving
You, and other authorised drivers of the
vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or
Services are available or installed and
active, remain at all times responsible for
observing all relevant laws and codes of
safe driving. In particular, you agree to only
actively operate SUNA Products and/or
Services when the Vehicle is at a complete
stop and it is safe to do so.
312
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
5. Service Continuity and Reception of
the SUNA Traffic Channel
We will use reasonable endeavours to
provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours
a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic
Channel may occasionally be unavailable
for technical reasons or for planned
maintenance. We will try to perform
maintenance at times when congestion is
light. We reserve the right to withdraw
SUNA Products and/or Services at any
time.
Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted
reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
6. Limitation of Liability
Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or
the manufacturer of your device (the
“Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to
any third party for any damages either
direct, indirect, incidental, consequential
or otherwise arising out of the use of or
inability to use SUNA Products and/or
Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier
has been advised of the possibility of such
damages. You also acknowledge that the
neither Intelematics nor any Supplier
guarantees nor make any warranties that
relate to the availability, accuracy or
completeness of SUNA Products and/or
Services, and to the extent which it is
lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
Supplier excludes any warranties which
might otherwise be implied by any State
or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.
7. Please Note
Great care has been taken in preparing this
manual. Constant product development
may mean that some information is not
entirely up-to-date. The information in this
document is subject to change without
notice.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
313
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Appendices
314
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
A
A/C
See: Climate Control..........................................80
About This Manual...........................................5
Ford GT Concierge Phone Numbers................5
ABS
See: Brakes..............................................................111
ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes...................................................................111
Accessories.....................................................273
Accessories
See: Replacement Parts
Recommendation............................................10
Adjusting the Headlamps..........................170
Headlamp Aim Target.......................................170
Adjusting the Pedals.....................................56
Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................52
Airbag Disposal...............................................39
Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control..........................................80
Air Filter
See: Changing the Engine Air Filter...............171
Alarm
See: Anti-Theft Alarm.........................................51
Anti-Theft Alarm.............................................51
Arming the Alarm..................................................51
Disarming the Alarm............................................51
Appendices....................................................288
Apps..................................................................247
...................................................................................247
At a Glance........................................................14
Audible Warnings and Indicators.............69
Headlamps On Warning Chime.....................69
Keyless Warning Alert........................................69
Audio Control...................................................53
Seek, Next or Previous........................................53
Audio System.................................................212
Audio Unit........................................................212
Autolamps........................................................59
Automatic Climate Control.........................81
Automatic Transmission...........................106
Brake-Shift Interlock.........................................108
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or
Snow...................................................................110
SelectShift™ Automatic
Transmission...................................................107
Understanding the Positions of Your
Automatic Transmission............................106
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check.............................................................166
Auxiliary Power Points.................................88
12 Volt DC Power Point......................................88
Location...................................................................88
B
Battery
See: Changing the 12V Battery......................168
Bonnet Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood............157
Booster Seats..................................................22
Types of Booster Seats......................................23
Brake Fluid Check.........................................166
Brakes..................................................................111
General Information............................................111
Breaking-In......................................................134
Cold Engine Operation.....................................134
Hot Engine Shut down.....................................134
C
Cabin Air Filter.................................................85
California Proposition 65...............................9
Capacities and Specifications...............209
Specifications......................................................210
Car Wash
See: Cleaning the Exterior................................172
Catalytic Converter......................................103
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)...................104
Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) Testing...................................................104
Changing a Bulb.............................................171
LED Lamps.............................................................171
Changing a Fuse...........................................155
Fuses.......................................................................155
Changing a Road Wheel...........................202
Important Information for Lifting or
Jacking..............................................................202
Changing the 12V Battery..........................168
Battery Charger and Maintainer...................168
Battery Management System.......................169
Changing the Engine Air Filter...................171
Changing the Wiper Blades......................169
Checking the Wiper Blades......................169
315
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Index
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance..................................................31
Child Restraint Positioning.........................24
Child Safety........................................................17
General Information.............................................17
Cleaning Leather Seats...............................176
Cleaning Products.........................................172
Materials.................................................................172
Cleaning the Engine.....................................174
Cleaning the Exterior....................................172
Exterior Plastic Parts..........................................174
Matte Paint Finish...............................................173
Raising the Rear Wing.......................................174
Standard Paint Finish........................................173
Under Hood...........................................................174
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens..........................176
Cleaning the Interior.....................................175
Cleaning Alcantara Microfiber Cloth............175
Cleaning the Wheels....................................177
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades.............................................................175
Climate Control..............................................80
Coolant Check
See: Engine Coolant Check.............................162
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.......38
Cruise Control..................................................53
Principle of Operation........................................121
Cruise control
See: Using Cruise Control.................................121
Cup Holders.....................................................89
Customer Assistance.................................140
D
Data Recording..................................................7
Event Data Recording...........................................8
Service Data Recording.........................................7
Daytime Running Lamps.............................59
Direction Indicators.......................................60
Doors and Locks.............................................46
Drive Mode Control.......................................54
Active Aerodynamics .......................................126
Damper Comfort Mode....................................126
Drive Mode Selection.........................................122
Front Lift.................................................................126
Driver and Passenger Airbags...................34
Children and Airbags...........................................34
Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating
Adjustment........................................................34
Driver and Passenger Knee Airbags.........37
Driving Aids......................................................122
Driving at High Speed................................202
Tire Pressure - Speeds Greater Than
.............................................................................202
Driving Hints...................................................134
Driving Through Water................................134
DRL
See: Daytime Running Lamps.........................59
E
Electric Parking Brake...................................112
Applying the Electric Parking brake..............112
Battery With No Charge....................................113
Releasing the Electric Parking Brake............113
Emergency Door Release............................49
Emission Control System...........................99
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)...................100
Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) Testing...................................................100
Emission Law.................................................102
Noise Emissions Warranty, Prohibited
Tampering Acts and Maintenance..........103
Tampering With a Noise Control
System...............................................................102
End User License Agreement.................288
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT (EULA) ................................288
Engine Coolant Check................................162
Adding Coolant....................................................162
Coolant Change..................................................164
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management...................................................165
Fail-Safe Cooling................................................164
Recycled Coolant................................................163
Severe Climates..................................................164
Engine Emission Control............................102
Engine Immobilizer
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................50
Engine Oil Check............................................161
Adding Engine Oil................................................161
Engine Oil Dipstick........................................161
Engine Specifications................................204
Entertainment..............................................230
AM/FM Radio.......................................................231
316
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Index
Apps........................................................................233
Bluetooth Stereo or USB..................................231
Sources..................................................................230
Supported Media Players, Formats and
Metadata Information.................................233
USB Ports..............................................................233
Environment......................................................13
EPB
See: Electric Parking Brake...............................112
Event Data Recording
See: Data Recording...............................................7
Exterior Mirrors................................................62
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors...............................62
Power Exterior Mirrors........................................62
F
Fastening the Seatbelts..............................26
Seatbelt Locking Modes....................................27
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy................27
Flat Tire Inflation
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................180
Floor Mats........................................................135
Foot Pedals
See: Adjusting the Pedals.................................56
Ford Performance...........................................12
Front Passenger Sensing System............35
Fuel and Refueling........................................94
Fuel Consumption.........................................98
Calculating Fuel Economy...............................98
Filling the Fuel Tank............................................98
Fuel Filler Funnel Location.........................95
Fuel Filter.........................................................167
Fuel Quality......................................................94
Choosing the Right Fuel....................................94
Fuel Shutoff....................................................136
Fuses.................................................................146
Fuse Specification Chart...........................146
Front Power Distribution Box.........................146
Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel..........151
Rear Power Distribution Box 1........................148
Rear Power Distribution Box 2.......................150
G
Gauges...............................................................63
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge............65
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge...............................65
Engine Oil Temperature Gauge.......................65
Fuel Gauge.............................................................64
Gauge Mode...........................................................65
Information Display.............................................63
Trip Computer.......................................................64
Gearbox
See: Transmission..............................................106
General Information on Radio
Frequencies..................................................40
Intelligent Access.................................................40
General Maintenance Information........274
Protecting Your Investment...........................274
Road Course Maintenance.............................274
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?..........................274
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Certified
Ford GT Service Dealership?.....................274
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada..........................................................143
Getting the Services You Need...............140
Away From Home..............................................140
Global Opening................................................61
Remote Control Front Windows....................62
H
Hazard Flashers............................................136
Headlamp Adjusting
See: Adjusting the Headlamps......................170
Heating
See: Climate Control..........................................80
Hill Start Assist...............................................114
Using Hill Start Assist.........................................114
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate............................................................83
Defogging the Side Windows in Cold
Weather..............................................................84
General Hints.........................................................83
Quickly Heating the Interior..............................83
Recommended Settings for Cooling............84
Recommended Settings for Heating...........84
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes...............................................................111
Home Screen.................................................223
Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood............157
317
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Index
I
In California (U.S. Only)..............................141
Information Display Control.......................54
Information Displays.....................................70
General Information............................................70
Information Messages..................................73
AdvanceTrac™......................................................73
Alarm.........................................................................73
Battery and Charging System..........................74
Doors and Locks....................................................74
Engine.......................................................................74
Fuel............................................................................75
Hill Start Assist .....................................................75
Keys and Intelligent Access..............................75
Maintenance..........................................................76
Park Brake...............................................................76
Remote Start..........................................................77
Starting System ....................................................77
Steering System....................................................77
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...................78
Transmission..........................................................78
Installing Child Restraints............................18
Child Seats...............................................................18
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts..........................19
Using Tether Straps..............................................21
Instrument Cluster.........................................63
Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................59
Instrument Panel Overview........................14
Interior Lamps.................................................60
Interior Mirror...................................................62
Introduction........................................................5
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle..........................137
Connecting the Jumper Cables......................137
Jump Starting.......................................................138
Preparing Your Vehicle......................................137
Removing the Jumper Cables........................138
K
Keyless Starting.............................................90
Ignition Modes......................................................90
Keys and Remote Controls........................40
L
Lighting Control..............................................54
High Beams............................................................58
Lighting..............................................................58
General Information............................................58
Load Carrying.................................................128
Load Limit........................................................128
Vehicle Loading - with and without a
Trailer..................................................................128
Locking and Unlocking................................46
Activating Intelligent Access ..........................46
Autolock...................................................................47
Battery Saver.........................................................48
Illuminated Entry..................................................48
Illuminated Exit.....................................................48
Power Door Locks................................................46
Remote Control....................................................46
Smart Unlocks for Intelligent Access
Keys.......................................................................47
Lug Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................202
M
Maintenance...................................................157
General Information...........................................157
Manual Climate Control..............................80
Manual Seats..................................................86
Map Pockets....................................................89
Message Center
See: Information Displays.................................70
Mirrors
See: Windows and Mirrors.................................61
Mobile Communications Equipment........11
Motorcraft Parts..........................................205
N
Navigation......................................................239
cityseeker..............................................................246
Destination Mode...............................................241
Map Mode............................................................240
Navigation Map Updates................................246
Navigation Menu................................................244
Waypoints.............................................................245
Normal Scheduled Maintenance...........275
Normal Maintenance Intervals.....................275
318
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Index
O
Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check........................................161
Opening and Closing the Hood...............157
Closing the Front Hood....................................158
Closing the Rear Hatch.....................................159
Opening the Front Hood...................................157
Opening the Rear Hatch..................................158
Opening the Doors........................................48
Opening the Doors from Inside......................48
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature......................................................144
P
Parking Aids.....................................................119
Passive Anti-Theft System........................50
SecuriLock..............................................................50
PATS
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................50
Pedals.................................................................56
Perchlorate..........................................................9
Personal Safety System™..........................32
How Does the Personal Safety System
Work?...................................................................32
Phone...............................................................234
During a Phone Call...........................................237
Making Calls........................................................236
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First
Time...................................................................234
Phone Menu.........................................................235
Receiving Calls....................................................237
Smartphone Connectivity..............................238
Text Messaging...................................................238
Post-Crash Alert System...........................138
Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking.............................46
Power Steering Fluid Check......................167
Power Windows...............................................61
Accessory Delay.....................................................61
Bounce-Back..........................................................61
One-Touch Down..................................................61
One-Touch Up........................................................61
Protecting the Environment........................13
R
Rear Under Hatch Storage........................128
Rear View Camera........................................119
Using the Rear View Camera System..........119
Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera.....................................119
Refueling...........................................................96
System Warnings.................................................98
Remote Control...............................................41
Car Finder................................................................45
Intelligent Access Key..........................................41
Replacing the Battery.........................................43
Sounding a Panic Alarm....................................45
Using the Key Blade............................................42
Repairing Minor Paint Damage................177
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................10
Collision Repairs....................................................10
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs.................................................................10
Warranty on Replacement Parts....................10
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................45
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only)...............................................................145
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only)...............................................................144
Roadside Assistance...................................136
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting
Roadside Assistance....................................136
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using
Roadside Assistance....................................136
Roadside Emergencies...............................136
Running-In
See: Breaking-In..................................................134
Running Out of Fuel......................................95
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container...........................................................96
Filling a Portable Fuel Container....................95
S
Safety Precautions........................................94
Scheduled Maintenance Record............277
Scheduled Maintenance...........................274
Seatbelt Extension.........................................31
319
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Index
Seatbelt Reminder........................................29
Belt-Minder™........................................................29
Seatbelts...........................................................26
Principle of Operation........................................26
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime..............................................................28
Conditions of operation.....................................29
Seats...................................................................86
Security..............................................................50
Settings...........................................................248
911 Assist...............................................................253
Bluetooth..............................................................250
Camera Settings................................................258
Clock.......................................................................250
Display...................................................................258
General...................................................................257
Media Player........................................................249
Mobile Apps.........................................................255
Navigation.............................................................253
Phone.....................................................................250
Radio.......................................................................253
Sound.....................................................................248
Valet Mode...........................................................259
Voice Control.......................................................259
Wi-Fi........................................................................257
Side Airbags......................................................37
Sitting in the Correct Position...................86
Snow Chains
See: Using Snow Chains..................................198
Spare Wheel
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................202
Special Notices................................................10
Additional Warranty Information....................10
Certified Ford GT Service Dealer......................11
New Vehicle Limited Warranty........................10
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector.............................................................11
Special Instructions.............................................10
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance...............................................276
Engine Air Filter and Cabin Air Filter
Replacement..................................................276
Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals................276
Operating at High Speeds and Track
Days....................................................................276
Speed Control
See: Cruise Control..............................................121
Stability Control.............................................115
Principle of Operation........................................115
Starting and Stopping the Engine...........90
General Information...........................................90
Starting the Engine.........................................91
Failure to Start.......................................................92
Fast Restart............................................................92
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes.................92
Important Ventilating Information................93
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Moving.................................................................92
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Stationary...........................................................92
Steering.............................................................122
Steering Wheel Lock......................................91
Steering Wheel................................................52
Storage Compartments..............................89
Supplementary Restraints System.........33
Principle of Operation.........................................33
Symbols Glossary.............................................5
SYNC™ 3.........................................................213
General Information...........................................213
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................259
T
Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications............204
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only).........................141
Tire Care..........................................................186
Glossary of Tire Terminology.........................188
Information About Uniform Tire Quality
Grading..............................................................186
Information Contained on the Tire
Sidewall............................................................189
Temperature A B C.............................................187
Traction AA A B C................................................187
Treadwear..............................................................187
Tire Inflation When Punctured
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................180
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........198
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System......................................200
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System .....................................200
Tire Repair Kit
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................180
320
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Index
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.....................180
First Stage: Inflating the Tire with Sealing
Compound and Air........................................182
General Information...........................................181
Second Stage: Checking Tire
Pressure............................................................184
Tips for Use of the Kit........................................181
What to Do After the Tire has Been
Sealed................................................................184
What to do When a Tire Is Punctured........182
Tires
See: Wheels and Tires......................................180
Towing a Trailer..............................................133
Towing Points................................................139
Installing the Recovery Hook.........................139
Recovery Hook Location..................................139
Towing the Vehicle on Four
Wheels...........................................................133
Emergency Towing.............................................133
Towing...............................................................133
Transmission Code Designation............208
Transmission..................................................106
Transporting the Vehicle............................138
Getting the Transmission in Neutral...........139
U
Under Hood Overview................................160
Under Seat Storage......................................89
Unique Features..............................................15
USB Port...........................................................212
Using Cruise Control.....................................121
Switching Cruise Control Off...........................121
Switching Cruise Control On............................121
Using Snow Chains.....................................198
Using Stability Control................................116
AdvanceTrac™ Electronic Stability Control
...............................................................................116
Launch Control......................................................117
Traction Control....................................................117
Using Summer Tires....................................198
Using Voice Recognition...........................224
Audio Voice Commands.................................224
Mobile App Voice Commands......................228
Navigation Voice Commands........................227
Phone Voice Commands................................225
Voice Settings Commands............................229
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only).........................142
V
Vehicle Care.....................................................172
General Information...........................................172
Vehicle Certification Label.......................208
Vehicle Dimensions....................................206
Vehicle Identification Number................207
Vehicle Storage..............................................178
Battery.....................................................................178
Body.........................................................................178
Brakes......................................................................179
Cooling system....................................................178
Engine......................................................................178
Fuel system...........................................................178
General...................................................................178
Miscellaneous......................................................179
Removing Vehicle From Storage...................179
Tires..........................................................................179
Ventilation
See: Climate Control..........................................80
VIN
See: Vehicle Identification Number............207
Voice Control....................................................53
W
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................65
Anti-Lock Braking System................................65
Battery.....................................................................66
Brake System........................................................66
Carbon Ceramic Brake.......................................66
Cruise Control.......................................................66
Damper Comfort Mode.....................................66
Direction Indicator...............................................66
Door Ajar.................................................................66
Electric Park Brake...............................................66
Engine Coolant Temperature..........................66
Engine Oil................................................................66
Fasten Seatbelt.....................................................67
Front Airbag............................................................67
Front Lift Mode Active........................................67
Frost Warning Lamp............................................67
Hatch Ajar................................................................67
High Beam...............................................................67
Hood Ajar.................................................................67
321
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Index
Hydraulic System Fault......................................67
Launch Control......................................................67
Low Beam Malfunction Warning
Lamp....................................................................67
Low Fuel Level.......................................................67
Low Tire Pressure Warning...............................67
Parking Lamps......................................................68
Powertrain Fault...................................................68
Rear Fog Lamp.....................................................68
Ride Height System Fault.................................68
Service Engine Soon...........................................68
Stability Control...................................................68
Stability Control Off............................................68
Transmission Fault..............................................68
Washer Fluid Check.....................................167
Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior................................172
See: Wipers and Washers..................................57
Waxing...............................................................174
Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................202
Wheels and Tires.........................................180
Technical Specifications.................................203
Windows and Mirrors.....................................61
Windshield Washers......................................57
Windshield Wipers.........................................57
Wiper and Washer Control.........................54
Wiper Blades
See: Checking the Wiper Blades..................169
Wipers and Washers.....................................57
322
Ford GT (CGX), enUSA, Edition date: 201711, First Printing
Index
